Top African Pharma Executive Bluntly Lists Barriers to Local Manufacturing 23/10/2025 Matthew Hattingh Aspen Pharmacare’s Dr Stavros Nicolaou DURBAN, South Africa — A top executive at Africa’s biggest drug company shared a few home truths with the continent’s health policymakers about the obstacles to local manufacturing at the Conference on Public Health in Africa (CPHIA) 2025. Aspen Pharmacare’s Dr Stavros Nicolaou blamed regulatory bottlenecks and procurement policies for the failure of drug manufacturers on the continent to realise their potential. “It is unacceptable for African manufacturers to undergo a six-year [qualification] process before you get to market. We can do this in half the time,” he told a conference plenary session on local manufacturing on Thursday. He is both Aspen’s group senior executive for strategic trade and chair of the industry body, the Pharmaceutical Manufacturers in South Africa. It is a myth that African manufacturers are uncompetitive, added Nicolaou. For example, Aspen is active in 55 markets, reaches patients in over 150 countries, and is the global leading supplier of generic anaesthetics outside of the US. Shift procurement Nicolaou called for a shift in multilateral procurement, including by Gavi, UNICEF and the Global Fund to Fight Aids, Tuberculosis and Malaria. He told delegates that the establishment last year of the African Vaccine Manufacturing Accelerator (AVMA) was “a start”, but that the accelerator is “not fit for purpose” in its present form. AVMA is a financing mechanism set up to raise $1.2 billion for manufacturers over 10 years. Nicolaou told Health Policy Watch that this amount – earmarked for “fill-and-finish” drug manufacturers – was rather modest. He feels that there is insufficient incentive to spur the growth of the sector, upon which the future expansion of the medical products value chain depends. “We can’t have African solutions compiled elsewhere and imposed on Africa. It won’t work.” Pooled procurement of vaccines, therapeutics and diagnostics must be established “with speed”, he said. ‘Nothing has happened’ Nicolaou noted that more than four years had passed and “nothing” had happened since the African Union and the Africa Centres for Disease Control and Prevention (Africa CDC) announced their ambition to ensure the continent manufactures 60% of its vaccine needs by 2040. The AVMA launch came in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic, which exposed the continent’s 99% reliance on foreign vaccine manufacturers and how its urgent needs were relegated to the back of the world procurement queue. Nicolaou also responded to comments by South Africa’s Minister of Science, Technology and Innovation, Dr Blade Nzimande, who gave the session’s keynote address. South Africa’s Minister of Science, Technology and Innovation, Dr Blade Nzimande Nzimande called for efforts to “build sovereign capacity” in R&D, science and technology, including across the “whole health manufacturing value chain… be it therapeutic, diagnostic or vaccines we need for our continent”. He described as “historic” the 60% by 2040 plan to develop tools to secure the continent’s health. He sketched how the initiative sought to expand capacity, implement health standards, and harmonise regulations — all themes elaborated on by other speakers and panellists at the session. Nzimande toasted the initiative with a glass of water while at the lectern, encouraging his audience to join with applause. “Government has an important role to play by acquiring locally produced therapeutics, diagnostics and vaccines,” he said. Serial importer Nicolaou said he was disappointed that Africa had the highest disease burden yet remained a serial importer and “every year the trade deficit in pharmaceuticals grows”. South Africa and Egypt have the continent’s largest pharmaceutical markets. “If you’re talking about security of supply for the continent, South Africa is immensely important. Charity starts at home in that we need to fix our own [national] procurement legislation first,” he said. “Most of the volumes are procured via the state, and yet we continue to be a serial importer of pharmaceutical products in South Africa. The market is valued at R70-billion (manufacturers’ exit price)… and our trade deficit is more than 50% or around R39-billion.” There was big potential for local production, yet South Africa continued to import high-volume products like antiretrovirals and vaccines, putting the brakes on local manufacturing development. “There’s a heavy weighting towards importers, and we now have the data,” he said, citing customs figures, including information on imports from India. Delegates at CPHIA 2025 Import reliance “It demonstrates the extent of the problem. So we import significant and vast sums of our antiretrovirals. We have the largest HIV population of any country in the world; 17% of the world’s HIV population; there are about eight million infected people; about 6.6 million on treatment; and yet we continue to import most of our antiretrovirals.” These imports were growing every year and, apart from antiretrovirals, included other high-volume products such as vaccines, TB medicines, and insulins. He said this was despite local companies often being price competitive or representing “best value”: an opportunity to grow the local economy through the multiplier effect. He proposed a three-point plan to remedy matters. First, the introduction of a priority review and parallel submission to expedite the licensing of medicines. The review of drugs by the national regulator should happen at the same time as the World Health Organisation’s review, instead of sequentially, which can add two to three years of costly delays. Second, increase Gavi subsidies for the local production of vaccines to stimulate the market. Third, establish a pool for procurement for the entire continent — as was successfully done during COVID-19 — to unlock economies of scale. African Union leaders signed an agreement with Rwanda’s Ministry of Health to establish the African Medicines Agency’s (AMA) headquarters in the capital, Kigali, in June 2023. Once operational, AMA will harmonise drug regulation across the continent. Also addressing the plenary, Nhlanhla Msomi, president of AfricaBio, called for a compact with the manufacturing industry to localise innovation. However, Nicolaou said that it was premature to expect expansion of the value chain. It was first necessary to support African manufacturers with fill-and-finish products to allow them to develop capacity and grow volume. In time, they could then invest in extending the value chain. “Unless you start getting orders and you start succeeding in fill-and-finish first, companies are not going to backwardly integrate into drug [active] substance development,” he said. Nicolaou said progress was not happening fast enough, and this was sapping momentum to achieve the “60% by 2040” aim. “There’s a domestic issue to sort out, and then a continent,” he said. Also at the plenary session, Dr Serge Blaise Emaleu, a global and public health and infectious diseases expert, said sustainable development could shift Africa from being an epicentre of disease to the centre of innovation. Local manufacture was the “backbone of a sovereign health ecosystem”, but he cautioned that the commitment by African leaders to promote manufacture and invest in research “must be backed by financing” and that governance and leadership were required, and these things must be “moving in lockstep”. Emaleu identified five interconnected pillars upon which Africa’s R&D self-reliance must be built: linking science to production; funding for research and development; investing in human resources; *building infrastructure and technology, and finally a regulatory framework to safeguard and sustain momentum. Image Credits: Africa CDC, Rwanda Ministry of Health. Africa Seeks More Self-Reliance Amid Disease Outbreaks and Decline in Donor Funds 23/10/2025 Matthew Hattingh Dancers at the opening ceremony of the Conference on Public Health in Africa (CPHIA) 2025. DURBAN, South Africa – Is Africa ready for another big pandemic? The answer is a resounding “No”, said Dr Jean Kaseya, Director-General of the Africa Centres for Disease Control and Prevention (Africa CDC). Kaseya blames this worrying state of affairs on the absence of national public health institutes in some countries, data management difficulties, a lack of laboratories, shortcomings in surveillance and coordination, and the recent sharp decline in donor funding. Briefing media at the start of the Conference on Public Health in Africa (CPHIA) 2025, which Africa CDC is co-hosting, Kaseya said there had been more outbreaks of disease in Africa in the first semester of this year than in the whole of last year. “We are still fragile,” he warned, but added that there were reasons to be upbeat. The response to outbreaks, while not up to scratch in Africa, has improved since the COVID-19 pandemic. In Kaseya’s home country, the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) “that gets outbreaks every week”, ad hoc committees established to deal with individual outbreaks have been replaced with institutes. This has meant better, quicker responses, benefiting from “institutional memory”, he said. Further improvements in public health in Africa must be supported by efforts to increase domestic financing, drawing on properly costed, multi-year plans; innovative taxes and the rollout of universal health insurance; local drug manufacture and better connectivity, Kaseya added. African sovereignty Africa CDC Director-General Dr Jean Kaseya, at the opening of CPHIA 2025. In his opening address to the conference on Wednesday evening, Kaseya said African countries need to assume greater sovereignty over their healthcare to secure the well-being of their people. The theme of the conference is “Moving Towards Self-Reliance to Achieve Universal Health Coverage and Health Security in Africa”, and sustainable financing and local manufacturing were recurring subjects on the opening day. Kaseya quoted Rwandan President Paul Kagame as saying that the work to build the continent, including health, cannot be outsourced. Africa CDC will deploy 10 public finance experts to 10 countries in November to bridge the gap between the ministries of health and finance. This initiative must be allied to efforts to strengthen governance, to see that money goes where it is intended, while donors and other partners must align their visions of the countries they support, said Kaseya. Aligning with national visions Dr Sania Nishtar, the chief executive of Gavi, the vaccine alliance, spoke to the conference via video link about her organisation’s determination to redirect more of its funding to Africa and of its desire to ensure it aligns its programmes with the national visions of the individual African countries it is assisting Kaseya welcomed this, praising Gavi for listening to African voices, and said pressurise other global health initiatives to follow this model. “We don’t want to hear of a partner coming to a country and implementing a programme without the knowledge of the ministry,” he said, calling for respect. Kaseya said driving the “manufacturing agenda” to develop and make vaccines and other drugs in Africa was vital to sovereignty. He pointed out that, in India, there were about 10,000 manufacturing companies making health products, in China, about 5,000, but in Africa, with its growing population, there were only around 570 manufacturers. Africa CDC is involved in a mapping exercise to better coordinate manufacturing on the continent, supported by efforts to harmonise regulations to make local manufacture more viable, driving down prices and allowing countries to redirect money to primary health. Kaseya told guests there would be a strong emphasis on science at the conference, which included 113 speakers and 94 abstract presenters, representing 35 countries. “We want to see how science can lead the decision-making process,” he said, adding that the aim would be to take conference recommendations to the G20 Health Ministers’ meeting in early November under South Africa’s G20 Presidency. The South African government and AfricaBio are co-organisers of the conference, which closes on Saturday. Global Fund replenishment Dr Joe Phaahla, South Africa’s Deputy Minister of Health, tackled the thorny question of declining funding from donor agencies and countries. These were threatening multilateral organisations, including the WHO, UNAIDS, and the Global Fund to fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, he said. On 21 November, the Global Fund will host its final replenishment summit in Johannesburg and seeks “a very ambitious” $18 billion for 2027-2029. The United States was the Global Fund’s largest contributor, but with US priorities having shifted elsewhere, Phaahla called on African governments and the continent’s private sector to step up and contribute to the fund. Geopolitical developments were very concerning, said Phaahla, noting that several other countries that had been contributing to the African health initiatives were now focusing on climate change and national security, and this was affecting Africa’s ability to fight epidemics. Phaahla called on the continent to look for innovative, sustainable funding solutions. “If we fail to make sure our people can access good quality health services without catastrophic expenditure, we will not have made good progress,” said Phaahla. Some of the delegates at the opening of CPHIA 2025, which has attracted scientific papers from 35 countries. Drug discovery Dr Nhlanhla Msomi, president of AfricaBio, told Health Policy Watch that biotechnology offered an opportunity for African countries to leapfrog other technology-driven industries. The conference is part of efforts to “decouple sexy science” in “favour of innovations with impact” and that “we as scientists should not be playing with our toys”, said Msomi. Unless the continent moved away from “borrowed” technology and science, it was not likely to win the public health battle, he said. Msomi said that his non-profit hoped to work with Africa CDC to roll out a drug discovery platform geared towards developing drugs and products on a priority list. He said that by working together and sharing infrastructure, the healthcare industry could be transformed to better address African challenges while spurring economic development and entrepreneurship. Image Credits: Africa CDC. Air Pollution-Related Dementia Kills Over 625,000 People A Year 23/10/2025 Chetan Bhattacharji New research finds that 28% of deaths from Alzheimer’s and other forms of dementia can be attributed to air pollution, which harms brain health across the life cycle. From killing over 600,000 elderly from dementia to an almost equal number of infants under the age of one-year, air pollution’s impact on young and old is explained simply through hard-hitting numbers in the latest State of Global Air (SOGA) report, by the Boston-based Health Effects Institute. The report identifies plenty of scope for immediate policy action with multiple benefits for reducing an estimated 7.9 million deaths annually from air pollution. Dementia attributable to air pollution resulted in 626,000 deaths in 2023, a new report finds. That is more than one death every minute. This is the first time that the State of Global Air, an annual assessment of air quality worldwide, includes information about the burden of dementia attributable to air pollution – including some 28% of total dementia deaths every year. The new data is based on the 2023 Global Burden of Disease study by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), reflecting the growing epidemiological evidence about the higher levels of dementia disease and deaths in cities and regions that are more polluted. Deaths from Alzheimer’s and other forms of dementia attributable to air pollution, per 100,000 people, age standardised, 2023. “The scientific evidence linking air pollution to increased dementia risk is now strong enough to justify policy action, even as research continues to refine causal mechanisms,” Dr Burcin Ikiz, a neuroscientist at Stanford University, told Health Policy Watch, adding that now, “multiple (studies) have shown consistent associations between long-term exposure to fine particulate matter (PM₂․₅), nitrogen oxides, and other traffic-related pollutants and higher rates of cognitive decline, Alzheimer’s disease, and all-cause dementia.” Effects on brain health at all stages of life Air pollution needs recognition as a ‘brain health’ issue, researchers say. On both sides of the lifecycle, however, the toll is high. Air pollution contributed to 7.9 million deaths in 2023, including more than five million deaths from a range of non-communicable diseases in older adults. But it also kills approximately 610,000 babies under the age of one year old, who are more susceptible to pneumonia and other serious infections as a result of exposures to both fine particulates (PM 2.5), as well as ozone, and other noxious pollutants, mostly as a result of dirty household air as well as pollution outdoors. “Babies born prematurely or with low birth weight are more susceptible to lower respiratory infections and other serious infections, diarrheal diseases, inflammation, blood disorders, jaundice, and impacts on brain development. If affected babies survive infancy, they remain at a higher risk for lower respiratory tract infections, other infectious diseases, and major chronic diseases throughout life,” the report underlines. “We can’t say we didn’t know,” said George Vradenburg, founding chairman of the Davos Alzheimer’s Collaborative. “The evidence linking air pollution and dementia is now undeniable – and the story starts long before old age. Brain health begins before birth, shaped by the air a mother breathes and the environment a child grows up in. Policymakers have a chance to act on that science – to protect brain health across the lifespan and improve lives from the very start.” Most air pollution deaths in lower-income countries Age-standardized rates of death attributable to ambient PM2.5 in 2023 shows hotspots are in low-income regions. Most of the 7.9 million deaths continue to occur in lower-income countries, and more men than women died due to air pollution, the latest data also shows. World Bank Income Group Number of Deaths Attributable to Air Pollution in 2023 High income 657,000 Upper middle income 2.9 million Lower middle income 3.7 million Low income 642,000 Source: State of Global Air, 2025. Exposure to PM 2.5 has actually increased in seven of the world’s most populous countries between 2013 and 2023, the highest being in Nigeria, followed by Indonesia, Pakistan, Bangladesh, India, Brazil and Iran. Conversely, the biggest decreases in PM 2.5 exposure were seen in France, China and Germany. Nigeria and other countries in dark blue saw the biggest increases in air pollution exposures over a decade, while China and France saw the biggest declines. Despite massive reductions in ambient air pollution levels over the past decade, China continues to be the world’s leading air pollution epicentre in terms of overall mortality – due to its sheer size. Other mortality hotspots include India and neighboring countries in South-East Asia along with Egypt and Nigeria. Due to its sheer size, China continues to have the world’s highest levels of air pollution-related mortality. There is some good news. Thanks to household air pollution (HAP) declining with the shift to cleaner cooking fuels, related deaths among women and young children who spend the most time around cookstoves, have been reduced. The trend has been most marked in India, Ecuador and China, although in parts of Africa household air pollution levels are also going down. In some countries, however, those gains have been offset by rising deaths due to ambient PM 2.5 and ozone pollution. Noncommunicable diseases are the cause of most air pollution-related deaths Air pollution links with leading chronic diseases. About 95% of air pollution-related deaths in adults over the age of 60 are due to noncommunicable diseases – accounting for 5.8 million deaths in all. Air pollution, especially small particulate (PM 2.5) exposure, is a leading risk factor for NCDs including: ischaemic heart disease, hypertension, chronic lung disease (COPD) and other lung diseases, as well as lung cancer and Type 2 diabetes. NCDs are now responsible for 65% of healthy life years lost, and 75% of deaths every year, according to the Seattle-based IHME. Even short-term exposures when PM 2.5 and other pollutant levels spike over a couple of days can result in health complications, increasing heart attacks, strokes and related hospitalization, as well as reducing the effectiveness of some chronic disease treatments, such as for cancer. Impacting on all forms of dementia An estimated 10 million people develop dementia each year. Exposure to PM 2.5 is associated with Alzheimer’s disease as well as other forms of dementia (e.g., vascular dementia), and mild cognitive impairment in older adults. These disorders can cause problems with thinking, memory, and decision-making, and typically worsen over time. About 10 million people develop dementia each year, with incidence rising as the global population ages. The economic impact of this disease is estimated at over a trillion dollars a year, since people with dementia are dependent on daily care. A high prevalence of this disease has rippling effects on economic productivity for families and caregivers. Women bear the largest burden, being both more likely to provide care for people with dementia and are more likely to develop dementia themselves. Asia and the United States are among the countries with the highest levels of air pollution related dementia. The report explains how air pollution, in particular PM 2.5, causes brain damage. The fine pollutants penetrate the lungs, circulating through the blood stream, and thus flowing to the brain, causing inflammation and brain tissue damage. While dementia largely affects the elderly population, air pollution exposure may also impact brain development and functioning in younger people, including an increased risk for neurodevelopmental disorders such as autism and psychological disorders such as anxiety and depression. Scientists contributing to the report have called for more research on questions such as pollutant-specific effects, critical exposure windows across the lifespan, and risks in under-studied populations, particularly in low- and middle-income countries, where multiple environmental and socioeconomic factors may be harming the brain simultaneously. Because air pollution affects such a broad swathe of the population in heavily polluted areas, even a small increase in neurodegeneration can have major effects at the societal scale. Ozone pollution rising Ozone pollution has risen sharply South Asia and Sub-Saharan Africa, and more gradually in Latin America, North Africa and the MIddle East. The global average exposure to ambient ozone pollution has steadily increased since 1990, with the average exposure in 2020 reaching 49.8 parts per billion (ppb). At the country level, Qatar (67.6 ppb) had the highest exposure to ozone pollution, with Nepal (67.5 ppb), India (67.2 ppb), Bangladesh (65.4 ppb), and Bahrain (64.3 ppb) making up the remaining top five countries with the highest exposure. In the last two decades, the disease burden of ozone has increased by more than 50%, from 261,000 deaths in 2000 to 470,000 deaths in 2023. Ground-level, or tropospheric, ozone is a pollutant that harms human health, damages plants, and contributes to climate change. It’s seen as a super pollutant, warming agents that are far more potent than carbon dioxide per ton; they have significant, harmful effects on both human health and the environment. Ozone is formed through chemical reactions between nitrogen oxides, produced by burning fossil fuels, so places with heavy traffic are vulnerable, and volatile organic compounds (VOCs), in the presence of sunlight. Multiple benefits from pollution reductions Green, sustainable urban design can reduce air pollution generating a range of knock-on health benefits. The report advocates for the multiple benefits of reducing air pollution exposure, including slowing climate change, reducing pollution-related illnesses, improving economic productivity, and healthcare savings. This poses an existential question to decision-makers and leaders in their fifties today, but who may also be more personally vulnerable to air pollution tomorrow. How should they factor in SoGA’s findings in their areas of work, many of which no doubt will have a bearing on air pollution emissions? For example, every dollar spent on reducing air pollution in the United States, which passed its landmark Clean Air Act in 1970, has resulted in approximately $30 in benefits. In Delhi, with a much shorter historical record, the economic value of air pollution abatement still exceeds costs by 2 to 3.6 times, the report stated, citing World Bank data. Indeed, the latest SoGA report should further bolster demand for and action towards better air quality, its authors say. “Many people in decision-making roles are often at ages where the impacts can be more pronounced. Clean air action is an important way of helping ensure good health and better quality of life for all,” Pallavi Pant, head of Global Initiatives at Health Effects Institute, Boston, told Health Policy Watch. “The data presented in the State of Global Air report highlight the significant impacts of poor air quality on the health and well-being of billions of people around the world, especially those living in Asia and Africa,” said Pant, who oversaw the report’s preparation. “We hope this report can further bolster the demand for, and action towards, better air quality where it’s needed most.” Image Credits: Photo by Steven HWG on Unsplash, IHME/State of Global Air , HEI/State of Global Air , HEI/State of Global Air, HEI/State pf Global Air , Pixabay, WHO. ‘Make Europe Healthy Again’ Launch is Dominated by Anti-Vaxxers and Far Right Politicians 22/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan Keynote speakers at the ‘Make Europe Health Again’ (MEHA) launch: András László, president of Patriots for Europe Foundation (PfEF) and Hungarian Member of the European Parliament (MEP) ; MAHA leader Dr Robert Malone; PfEF’s Gerald Hauser, an Austrian MEP from the far-right Freedom Party of Austria; Dr Aseem Malhotra and MEHA’s founder and president, Dr Maria Hubmer-Mogg. The Make Europe Healthy Again (MEHA) launch at the European Parliament in Brussels last week brought together what is now a familiar alliance of far-right politicians, anti-vaxxers and alternative health practitioners. Leaders of Make America Health Again (MAHA), the movement behind US Health Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr, were prominent at the launch, and several are members of MEHA’s steering committee and international advisory board. The Patriots for Europe Foundation, a right-wing alliance led by the Hungarian government, hosted the launch. MEHA’s mission is to “nurture a Europe where people reclaim their power, their voice, their health, and their traditions”. MEHA’s mission statement adds: “By protecting the essentials of life – clean food, water, air, earth, space, and safe communities – we help to empower nations to build supportive systems that break cycles of chronic disease, promote vitality, and honour culture, sovereignty, peace, and human dignity.” MEHA’s founder and president, Dr Maria Hubmer-Mogg. MEHA’s founder and president, Dr Maria Hubmer-Mogg, is an anti-vaccine campaigner and far-right Austrian politician who has opposed European Union (EU) sanctions on Russia and wants tougher immigration policies. She claims that a large number of people are suffering from “post-vaccine syndrome” since COVID-19, and is opposed to the World Health Organization (WHO). MEHA’s vice-president is Dutch politician Rob Roos, vice-chair of the European Conservatives and Reformists Group until mid-2024, when his term as a Member of the European Parliament (MEP) ended. MEHA lists the Global Wellness Forum (GWF) as its “partner”, and GWF co-founder Sayer Ji is on MEHA’s steering committee. Ji campaigned against vaccine mandates during the pandemic alongside other GWF leaders, including osteopath Sherri Tenpenny, identified as one of the most prolific sources of anti-vax information on social media during COVID-19. Tenpenny had her medical license suspended after claiming that the COVID-19 vaccine “magnetised” people. The MEHA 17-person steering committee is dominated by European anti-vaxxers, including Dr Aseem Malhotra. MAHA leader Dr Robert Malone addressing the MEHA launch. Seven of the steering committee are Americans, including MAHA leader Dr Robert Malone, who Kennedy controversially appointed to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP) after he fired all 17 existing members. Malone has promoted several false and alarmist claims about COVID-19 vaccines, and promoted the use of hydroxychloroquine and Ivermectin as SARS-CO-V2 treatments despite numerous studies showing they did not work. Recently, Malone controversially claimed that an eight-year-old child, Daisy Hildebrand, who died of measles in Texas had died of sepsis and blamed a medical institution for mismanaging her illness. Others Americans on the steering committee include Mary Holland, CEO of Children’s Health Defense, the anti-vaccine organisation started by Kennedy; Tony Lyons, MAHA political action committee (PAC) co-chair; Reggie Littlejohn, an anti-abortion and “anti-globalist” campaigner, and Tom Harrington from the right-wing think-tank Brownstone Institute, which became an important bridge between conservative supporters of Donald Trump and anti-vax libertarians during the COVID-19 pandemic. Australian local councillor Adrian McRae, who campaigned against the COVID-19 vaccine and is known for his pro-Russian views, is also on the advisory committee. Australian MEHA advisory board member Adrian McRae ‘Totalitarianism’ Speakers at the launch stressed the need to break the influence of the pharmaceutical industry over health, and railed against the “totalitarianism” of “unelected globalist” institutions, including the WHO and the European Commission. Hubmer-Mogg called for the European Medicines Agency (EMA) to be funded by the EU not pharmaceutical companies. Over 90% of the EMA’s operating costs are covered by fees charged to companies for the evaluation of their applications for marketing authorisation and monitoring the safety of medicines, and for scientific advisory services. However, MEHA does not want pharmaceutical companies to conduct clinical trials on medicines, although it is these companies that develop and will ultimately profit from new medicines. “No more conflict of interest, no more concealment of side effects, no more pharma-financed studies,” Hubmer-Mogg concluded. Malhotra built on this theme, claiming in an hour-long keynote address that “evidence-based medicine… has become an illusion. It has become hijacked by powerful commercial vested interests, and the degree of influence of these commercial interests also means that we have created a pandemic of misinformed doctors and, unwittingly, misinformed and harmed patients”. Steering committee member Mattias Desmet told the launch that the WHO’s One Health policy was “evidence” of a “globalist institution” trying to impose its one-size-fits-all approach to health. However, One Health simply refers to the recognition that the health of people, animals and ecosystems are closely linked and often need to be addressed together – particularly to prevent zoonotic spillover and growing antibiotic resistance. During the pandemic, Desmet, a Belgian psychologist, claimed that official government policies on the COVID-19 pandemic were “collective insanity” that he called “mass formation”. Malaria Resurgence Could Kill Nearly One Million by 2030 as Funding Cuts Hit 21/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Global Fund chief warns disease now his greatest concern among major killers as new analysis shows 750,000 children at risk. BERLIN – The head of the world’s largest malaria funder has issued a stark warning that the disease now poses a greater threat than HIV or tuberculosis, as a new analysis released Tuesday reveals funding cuts could trigger 990,000 additional deaths by 2030, including 750,000 children under five. “If I think about the situation we face right now on HIV, TB and Malaria, the one that keeps me awake at night is malaria,” Peter Sands, executive director of the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, told scientists and advocates at the World Health Summit in Berlin last week. “It’s pretty clear to me that this year more people will die of malaria than last year,” Sands said. “The disruptions in funding have had that impact, and malaria is such an unforgiving disease that it reacts incredibly quickly.” The report by the African Leaders Malaria Alliance (ALMA) and the NGO Malaria No More UK warns that a malaria resurgence could result in 525 million additional cases and wipe $83 billion from sub-Saharan Africa’s GDP by the end of the decade, killing an additional 165,000 people, most of them children, every year. “The choice is clear: invest now to end malaria or pay far more when it returns,” said Gareth Jenkins of Malaria No More UK. “Cutting funding risks the deadliest resurgence we’ve ever seen.” The findings highlight a critical juncture in the centuries-long battle against a disease that currently claims 597,000 lives annually, with 95% of malaria deaths occurring in Africa and three-quarters of victims being children under five, according to WHO data. “If we fail to act, malaria could steal Africa’s children, and $83 billion of our future GDP,” President Advocate Duma Gideon Boko, President of the Republic of Botswana, said of the findings. As the Global Fund prepares for its November replenishment summit in South Africa, the analysis models different funding scenarios ahead of the event, where donors will determine contributions for 2027 to 2029. The Fund channels 59% of all international financing for malaria control, such as mosquito nets, treatment drugs, and vaccines, to low-and middle-income countries. “We are really at a very momentous time in human history,” said Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of ALMA. “There are tools that are available that can actually facilitate the elimination of malaria. One of our biggest challenges at the moment is financing.” Yet the current trajectory suggests the opposite of elimination, the Global Fund chief warned. “At the moment, what we’re doing with malaria is we’re making malaria sustainable,” Sands said. “We’re spending enough to reduce the number of lives that are being lost, but we’re not actually breaking the transmission cycle.” “If anything,” Sands added, “it’s going the wrong way.” ‘Pandemic preparedness hats’ Global Fund Executive Director Peter Sands (center) accepts a $1 billion pledge from Germany on the opening night of WHS 2025. At a pandemic preparedness meeting during the summit focused on potential future disease threats, Sands said he was struck by how much attention novel pathogens receive compared to malaria, which is killing hundreds of thousands each year. “In many African countries, the biggest health emergency right now is the upsurge in malaria,” he said. “And you’ve got all these people wearing pandemic preparedness hats who are sort of worrying about Marburg and Ebola and all that stuff – which is fine, those are legitimate threats – none of them, if you take a country like DRC, are going to kill remotely as many people as malaria.” The data on Malaria’s resurgence bear out his assessment. Cases rose to 263 million in 2023, the latest year for which data is available, an increase of 11 million from the previous year, according to the World Health Organization’s 2024 World Malaria Report. “The WHO African region still accounts for over 95% of global malaria cases and deaths,” Maru Aregawi Weldedawit, unit head of WHO’s Global Malaria Programme, told the summit by video link. “Even in the region, 11 countries account for over 70% of the global burden. Progress has stalled and in some settings reversed, with significant setbacks placing the 2030 global technical strategy targets at serious risk.” “In 2023 alone, Africa recorded 249 million cases and 569,000 deaths, more than the combined deaths from all multiplying diseases such as cholera, measles, yellow fever, meningitis and viral hemorrhagic fevers,” Weldedawit added. “Yet malaria is still managed as a routine illness despite being the leading infectious killer on the continent today.” Working toolkit, missing money The funding crisis runs deep across the global health world, but is particularly severe for malaria. Only $4 billion was mobilized for malaria in 2023 against a needed $8.3 billion, according to WHO data. Germany’s pledge last week of €1 billion to the Global Fund represents a 23% cut from its previous commitment. The UK, another leading funder of the fight against malaria, is reportedly considering a similar 20% reduction. “The thing with a disease like malaria is we don’t have to drop by very much in terms of investments in order for cases to spiral out of control,” Phumaphi warned. “If we don’t sustain the same level of coverage, we are going to have a crisis.” The Trump administration’s gutting of USAID has deepened that threat. Internal USAID memos warned that permanently halting the President’s Malaria Initiative could cause an additional 12.5 to 17.9 million cases and 71,000 to 166,000 deaths annually, a 39.1% increase from current levels. “We need some of that same sense of urgency around what the risks are with malaria right now, as we have whenever we have an outbreak of one of these other new threats,” Sands said. “The current toolkit works, but you need to get a critical level of funding. Crudely speaking, my view is you need roughly twice as much funding per capita.” Drug resistance and climate converge A young girl reads under a malaria bednet. Photo: UNDP As funding falters, new biological threats are emerging. Professor Isabella Oyier, head of the Biosciences Department at Kenya’s KEMRI-Wellcome Trust Research Program, is tracking the spread of drug-resistant malaria parasites across East Africa through genomic surveillance. “We’re seeing these variants that are allowing the parasite to escape treatment,” Oyier explained at a side event focused on African scientific leadership. “When an individual comes to a health facility, they will be given an anti-malarial drug, but they will not clear their fever, and they’ll still, two to three days after treatment, have parasites in their bloodstream.” “The treatment is failing because the parasite has developed mechanisms to escape,” she said. Partial resistance to artemisinin, the backbone of current malaria treatment, has been confirmed in Rwanda, Uganda, Tanzania, and Eritrea, with signals detected in Ethiopia and Zambia, according to WHO data. The spread of resistance echoes the chloroquine resistance crisis that emerged decades ago, when the malaria parasite’s ability to evade that once-effective drug forced the development of entirely new treatment approaches, including the artemisinin-based therapies now facing their own resistance challenges. “That issue of resistance and the need for new tools is something that’s extremely important for us to talk about,” Dr Ngashi Ngongo, Chief of Staff at Africa CDC, told the summit, adding that with current low coverage rates, “if you have an intervention that is 50% effective, you can’t be satisfied with 59% of children sleeping underneath nets.” “Take 59% of 50%, what does it give you? It’s about 30% of children that are protected,” he said. “No wonder every year we are seeing increasing numbers of cases.” Oyier’s genomic surveillance work with national malaria control programs has led to the introduction of multiple first-line treatments in East Africa, a strategy designed to outmanoeuvre the parasite by rotating different drug combinations and sequencing the malaria parasite’s genome to identify resistance markers before they become widespread. “Part of the work I do is using genomic surveillance, working with the National Malaria Control Programme to set up an early warning system so that we can identify these variants,” Oyier explained. “So that they can then have a response plan and figure out what policy changes they need to make,” she said, noting that generating data locally allows for faster integration with health ministries and more agile national responses. At the beginning of this month, East African countries began rolling out multiple first-line treatment protocols based on this surveillance data, she said. “At the beginning of September, they are looking at introducing what we call multiple first-line treatments, which means you want to confuse the parasite. This year I’ll give you drug A. Next year, I’ll give you a different combination, and that messes the parasite up.” “This is a historical challenge for us,” she said. “We know since chloroquine days, the parasite is going to change. So we need to stay a step ahead and be clever.” Mosquitos on the move An infant and mother under an insecticide-treated mosquito net in Ghana. Such nets remain a key prevention technique. Climate change is further exacerbating these challenges by expanding the habitats of mosquitoes. Historical data analysis published in The Lancet Planetary Health shows malaria mosquitoes in Africa have moved away from the equator by 4.7 kilometers per year over the past century and climbed 6.5 meters annually in altitude. “You have a vector that is really widespread, quite resilient, now complicated with the challenges of global warming and climate change that is actually expanding the habitat of the vector,” Ngongo said. The Lancet research projects that by 2070, an additional 4.7 billion people could be at risk of malaria or dengue as warming temperatures extend transmission seasons. “Then you have the partial effectiveness of the interventions themselves,” Ngongo added. “We’ve been pushing ITNs [insecticide-treated nets] for many years, but the effectiveness was just around 50% reduction of cases. Now, when you bring in the issues of resistance, you are further reducing the effectiveness of those interventions.” MMV: the urgency of developing next-generation treatments The funding challenges are not just for existing tools. In view of the growing resistance to existing drugs, the urgency of developing next-generation treatments is even greater, Dr Martin Fitchet, CEO of Medicines for Malaria Venture, emphasised at a plenary WHS session on the issue. “We were formed 26 years ago because the child mortality rate went up,” he told the summit. “Mortality rate, of which 75% were children under five, doubled to 1.2 million on the world’s watch when it wasn’t really looking, and we’re never going to let that happen again, I hope.” MMV is now developing next-generation antimalarials designed to overcome resistance and prevent another crisis in which the world is unprepared for new mutations in malaria parasites, including potential single-dose cures and long-acting injectable prevention that could protect children for an entire malaria season. “The new drugs we discover now are five to eight years from the [arriving to] market,” Fitchet explained. “These drugs have to have a high barrier of resistance, they have to be new mechanisms, brand new ways of working, the next generation after artemisinin.” “Imagine if you can give a single injection of a medicine supervised to a child or school-age child at the beginning of the season, and they’re completely protected,” Fitchet said. “Complementary to vaccines, complementary to nets. I think we need multiple tools in the toolbox.” Vaccine breakthrough – but is it enough? P vivax malaria is the most widespread form of malaria disease, with victims extending from South-East Asia to North Africa and Latin America (MMV/Damien Schumann) The rollout of malaria vaccines represents a genuine breakthrough. By early 2025, 19 African countries had introduced WHO-recommended vaccines into routine childhood immunisation programs, reaching more than 3 million children, according to WHO data. The RTS,S vaccine, developed over three decades by GSK and the PATH Malaria Vaccine Initiative, was first recommended by WHO in 2021. Pilot programs in Ghana, Kenya, and Malawi demonstrated a 13% drop in all-cause child mortality among vaccine-eligible children. The newer R21/Matrix-M vaccine, developed by Oxford University and prequalified by WHO in December 2023, achieved 78% efficacy in initial trials. Both vaccines reduce clinical malaria by more than 50% in the first year after vaccination. However, Sands expressed frustration that the vaccine breakthrough alone has failed to galvanise donors in the way other recent innovations have. The challenge, he explained, is that simply telling donors “we have the tools but need more money” no longer works as a fundraising message. “The trouble is, the narrative that says actually we’ve got the tools but we need more money doesn’t really work, because donors don’t want to hear that,” Sands said. “We need to find ways of injecting something new or different or urgent or hopeful, particularly positive, hopeful stuff that changes the narrative.” The first two girls ever vaccinated with the malaria vaccine RTS,S in Ghana. He also warned that vaccines will not be sufficient to reverse the surge in malaria cases because they primarily reduce mortality rather than stopping transmission of the disease. “For some of the donors, they think that the vaccines are the story,” he said. “Personally, I don’t think they’re powerful enough, and not least because they don’t really change the transmission. Yes, they will help us reduce mortality, but they’re not going to really help transmission.” He drew a contrast with lenacapavir, a long-acting injectable HIV prevention drug that requires just two injections per year and has shown near-perfect efficacy in clinical trials. The breakthrough has reinvigorated donor enthusiasm for HIV prevention in a way malaria vaccines have not. “If I could change the conversation to talk about lenacapavir in HIV, what we have is a long-acting injectable. It’s the most exciting thing to happen in HIV prevention for at least a decade,” Sands said. “It’s completely changed the conversation,” he added. “It’s allowed us to talk really differently and excite donors about being part of ending HIV. It has both medical impact and donor mobilisation impact.” Local solutions African public health leaders used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for increased investment in national health systems and research capacity across the continent. African scientists and policymakers are increasingly demanding ownership of the malaria response. Oyier emphasised the importance of building research capacity across the continent. “For me to break that down, you’re all aware that in COVID, everyone knew the COVID language, the Greek alphabet. These are the same across all pathogens,” she said, explaining her genomic surveillance work. “Part of the work I do is using genomic surveillance, working with the National Malaria Control Programme to set up an early warning system so that we can identify these variants, and so that they can then have a response plan and figure out what policy changes they need to make,” Oyier said. MMV is establishing five manufacturing hubs across Africa in partnership with Africa CDC. The organization is also making an AI-powered drug discovery tool available as open access to researchers globally. “We’re working with DeepMind, the Google arm of AI, with our database of 10 million compounds,” Fitchet explained. “We’re building a machine learning tool that is going to accelerate the medicinal chemistry, the design, the invention of new anti-malarials.” “And here’s the kicker: we’re going to make it available open access for any researcher anywhere in the world, particularly if you’re in malaria-endemic countries,” he said. A health worker examines a child with suspected malaria. Fitchet noted that only one clinical candidate for an anti-malarial drug has come from an African research institution to reach clinical trials in recent years – something he says has to change. “We’ve only had one clinical candidate for an anti-malarial drug going to the clinic from an African research group in Cape Town, in 2014,” he said, referring to work at the University of Cape Town’s Drug Discovery and Development Centre. “I think it’s time to have more of those coming out of African research groups and having our first approved and accessible African-invented anti-malarial,” Fitchet said. While African governments have increased their spending on health in recent years, the continent faces severe fiscal constraints. Low-income countries, on average, depend on foreign aid for one-third of their national health spending, and more than 60 countries worldwide now spend more on debt service than on their health systems, according to World Bank data. “I think we need to appreciate the enormity of the challenge,” Phumaphi concluded, “and exactly how much is required in funding in order for countries to be able to catch up.” Image Credits: Yoshi Shimizu, World Health Summit, UNDP, WHO, MMV/Damien Schumann, WHO/Fanjan Combrink, Damien Schumann / MMV. New World Bank-WHO ‘Leaders Coalition’ Aims to Power Investments in Health 20/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan The World Bank, Japan, and the WHO launched the Health Works Leaders Coalition. to promote investments in health systems as a strategy for economic growth, job creation, and improved resilience. How to find more money has dominated discussions at global health gatherings this year as the precipitous 21% fall in development assistance over the past year threatens to unravel years of hard-won gains. There is near-universal agreement that aid-dependent countries need to pay more for their citizens’ health, and that the donors need to become more collaborative and efficient. Many also posit the idea that the financial crisis presents an opportunity to rearrange the global health “architecture” to ensure that low and middle-income countries (LMICs) drive their own destinies rather than their donors. But exactly how to achieve all of this is less clear. One new vehicle is the Health Works Leaders Coalition, launched last Friday by the World Bank, Japan, and the World Health Organization (WHO). It brings together health and finance ministers, donors, business, global health agencies and civil society to promote “investments in health systems as a strategy for economic growth, job creation, and improved resilience”, according to a media release. The coalition stresses that it is “not a funding mechanism, but rather a coordinated effort to drive bold, high-impact action on health reform globally”. It is part of the World Bank’s Health Works initiative launched earlier this year, which aims to help countries transform their health systems to provide quality, affordable health services by 2030. “Our goal is ambitious: to help countries deliver quality, affordable health services to 1.5 billion people by 2030. No single institution, government, or philanthropist can achieve that alone,” said Ajay Banga, World Bank president. “But with aligned purpose and shared effort, it is possible. If we get this right, we can make real impact – improving health, transforming lives, strengthening economies – and creating jobs. This effort is as much an ingredient of our jobs agenda as it is a health initiative.” The countries that make up the coalition are Egypt, Ethiopia, Indonesia, Kenya, Nigeria, Philippines, Sierra Leone, Saint Lucia and the United Kingdom. Health Works is linked to three World Bank backed funds: the Health System Transformation & Resilience Fund (HSTRF), the Global Financing Facility, which focuses on strengthening primary health care to reduce deaths of women, children, and adolescents, and The Pandemic Fund, which provides financing for pandemic prevention, preparedness, and response. However, at last week’s World Health Summit in Berlin several global health actors acknowledged that there needed to be fewer agencies and funds. “I do think we’re actually going to have to reduce the number of entities,” Peter Sands, executive director of the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, told participants. “The system is too fragmented. There are too many underfunded institutions. There’s too much duplication. It’s too complex. That diagnosis, I think, is pretty straightforward.” Expanding tax revenue World Bank vice-president Mamta Murthi According to World Bank vice-president Mamta Murthi, countries need to spend $50 to $60 per person per year for a basic health package, but low-income countries (LIC) spend about $20, and for many, around half of this comes from donors. Countries need to expand tax revenues and engage in domestic resource mobilisation, “including through better tax policy and better tax administration, and that includes health taxes”, Murthi told a discussion hosted by the Center for Global Development (CGD) at which key development leaders discussed sustainable solutions to the health financing crisis. “The second thing that they can do is make health more of a priority in their budgets,” she said, adding that around a third of low and low-middle-income countries could allocate more to health with the fiscal conditions that they have. “And I don’t think they should just look at health taxes. There are lots of other things that they spend on, which don’t deliver a bang for the buck, and some of them are harmful to health. Let’s think of fossil fuel subsidies.” In addition, it is also “shocking that, on average, about 10 to 15% of resources that are allocated for health spending don’t get spent,” she added. However, she said the Bank is encouraged by countries presenting “compacts”– country vision statements with “asks” to the donor community, setting out what they need from development agencies to reach their goals and targets. “I feel very encouraged by the leadership that the countries are showing… they have goals and targets in terms of accessibility, affordability, job creation that ensue from the full implementation of these compacts.” The end of ODA? Gavi CEO Sania Nishtar. Sania Nishtar, CEO of the vaccine alliance, Gavi, declared: “We are seeing the beginning of the end of overseas development aid (ODA).” Gavi Leap, the platform’s reform plan, is “preparing for this future” by ensuring that countries have greater ownership and agency, and are more effective in this resource-constrained environment, said Nishtar. Gavi is accommodating countries’ requests for more decision-making agency, quicker turnaround, less administration and vaccine sovereignty, she added. “End-to-end digitising” will simplify and speed up the grant process, while Gavi’s support for , the African Vaccine Manufacturing Accelerator aims to “catalyse sustainable vaccine manufacturing on the continent”. “We are speaking to our colleagues at the World Bank and other international multilateral development banks, and we have put in place what is called the MDB [multilateral development bank] Multiplier” to “unlock concessional lending for countries”. Catalysing investment Hitoshi Hirata, vice-president of the Japan International Cooperation Agency. Hitoshi Hirata, vice-president of the Japan International Cooperation Agency, said that at the Financing for Development (FfD4) meeting in Sevilla in July, partner countries had committed to expanding domestic revenue for health, particularly through health taxes. “We would like to support health financing, and also link with existing public finance management efforts and tap domestic and private resources,” said Hirata. The resulting Sevilla Commitment proposes concrete steps to catalyse investment in sustainable development, address the debt crisis affecting the world’s poorest countries (three billion people live in countries that spend more on interest payments than on health), and give developing countries a stronger voice in the international financing architecture. The Japanese government is hosting a Universal Health Coverage (UHC) High-Level Forum in Tokyo in December, at which various countries will launch their National Health Compacts. These are “government-led agreements that will lay out bold reforms, investment priorities, shared accountability and unlock resources for expanding access to quality, affordable health care”, according to a media release. Strong country leadership Wellcome Trust CEO John-Arne Røttingen. Wellcome Trust CEO John-Arne Røttingen warned that the “abrupt changes to the international financing environment” will result in many lives lost and worsen the global burden of disease. But he is “optimistic” that the loss in financing will result in “stronger country leadership, supported by multilateral development banks and major bilateral donors”. “Countries are demanding that they need to be in charge – with a one country, one plan, one budget, one monitoring approach,” said Røttingen. “And I’m hearing commitment now from almost all big external financing agencies – the dedicated GHIs, the Global Fund, the World Bank, and the other multilateral development banks and the major bilateral donors – that signals a global moving towards empowering and also making countries responsible for delivering.” Wellcome Trust is also supporting global and regional discussions on “reimagining the global health architecture”, which kicked off with papers on the subject written by five thought leaders. Its motivation is to find long-term solutions to the crisis in global health that involve “more regional and national accountability and less dependence on the priorities of donors from high-income countries”. But Røttingen cautioned that devolving too much to country governments might reinforce the priorities and norms of undemocratic governments that could be contrary to human rights. “There needs to be very strong transparency and the voice from civil society and different groups”, he noted, adding that positive lessons from different regions where things are working With Future of UNAIDS in Question, Top Official Says ‘Very Difficult’ to Envision 2026 Shutdown 17/10/2025 Stefan Anderson A senior UNAIDS deputy framed the UN Secretary-General’s proposal to close the programme next year as a rushed timeline, as governments and civil society demand answers. BERLIN — A top UNAIDS official told delegates at the World Health Summit this week that it would be “very difficult” to envision shutting down the agency by the end of 2026, pushing back against a controversial proposal from UN Secretary-General António Guterres that has triggered an outcry from civil society groups and member states. “I know the [Secretary-General’s] proposal is formulated in a way that strikes people as if it’s already a decision, but it is a proposal,” Christine Stegling, deputy executive director of UNAIDS, said at the summit. “There’s pressure on all of us to rethink ourselves and to think how we can maybe accelerate the timeline, but I personally find it very difficult to think about how we could do that by the end of 2026.” Her comments come weeks after Guterres released his UN80 reform plan in September, a sweeping 45-page blueprint for restructuring the UN system that included a single sentence stating: “We plan to sunset UNAIDS by the end of 2026.” The proposal caught the agency’s own governing board off guard, as well as donor governments and the civil society organizations that hold a unique seat at the table in UNAIDS governance. UNAIDS was already implementing its own board-approved transformation plan, which includes a 54% reduction in secretariat staffing and consolidation of country offices from 85 to 54. That plan, informed by a high-level panel that worked from October 2024 to March 2025, envisions a gradual two-phase process that would propose to the board in mid-2027 to “further transform, consolidate, integrate, with a view to eventually closing down the UNAIDS Secretariat in its current form”—a timeline measured in years, not the 14 months the UN80 plan allows. “We heard very powerful voices in our board meeting in June from communities telling us, look, sunsetting can be good if you stand in a beautiful sunset,” Stegling said. “And it can be terrifying if you’re standing by yourself, and it just all of a sudden gets dark.” ‘I’m seeing death’ "I am seeing death. Real people are dying." – Winnie Byanyima, Executive Director, Joint United Nations Programme on HIV/AIDS (UNAIDS)#WHS2025 speaker Byanyima emphasizes that global solidarity is fundamental to advancing global health. She highlights that wealthier countries… pic.twitter.com/tDRriJ6CuL — World Health Summit (@WorldHealthSmt) October 13, 2025 The fight over the programme’s future unfolds as the global HIV response faces what UNAIDS has called a “historic funding crisis.” There were 1.3 million new HIV infections in 2024, virtually unchanged from the previous year and far short of targets needed to end AIDS as a public health threat by 2030, according to the agency’s 2025 Global AIDS Update released in July. The sudden withdrawal of US funding in early 2025, which had previously accounted for 73% of international HIV/AIDS financing, has disrupted treatment and prevention programmes worldwide. UNAIDS modelling suggests the funding collapse could lead to an additional 6.6 million new HIV infections and 4.2 million AIDS-related deaths by 2029. “This is not just a funding gap – it’s a ticking time bomb,” Byanyima said when the annual report was released. “We have seen services vanish overnight. Health workers have been sent home. And people – especially children and key populations – are being pushed out of care.” In Mozambique alone, over 30,000 health personnel lost their jobs, while Nigeria has seen monthly initiations of pre-exposure prophylaxis to prevent HIV transmission have plummeted from 40,000 to 6,000. Since 2010, new HIV infections have fallen 40% and AIDS-related deaths by 56%. By the end of 2024, 31.6 million people—77% of all people living with HIV—were accessing antiretroviral therapy. “I’m seeing death, real people dying because clinics are shutting, because services for the most vulnerable people are closing,” Winnie Byanyima, UNAIDS executive director, told the summit. “That suddenness, that rapid decline, is costing lives. Let’s be clear about that. People are dying.” Speaking about the abrupt US funding cuts, Stegling drew a parallel to the UN80 proposal: “It was the shock and it was the abruptness, and it was the unpreparedness that hit hardest, with little time to react.” At an extraordinary UNAIDS board meeting last week, member states expressed strong opposition to the accelerated timeline. “Member states on our board, and in particular those who are most affected, all speak about a similar issue,” Stegling said, specifically citing the Africa group. “They’re basically saying, look, the ecosystem is collapsing around us. The funding is collapsing around us, and at this particular time, you’re taking away a structure that we have at a country level that helps us to navigate these new realities, and so therefore we can’t support that.” Donors demand answers World Health Summit panel, “Shaping the Future of UNAIDS in the Context of UN80.” Germany and the Netherlands, the two largest contributors to HIV financing aside from the US, said their delegations would use the next meeting of the UNAIDS Programme Coordinating Board to question UN80’s abrupt departure from the agency’s existing reform trajectory. “The Secretary-General’s proposal that sunsets UNAIDS already by the end of 2026 came to all of us as a surprise,” said Paul Zubeil of Germany’s Ministry of Health, adding that the proposals outlined in the UNAIDS-led reforms were “very balanced.” “It’s an easy pitch to close a very small, not even UN agency, but a small joint programme, to integrate it,” Zubeil continued. “This would probably show the world ‘we’re doing something, we’re integrating UN agencies into each other,’ but it’s not really what does the trick. We don’t talk about WFP or about FAO or any others, the big ships.” “I don’t know what’s on [Guterres’] mind, but again, I think we should monitor this. We should take it very seriously. But there’s no reason for panic upfront when the storm has not hit us yet.” Peter Derrek Hof of the Netherlands Ministry of Foreign Affairs said his government had prepared questions about “why not follow the transition plan that was well thought out, was well prepared.” While supporting the broader UN reform process, he added: “It doesn’t mean that on specific issues we won’t raise issues, and we will ask questions – this will be one of them.” Civil society outcry “I don’t think he was thinking at all,” Erika Castellanos (right) told the World Health Summit of UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres proposal to close USAID by 2026. The UN proposal has generated fierce resistance from civil society organizations who sit on the UNAIDS Programme Coordinating Board – the only governance structure in the UN with direct civil society representation. More than 1,000 civil society organisations have signed a letter expressing “deepest alarm” at the sunsetting proposal, noting their seat at the table had been effectively stepped over by the Secretary-General, who did not consult UNAIDS or its board before publishing the UN80 agenda. “UNAIDS must remain until new HIV infections are halted, until lifesaving HIV treatment reaches all who need it, and until the human rights of all people living with and affected by HIV are fully safeguarded,” the letter states. “Preserving UNAIDS is about saving lives, and to propose sunsetting it now is profoundly dangerous and a betrayal of the global goal to end AIDS by 2030,” the groups said. “Any restructuring must strengthen – not weaken – the HIV response, human rights, community leadership, and accountability.” The exclusion of civil society from the UN80 process carries particular sting, given the history of the AIDS crisis. When governments worldwide ignored the epidemic in the 1980s as it killed millions, dismissing it as a “gay plague”, it was grassroots activists who forced the issue onto the political agenda, staged “die-ins” at pharmaceutical companies to demand treatment access, and ultimately shaped the unprecedented global response that created institutions like UNAIDS and the Global Fund. 🚨 The HIV response is in crisis. Funding cuts, rising infections & deaths—and now the UN SG plans to sunset @UNAIDS in 2026.We say NO. This is a betrayal of the 2030 goal to #EndAIDS.✍️ Sign on: https://t.co/zrk1I2SRiXRead our statement: https://t.co/gKIxvo7CRl#SaveUNAIDS pic.twitter.com/QAnjQpi12v — NGO DELEGATION TO THE UNAIDS PCB (@ngopcb) September 19, 2025 “I come from that time where we took to the streets, where we threw red paint on politicians, where we went into parliament with coffins,” said Erika Castellanos, a civil society representative. “And because of that action with the global community, the international community ended up with institutions like the Global Fund and UNAIDS.” “We need to have an institution at the highest level, at the UN level, where the participation and engagement of community is preserved to the level it is now,” Castellanos said. “Whatever we create or redesign needs to keep communities in decision-making seats with equal power. Otherwise, representation goes back to tokenistic.” The move also reflects a broader trend across the UN system, where civil society access has been shrinking in both Geneva and New York. The recent plastics treaty negotiations saw civil society representatives largely stonewalled, while Brazil’s COP30 climate summit is expected to draw record-low civil society participation – a retreat from the open multilateralism that defined earlier UN processes. Calling out the euphemistic language of the proposal, Clemens Gros, another civil society representative, compared “sunsetting” to SpaceX’s description of a rocket explosion as “rapid unscheduled disassembly.” “Sun setting the organization would effectively mean it will not be there anymore once it’s beyond the horizon,” he said. UN80: Response to ‘severe pressure’ The UN80 Initiative is a blueprint for streamlining the United Nations amid a deep funding crisis led by Secretary-General António Guterres. The UNAIDS proposal sits within a wider UN80 reform initiative launched by Guterres in March as the body marks its 80th anniversary. The “Shifting Paradigms: United to Deliver” report, released on 18 September at the General Assembly in New York, proposes numerous mergers and consolidations across the UN system. Among the proposals: merging the UN Population Fund and UN Women “to create a unified voice and platform on gender equality and women’s rights.” The reforms are widely seen as a response to severe funding pressures—particularly US aid cuts under the Trump administration—though Guterres has denied this. Informal discussions have also circulated about potentially merging the two largest non-UN health agencies, Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance and the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, though the agencies themselves have emphasized closer collaboration over outright merger. For now, member states and agency leadership are left navigating between two competing visions: the gradual, community-informed transformation UNAIDS had charted for itself, and the abrupt 2026 closure proposed in the UN80 plan. “We went from street rioters to policy makers because we were forced to take that role,” Castellanos said. “We finally arrive at a place where we have a seat at the table, and often the privilege and honor to lead that table.” “This hasn’t come easily. It’s with a lot of pain and suffering, and a lot of people who have done a lot of amazing work before us. So I find it a little bit irresponsible and a little bit too naive, perhaps, to think that we can shift gears suddenly without a planned process.” Image Credits: https://www.flickr.com/photos/22539273@N00/50637583117, Patrick Gruban. Drive to Include Pregnant and Breastfeeding Women and Children in Clinical Trials 17/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan The first woman with malaria in her first trimester of pregnancy was enrolled in a clinical trial to compare three different malaria treatment regimens in Mali on 6 October 2025. The first pregnant woman with malaria was enrolled in a clinical trial in Mali to compare three different malaria treatment regimens earlier this month – a historic event as pregnant and breastfeeding women and babies are seldom included in clinical trials despite being more vulnerable to several illnesses. But there is growing momentum for including “under-represented groups” in clinical trials to ensure that medicines developed are suitable for all those who need them most. Malaria in pregnancy is responsible for around 20% of stillbirths and 11% of all newborn deaths in sub‑Saharan Africa, as well as some 10,000 maternal deaths globally each year. It can also cause severe maternal anaemia, miscarriage, stillbirth, preterm delivery and low birthweight. Back in 1998, the World Health Organization (WHO) recommended artemisinin-based combination therapy (ACT) as the standard of care for malaria – but it only updated its guidelines for malaria to include pregnant women in their first trimester in 2022, according to Dr Myriam El Gaaloul, head of clinical and regulatory sciences at Medicines for Malaria Venture. “With the threat of emerging resistance to malaria drugs, alternatives are needed, and I think we all agree that we cannot afford to wait for another quarter of century [for treatment for pregnant women],” El Gaaloul told a webinar on under-represented populations in clinical trials, hosted by the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations (IFPMA) as part of its African Regulatory Conference. The trial, which will also run in Kenya and Burkina Faso, is an initiative of the Safety of Anti-malarials in the First Trimester (SAFIRE) Consortium, with El Ghaloul as its principal investigator. Preparation for the trial started in 2023 and involved getting ethical clearance in all three countries and holding meetings with regulators, said El Ghaloul. Ethical considerations Dr Jacqueline Kitulu, incoming president of the World Medical Association. Dr Jacqueline Kitulu, the incoming president of the World Medical Association (WMA), told the webinar that excluding under-represented groups “generates several ethical harms”, including the risk that “clinical decisions are built on non-generalisable data”. She defined these groups as “women, including the pregnant ones, older adults, children, people with disabilities, indigenous and marginalised populations and those in conflict settings”. “Exclusion can cause harm when interventions are later rolled out without safety or dosage data for larger segments of the population who are really excluded or under-represented groups,” Kitulu explained. The WMA developed the Helsinki Declaration 61 years ago to guide research on human subjects, and this remains the cornerstone for researchers. Mercury Shitindo, executive director of the Africa Bioethics Network, said there needs to be a shift in thinking: “We are not protecting people from research, but we are working on ways to protect people through research.” “This particular shift requires not only including under-represented populations in trials, but also ensuring that our regulatory systems and community policies are at the centre of how research is designed, conducted and shared.” Mercury Shitindo, executive director of the Africa Bioethics Network. Runcie Chidebe, founder of Project PINK BLUE, a Nigerian cancer awareness and patient advocacy organisation, said that Africa only hosts 4% of global clinical trials, although it makes up almost 19% of the world’s population. He knew of only one oncology clinical trial in Africa at present, and said that clinical trials for treatments for metastatic cerebral and cervical cancer mental had involved “95% white people”. Evolving international policy On 7 October, the WHO launched the Global Clinical Trial Forum (GCTF) to strengthen the clinical trial ecosystem, Martina Penazzato, WHO lead of Global Accelerator for Paediatric Formulations (GAP-f), told the webinar. The forum is in response to a resolution from the World Health Assembly (WHA75.8), which called on WHO member states to improve the quality and coordination of clinical trials to generate high-quality evidence for health decision-making. “The WHO has also released a global action plan, with action three [of nine actions] emphasising the inclusion of under-represented populations,” said Penazzato, adding Research is underway to better define under-represented populations and the policy landscape. “The WHO has identified key barriers to paediatric clinical trial inclusion, such as ethical and regulatory frameworks, and has advocated for a more coordinated, transparent process to prioritise research in this area,” she added. Mariana Widmer, a WHO scientist in maternal and perinatal health, said that medicines need to be tested on pregnant women as “pregnancy introduces significant physiological changes”. “For example, the blood volume increases by about 40% and this affects how medicines are absorbed and processed,” said Widmer, “So medicines should be tested in pregnant women to ensure safe treatment, yet pregnant women are often excluded from trials. “Around 70% of pregnant women take prescription medicines, and most of them are off-label; therefore, excluding pregnant women poses greater risks than including them.” Meanwhile, the International Council for Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for Pharmaceuticals for Human Use (ICH) is considering guidelines to include pregnant and breastfeeding women in research, said Theresa Wang, director of Clinical Quality and Compliance Management at AstraZeneca, who spoke on behalf of IFPMA The ICH brings regulatory authorities and the pharmaceutical industry together to discuss scientific and technical aspects of pharmaceuticals. The ICH resolved to include pregnant and breastfeeding women in clinical trials in 2023, said Theresa Wang, director of Clinical Quality and Compliance Management at AstraZeneca, speaking on behalf of IFPMA. This was the second of a four-part virtual Africa Regulatory Conference webinar series hosted by the IFPMA that is open to all who are interested. The third webinar, ‘Innovative clinical trial designs and digital technologies, is on Tuesday, 21 October. Image Credits: Medicines for Malaria Venture. Global Health Leaders Urge Fewer Agencies Amid Funding Crisis 16/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Global health chiefs used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for cutting and consolidating agencies as US cuts expose a “confusing” and “fragmented” aid bureaucracy. BERLIN — Leaders of the world’s major global health institutions called for a fundamental restructuring of an aid system they described as too fragmented, duplicative and confusing, with several stating that the number of agencies must be reduced as cuts from the US and other donors force a reckoning with the labyrinthine architecture of global health funding. At the World Health Summit in Berlin this week, executives from the Global Fund, Gavi, the World Health Organization and other institutions addressed the financial crisis facing global health as the abrupt withdrawal of US aid under Donald Trump exposed structural problems that officials acknowledged had existed for years. “I do think we’re actually going to have to reduce the number of entities,” Peter Sands, executive director of the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, told participants. “The system is too fragmented. There are too many underfunded institutions. There’s too much duplication. It’s too complex. That diagnosis, I think, is pretty straightforward.” Global development assistance for health fell 21% between 2024 and 2025, driven almost entirely by a 67% drop in US financing, more than $9 billion, according to data from the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation. Tens of millions of lives, particularly among children under five and people in the world’s poorest countries, are threatened by the cuts. Germany announces $1 billion pledge to the Global Fund on the opening night of WHS 2025. The collapse in global health funding extends beyond the United States. Germany, despite pledging €1 billion to the Global Fund and emerging as WHO’s largest donor, has cut its overall development assistance. France and the UK, also major funders, have joined rich countries across the board in reducing aid budgets. EU member states face competing pressures from the war in Ukraine and heightened security concerns following recent Russian provocations inside and near NATO borders. “On a global scale, development assistance for health was almost universally accepted as a good thing—it wasn’t politically controversial,” Joseph Dieleman, who leads IHME’s health aid tracking team, told the Council on Foreign Relations of the research. “All of a sudden, it’s very squarely political and on the chopping block.” “That’s not just a US phenomenon,” Dieleman said. “That’s global.” Global health chiefs used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for cutting and consolidating agencies as US cuts expose a “confusing” and “fragmented” aid bureaucracy. The loss of billions in health funding has put millions at risk, but officials say the crisis has also exposed deeper, long-standing flaws in the aid architecture. Health programs rely heavily on a handful of major donors — about 15 philanthropies and national governments dominate the field — so the loss of even one can trigger an immediate emergency. “In the area of HIV, when the US paused their development assistance in February, in the whole global response on the HIV/AIDS, the US was shouldering 73% of the total burden of development assistance, just one country,” said Winnie Byanyima, executive director of UNAIDS. “The rest of the world was shouldering the 27%. That wasn’t right,” she added. “That overdependence on one country, in a few countries, and overdependence of the developing countries, we have to solve it.” Officials also pointed to “mandate creep,” where multiple organizations take on overlapping roles, competing for the same funds while duplicating work, resulting in confusion and inefficient use of aid. “At the moment, if you’re somebody from outside the world of global health, it’s pretty confusing, right?” Sands said. “And there are so many cross-currents and so many acronyms, and trying to explain where you should place your bets as a new donor is not a trivial thing to do.” Axel Pries, president of the World Health Summit, said the abrupt US withdrawal “will cost lives” with “estimations that this is a double digit million figure of lives which are lost due to this very abrupt change.” “The best answer for the Global Fund is you don’t need the Global Fund,” he added. “Ultimately, if we’ve done our job on HIV, TB and Malaria well, there’s no need for it. That’s not true for the normative convening, regulatory roles of WHO which will continue, ultimately indefinitely, because that’s playing a kind of global public good role for the world.” The majority of global health institutions are funded through sequential “replenishment” fundraising campaigns, often concurrent, creating competition for finite resources that now extends across the broader humanitarian world. As funds dwindle, streamlining and coordination in aid efforts become crucial to maximise what funds remain. “Is the current model of replenishment sustainable? I don’t think it’s sustainable going forward,” said Sania Nishtar, chief executive of Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance. “Whatever all of us have been able to achieve, it is because of the generosity of the donors … We do not have a divine right to funding.” In 2024, the UN and partner organizations appealed for $46.4 billion to assist 180.5 million people across 72 countries—funding that health agencies must now compete for and convince policymakers to support. “It is cliché, but a crisis is a chance,” Nishtar said. “Now is the time for us to come together and align behind a movement to draw new parameters.” “We are radically recalibrating our programs. We understand that these changes are irreversible,” the Gavi chief concluded. “There’s got to be far less agencies in the ecosystem. This fragmentation and duplication really needs to come to an end.” Without warning Elon Musk, who was named a “special government employee” by the Trump administration, secured the president’s backing to eliminate USAID, the country’s foreign aid agency, sending shockwaves through global humanitarian efforts. The abrupt termination of US foreign aid, which has hit health programmes particularly hard, cast a long shadow over the chandeliers and canapés adorning World Health Summit proceedings at the Berlin InterContinental hotel, though participants largely avoided direct criticism of Washington. Multiple panels on restructuring global health finance over the three-day conference avoided mentioning the US or President Donald Trump by name, instead speaking obliquely of the need for “innovative finance” and addressing funding gaps that now total tens of billions of dollars across major institutions including the WHO, Gavi and the Global Fund. “The US has every right to use its money the way it wants. I don’t think anyone can criticize the US for withdrawing its funds or withdrawing its support,” WHO chief Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told participants via video-link from Sri-Lanka. “But one thing that could have been done is there could have been a transition or an exit strategy, for instance, about six to 12 months,” Tedros added. “Then, countries who have been benefiting from the US generous support could have prepared themselves.” Research published in The Lancet estimates USAID programs have saved over 90 million lives over the past two decades, including 30.4 million children under the age of five. As many as 14 million additional preventable deaths could take place by 2030 if gaps created by US programme cuts are not closed. Later in the exchange, while acknowledging US sovereignty over its funding decisions, the WHO acknowledged that reality head-on. “People have died,” Tedros said. “If there was some exit strategy, we wouldn’t have people dying because of the withdrawal of the US funding.” “The abrupt US withdrawal will cost lives,” Axel Pries, president of the World Health Summit, said. “Estimations are that this is a double-digit million figure of lives which are lost due to this very abrupt change. On the other hand, it also exposed that our system had some kind of crackability already. It was not only this last push, it was already a system which needed a renewal.” Already falling short “Funding Drops Across Most Health Organizations From 2024 to 2025: Development banks and the Gates Foundation maintained their funds for health development assistance, but agencies such as the World Health Organization experienced large losses,” according to Think Global Health statistics. Even before the cuts, global health institutions were falling short of their targets, a pattern mirrored across humanitarian, refugee and climate financing. The global fight against HIV, tuberculosis and malaria faces a $29.4 billion gap for 2027-2029 across domestic financing, external donors and the Global Fund combined. The Global Fund contributes roughly 13% of total global funding for these three diseases and has already warned countries that current grants for 2025-2026 might face an average 11% cut due to an estimated $1.4 billion gap from donors not meeting pledges. “Global health has been very much anchored in global solidarity — countries agreeing to work together to deliver on health, and it’s been driven very much by aid for the developing countries,” Byanyima said. “But now we’re seeing that aid tumbling very fast — that suddenness, that rapid decline, is costing lives. Let’s be clear about that: people are dying.” Gavi secured more than $9 billion at its June replenishment summit but remains $2.9 billion short of its $11.9 billion target. Officials warned this shortfall could result in 75 million children missing routine vaccinations over the next five years and 1.2 million child deaths. Overall resource needs and projected available resources for HIV, TB and malaria in countries where the Global Fund invests. The Pandemic Fund—a multilateral mechanism established in 2022 by the G20—requires an estimated $2 billion in additional resources for 2025-2027. A further $15 billion in annual global spending on pandemic preparedness — or 0.1-0.2% of GDP and 0.5-1% of security and defence budgets — was recommended by a report from the WHO-hosted Global Pandemic Monitoring Board released in Berlin. WHO faces the largest proportional crisis: it is short nearly $1.9 billion from a planned $4.2 billion budget for 2026-27, meaning it lacks nearly 45% of the needed funding. Amid the funding drought, forcing many UN agencies from headquarters, to the UN Refugee Programme, to UNICEF and more to cut staff and operations by up to 55%, Sands warned that a simple restructuring will not solve the crisis alone. “Rearranging the boxes of the global health ecosystem is a useful thing to do and a necessary thing to do,” he said. “But it isn’t going to fill the fundamental gaps in financing. So we should do it, but we shouldn’t use it as a sort of displacement activity for actually mobilizing the money we need.” “The worst outcome here is that we invest a lot of our energies having long conversations and lots of meetings about all of this and then do nothing,” Sands concluded. “And two years from now, we’re not where you said we would be with a radically changed system. That would be a waste of time.” Death and defence German Health Minister Nina Warken addresses the World Health Summit in Berlin. Yet while aid budgets shrink, defense spending has been easier to find on government balance sheets, seeing a global surge last year from major aid donor nations as geopolitical tensions rattle capitals. EU member states’ defense expenditure reached €343 billion in 2024, and is expected to rise to €381 billion in 2025—a 19% increase from the previous year and 37% higher than 2021. The US defense budget was approximately $874 billion in 2024. “We face a world of national reflexes and shrinking budgets, of leading headlines and contested facts,” Nina Warken, Germany’s health minister, told the summit. “Global health politics is pressed to justify itself.” “Health is no place for the lone wolf, because national health topics are often linked to the global level,” Warken added. “It is in our very own interest to strengthen these topics at an international level.” The increases come as millions of preventable deaths occur worldwide from diseases that cost relatively little to treat or prevent. The $9 billion pricetag cost to fill the US-sized gap in global health funding, in perspective, is about 2.4 % of EU defence spending and about 0.66 % of the combined EU-US defence outlays. “While we know we’re at a particular moment in time with financing for global solidarity now, the truth is funding pressures have long been there,” Helen Clark, former New Zealand prime minister and UN Development Programme administrator, said. “There is a competition for resources between the different sets of actors.” Preliminary estimates of relative reduction in total health spending due to reduceddevelopment assistance for health, 2024–2025. The resources to allay the funding crisis are not confined to traditional Western aid budgets. Around 200 individuals with net worths exceeding $10 billion collectively hold approximately $5 trillion—enough to fund the current shortfall for over 500 years with money to spare. China’s annual government expenditure, estimated at $6-7 trillion, would absorb the $9 billion gap as roughly 0.13% of its budget. Saudi Arabia’s Public Investment Fund, with assets estimated at $1 trillion, could sustain current global health funding levels for over a century. The kingdom’s recent investments in sports properties—including an estimated $10 billion across ventures such as LIV Golf, Newcastle United, and various international tournaments—exceed the immediate global health financing need. Yet mobilising such resources remains a complex diplomatic and political challenge, further complicated by questions of how aid should be spent. “In the final analysis, food, water, medicine to keep people alive is a compelling narrative,” Clark said. “That can absorb an overwhelming amount of resources that doesn’t really leave that much for putting in place the building blocks for more resilient health systems.” African push for sovereignty clouded by debt African leaders used the summit to accelerate demands for greater independence from donor systems. “Africa is ready. We don’t want to be invited,” Jean Kaseya, director-general of the Africa Centres for Disease Control and Prevention, told attendees. “We are the co-creators of this global architecture.” “The money that we are creating, that we are leveraging, must flow through the regional pool procurement mechanism, especially to regional manufacturers, because we need an incentive to them,” Kaseya said. “Someone was telling me, there is no market in Africa. No way we have 1.4 billion people. This is the biggest market.” In September, African health ministers released the Accra Agenda—a comprehensive financing strategy emphasizing domestic resources, innovative mechanisms and local manufacturing. The initiative, led by Ghana’s President John Dramani Mahama, aims to declare an end to development-as-usual. Yet the push echoes the 2001 Abuja Declaration, in which African Union leaders pledged to allocate 15% of government budgets to health—a target only two countries of the AU’s 55 nations, South Africa and Cabo Verde, met in 2021. The average across the AU was 7.35% of national budgets, half the benchmark agreed in Nigeria 24 years ago. “In the end, national actors are the ones who are going to carry their countries forward,” Clark said. “We have to put the emphasis on how we support them to do their jobs.” WHO Chief Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus addressed the 2025 WHS. Pressed on how the WHO would support countries affected by the global aid cuts, Tedros insisted they possessed the capacity for self-reliance. “All developing countries, what they need is not charity. What they need is fair terms, fair terms in investment, fair terms in trade, and fair terms in taking loans from the market,” he said. Yet as the IMF and World Bank hold their annual meetings in Washington this week, the prospect of self-reliance appears increasingly remote for many developing nations. Low-income countries, on average, depend on foreign aid for one-third of their national health spending. Eight of the world’s poorest countries—South Sudan, Somalia, Democratic Republic of Congo, Liberia, Afghanistan, Sudan, Uganda and Ethiopia—rely on USAID for over 20% of their total foreign assistance. Facing their highest debt burdens in decades, many of the world’s poorest nations are unlikely to be able to compensate for the budget hole blown open by USAID’s withdrawal. The 121 low- and middle-income governments for which there are figures spent an average of 10.7% of government revenue on public health systems, compared to 12.2% on external debt payments in 2019. Research by Debt Justice, released ahead of the meetings, found that 11 lower-income countries denied debt relief by the IMF have been forced to enact “drastic” cuts to health spending by 18% and education by 16% while maintaining debt payments to wealthy creditors. In these countries—including Argentina, Egypt, Kenya, Mozambique and Pakistan—real public spending per person has been cut by 10% on average, while GDP growth per person averaged just 1.2%, less than half the average for countries in the global South. “The countries most dependent on development assistance are also the least capable of filling the gap,” Dieleman said. “The shift has been felt most acutely in low-income countries where disease burdens are high, particularly those in sub-Saharan Africa.” The call for developing countries to increase domestic health spending confronts a debt crisis that makes such investments nearly impossible for many governments. More than 60 countries worldwide now spend more on debt service than on their health systems. “The first thing we need to do is to organize a planned, a responsible transition from a model of aid,” Byanyima said. “We’ve seen the vulnerabilities of aid, and now we want to go away from that. But we must do it in an orderly way that’s not costing lives.” Image Credits: World Health Summit, White House , Thinking Global Health, IHME. ‘Breaking Down Silos’: Global Health Matters Podcast Marks Five Years of Cross-Cutting Conversations 15/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Dr Garry Aslanyan is the executive producer and host of the Global Health Matters podcast. At the World Health Summit in Berlin, the Global Health Matters podcast celebrated a milestone anniversary with a live recording exploring misinformation, the power of social media shaping information, and the future of health communication BERLIN — Five years ago, in a field not exactly known for its podcasting, Dr Garry Aslanyan spotted a gap. Global health, for all its conferences, scientific papers and panel discussions, lacked spaces for dialogue that could transcend disciplinary boundaries. So he started one. “A lot of the information in global health is quite siloized,” Aslanyan, the podcast’s founder, told Health Policy Watch in a recent interview at the World Health Summit, where the show recorded its fifth-anniversary episode. “We look at things that are more cross-cutting. People who are not working in an area could listen to the episode and get inspired by how they dealt with something in another context.” The approach has resonated. With over 130,000 downloads across more than 180 countries, Global Health Matters has become a platform bringing together voices ranging from former Médecins Sans Frontières president Joanne Liu to Wellcome CEO Jan-Arne Rottingen, alongside lesser-known innovators, scientists, authors, academics and public health officials whose work might otherwise go unheard by the broader scientific community. The long-form interview format, Aslanyan explained, allows listeners to understand not just what experts do, but their motivations and experiences: what their personal journey was, why they decided to pursue their work, and the contexts shaping their perspectives. “We don’t really have a chance to know who they are,” Aslanyan said. “Where they work, how their context is, what it means to them.” “We know the general public is probably not our main audience, but in terms of destroying silos between different parts of global health… we’re covering everything,” he added. “We’re doing it with different perspectives, so I think we’ve overcome [those divisions].” Kissing bugs Founded five years ago, the Global Health Matters podcast now has over 120,000 downloads across 180+ countries, making it a leading platform for conversations, diverse voices, and real-world insights in global health. One interview with essayist, memoirist and journalist Daisy Hernández stands out to Aslanyan as exemplifying what his podcast is after. Far from the corridors of the World Health Organization in Geneva, Hernández wrote a memoir about Chagas disease woven through her family’s story—a book most global health professionals could easily miss. “For many listeners, they would never pick up that book,” Aslanyan said. “But the way she presented the story really incorporated the disease, the system, the culture, the environment, and the lack of understanding of these kinds of diseases in developed countries.” Chagas disease, caused by a parasite transmitted mostly through the “kissing bug” Triatominae, which thrives inside the mud or concrete walls and floors of poor dwellings in Latin America, was barely recognized by physicians in the United States and Europe until recently. Doctors misdiagnosed it as simple heart problems. Hernández’s narrative approach made visible what technical papers couldn’t: how a neglected disease, medical system failures, and immigrant experiences collided to lead a family and community affected by the disease with little understanding of its true causes. The experience of Chagas disease, and Hernandez’s power to communicate it through story, also ties deeply with the work of TDR, the Special Programme for Research and Training in Tropical Diseases, where Aslanyan works. The conversation was a reminder to global health professionals to “go beyond our public health silos and to present our work in a way that motivates experts, policy-makers and lay audiences towards greater action,” the episode description wrote — a mission statement for what Aslanyan is trying to achieve, and a narrative vision to achieve TDR’s raison d’être: improving the health vulnerable of burdened by infectious diseases. To inform or to misinform The podcast’s five-year anniversary recording on the opening day of Berlin’s World Health Summit tackled one of global health’s most urgent challenges: ensuring accurate health information reaches those who need it. The live session on “Bridging the Knowledge Divide” featured Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance, and Monica Bharel, Google’s clinical lead for Public Health, in a discussion that laid bare both progress and persistent problems. “When I first started working, everything was written by hand,” Phumaphi recalled, describing her early career years in health systems decades earlier. “You only had one source of information—the World Health Organization. You didn’t have to search to find out which source is right and which one is wrong.” “There are so many sources of information, and it’s very, very confusing,” Phumaphi said of the current landscape. “We have rogue scientists and rogue medical practitioners who spread disinformation. And there’s misinformation, which is a little bit more innocent but can do as much damage.” Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance, speaks at the 5th anniversary event in Berlin. “Misinformation is always mixed with a little bit of truth, which is why it misleads,” she explained. “But what it does is that it kills people. Non-vaccinated people died during COVID. Children who don’t have measles vaccines die. Children who are not sleeping under mosquito nets die from malaria.” In Mozambique’s Zambezia province earlier this year, misinformation claiming that government-distributed mosquito nets spread cholera led to violent attacks on health centers, leaving one person dead. Communities blamed health workers for a cholera outbreak. Provincial officials had to conduct emergency visits urging residents to stop attacking the health workers attempting to help them. The misinformation challenge has grown particularly acute in an era when figures like Robert F. Kennedy Jr. now hold positions of global influence. Kennedy, who built his political profile as leader of Children’s Health Defense, the world’s largest anti-vaccine organization which led the crusade against COVID-19 vaccination in the pandemic, now installed atop the US health system. In recent months, Kennedy has overhauled US vaccine schedule requirements, claimed circumcision causes autism, and eliminated federal funding for COVID vaccines for uninsured children and pregnant women. Google health HQ Monica Bharel is the clinical lead for public sector health at Google, which fields 90% of global searches and owns Youtube. Against that landscape, the social media platforms operated by tech companies like Google, Meta and others, are playing an outsize role in health information – and thus facing an increasingly heavy burden of responsibility as well. “Two hundred billion health queries are made on YouTube annually,” Google’s Bharel noted during the panel. Across Google’s search engine—which handles approximately 90% of all search queries globally—over one billion health-related searches occur every day, translating to more than 365 billion annually, she said. Three out of four Americans, Bharel added, begin their “health journey” with an internet search. Google and YouTube have implemented systems to elevate “trusted voices,” requiring healthcare professionals to show proof of licensure to be featured in prominent health information sections. The companies rank content using what Bharel described as “expertise, experience, authority, and trust” metrics, and now employ AI-powered overviews to provide summarized answers alongside traditional search results. “We want to flood the system with high-quality information,” Bharel said, describing Google’s approach. Yet the architecture of these platforms, and the massive flow of exchange, means misinformation is always nearby, often driven by emotional testimonials or shocking statistics that draw users’ attention but lack the evidence base of peer-reviewed scientific studies and authoritative sources. A study published in the medical journal BMC Public Health breaks down how many people seek health advice from Google’s YouTube platform. “I think that approach is very good, but in order to make it more useful to our communities, I would like a [social media] system like [Google’s] that to be endorsed by WHO and national health authorities around the world,” Phumaphi said, voicing a concern shared by many public health professionals. The disconnect between information availability and actual reach from validated sources remains a major challenge for the health world. The World Health Organization, for instance, uploads multiple videos weekly that garner fewer than 20 views on YouTube. Just last month, a new United Nations report found that UN reports are not widely read, showing the challenge of communicating complex and accurate information continues to be a major sticking point beyond the health world. “Many people are not influenced by WHO, they are influenced by what they see,” Phumaphi observed. In Africa, she noted, traditional and religious leaders also continue to serve as “influencers” – and their views are often far more powerful than international health organizations. The problem extends beyond misinformation to what Bahrel termed being “misinformed”—people lacking complete information to make good decisions about their health. Information, the panelists agreed, has become a social determinant of health itself—as critical as access to food, clean water, or healthcare professionals. “There’s also a language barrier between scientists and health experts and normal people,” one audience member noted during the Q&A. “A fundamental communications problem.” Looking ahead Season 5 is coming 🎉What topics should we dive into next on the #GlobalHealthMatters podcast?📝 Fill out our listener survey 👉 https://t.co/acJOhPURnk💬 Or comment below with your ideas — we’re listening! pic.twitter.com/hNBug5xvaZ — TDR (@TDRnews) October 15, 2025 As the podcast enters its fifth season, Aslanyan is pushing toward what he describes as more “provocative” territory. He envisions creating space for global health opinion-makers to debate contentious issues the field typically avoids. Like a political talk show, but focused on policy questions that shape billions of lives, he said. He envisions seeing “more of a consistent sort of episodes and places where very neutral, experienced global health opinion makers can discuss global health issues together,” Aslanyan explained. The difficulty, he acknowledged, will be maintaining neutrality while hosting a platform that can provide space for the respectful exchange of different views. How the podcast can thread that needle remains to be seen. But in a field increasingly dominated by silos, polarization, and platform power, the journey of Global Health Matters will continue to add value to viewers in the global health domain. “We go through either sanitized kind of things to sometimes extreme, polarized stories,” Aslanyan said. “But we should have a neutral platform. I hope—well, it’s my dream.” Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Africa Seeks More Self-Reliance Amid Disease Outbreaks and Decline in Donor Funds 23/10/2025 Matthew Hattingh Dancers at the opening ceremony of the Conference on Public Health in Africa (CPHIA) 2025. DURBAN, South Africa – Is Africa ready for another big pandemic? The answer is a resounding “No”, said Dr Jean Kaseya, Director-General of the Africa Centres for Disease Control and Prevention (Africa CDC). Kaseya blames this worrying state of affairs on the absence of national public health institutes in some countries, data management difficulties, a lack of laboratories, shortcomings in surveillance and coordination, and the recent sharp decline in donor funding. Briefing media at the start of the Conference on Public Health in Africa (CPHIA) 2025, which Africa CDC is co-hosting, Kaseya said there had been more outbreaks of disease in Africa in the first semester of this year than in the whole of last year. “We are still fragile,” he warned, but added that there were reasons to be upbeat. The response to outbreaks, while not up to scratch in Africa, has improved since the COVID-19 pandemic. In Kaseya’s home country, the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) “that gets outbreaks every week”, ad hoc committees established to deal with individual outbreaks have been replaced with institutes. This has meant better, quicker responses, benefiting from “institutional memory”, he said. Further improvements in public health in Africa must be supported by efforts to increase domestic financing, drawing on properly costed, multi-year plans; innovative taxes and the rollout of universal health insurance; local drug manufacture and better connectivity, Kaseya added. African sovereignty Africa CDC Director-General Dr Jean Kaseya, at the opening of CPHIA 2025. In his opening address to the conference on Wednesday evening, Kaseya said African countries need to assume greater sovereignty over their healthcare to secure the well-being of their people. The theme of the conference is “Moving Towards Self-Reliance to Achieve Universal Health Coverage and Health Security in Africa”, and sustainable financing and local manufacturing were recurring subjects on the opening day. Kaseya quoted Rwandan President Paul Kagame as saying that the work to build the continent, including health, cannot be outsourced. Africa CDC will deploy 10 public finance experts to 10 countries in November to bridge the gap between the ministries of health and finance. This initiative must be allied to efforts to strengthen governance, to see that money goes where it is intended, while donors and other partners must align their visions of the countries they support, said Kaseya. Aligning with national visions Dr Sania Nishtar, the chief executive of Gavi, the vaccine alliance, spoke to the conference via video link about her organisation’s determination to redirect more of its funding to Africa and of its desire to ensure it aligns its programmes with the national visions of the individual African countries it is assisting Kaseya welcomed this, praising Gavi for listening to African voices, and said pressurise other global health initiatives to follow this model. “We don’t want to hear of a partner coming to a country and implementing a programme without the knowledge of the ministry,” he said, calling for respect. Kaseya said driving the “manufacturing agenda” to develop and make vaccines and other drugs in Africa was vital to sovereignty. He pointed out that, in India, there were about 10,000 manufacturing companies making health products, in China, about 5,000, but in Africa, with its growing population, there were only around 570 manufacturers. Africa CDC is involved in a mapping exercise to better coordinate manufacturing on the continent, supported by efforts to harmonise regulations to make local manufacture more viable, driving down prices and allowing countries to redirect money to primary health. Kaseya told guests there would be a strong emphasis on science at the conference, which included 113 speakers and 94 abstract presenters, representing 35 countries. “We want to see how science can lead the decision-making process,” he said, adding that the aim would be to take conference recommendations to the G20 Health Ministers’ meeting in early November under South Africa’s G20 Presidency. The South African government and AfricaBio are co-organisers of the conference, which closes on Saturday. Global Fund replenishment Dr Joe Phaahla, South Africa’s Deputy Minister of Health, tackled the thorny question of declining funding from donor agencies and countries. These were threatening multilateral organisations, including the WHO, UNAIDS, and the Global Fund to fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, he said. On 21 November, the Global Fund will host its final replenishment summit in Johannesburg and seeks “a very ambitious” $18 billion for 2027-2029. The United States was the Global Fund’s largest contributor, but with US priorities having shifted elsewhere, Phaahla called on African governments and the continent’s private sector to step up and contribute to the fund. Geopolitical developments were very concerning, said Phaahla, noting that several other countries that had been contributing to the African health initiatives were now focusing on climate change and national security, and this was affecting Africa’s ability to fight epidemics. Phaahla called on the continent to look for innovative, sustainable funding solutions. “If we fail to make sure our people can access good quality health services without catastrophic expenditure, we will not have made good progress,” said Phaahla. Some of the delegates at the opening of CPHIA 2025, which has attracted scientific papers from 35 countries. Drug discovery Dr Nhlanhla Msomi, president of AfricaBio, told Health Policy Watch that biotechnology offered an opportunity for African countries to leapfrog other technology-driven industries. The conference is part of efforts to “decouple sexy science” in “favour of innovations with impact” and that “we as scientists should not be playing with our toys”, said Msomi. Unless the continent moved away from “borrowed” technology and science, it was not likely to win the public health battle, he said. Msomi said that his non-profit hoped to work with Africa CDC to roll out a drug discovery platform geared towards developing drugs and products on a priority list. He said that by working together and sharing infrastructure, the healthcare industry could be transformed to better address African challenges while spurring economic development and entrepreneurship. Image Credits: Africa CDC. Air Pollution-Related Dementia Kills Over 625,000 People A Year 23/10/2025 Chetan Bhattacharji New research finds that 28% of deaths from Alzheimer’s and other forms of dementia can be attributed to air pollution, which harms brain health across the life cycle. From killing over 600,000 elderly from dementia to an almost equal number of infants under the age of one-year, air pollution’s impact on young and old is explained simply through hard-hitting numbers in the latest State of Global Air (SOGA) report, by the Boston-based Health Effects Institute. The report identifies plenty of scope for immediate policy action with multiple benefits for reducing an estimated 7.9 million deaths annually from air pollution. Dementia attributable to air pollution resulted in 626,000 deaths in 2023, a new report finds. That is more than one death every minute. This is the first time that the State of Global Air, an annual assessment of air quality worldwide, includes information about the burden of dementia attributable to air pollution – including some 28% of total dementia deaths every year. The new data is based on the 2023 Global Burden of Disease study by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), reflecting the growing epidemiological evidence about the higher levels of dementia disease and deaths in cities and regions that are more polluted. Deaths from Alzheimer’s and other forms of dementia attributable to air pollution, per 100,000 people, age standardised, 2023. “The scientific evidence linking air pollution to increased dementia risk is now strong enough to justify policy action, even as research continues to refine causal mechanisms,” Dr Burcin Ikiz, a neuroscientist at Stanford University, told Health Policy Watch, adding that now, “multiple (studies) have shown consistent associations between long-term exposure to fine particulate matter (PM₂․₅), nitrogen oxides, and other traffic-related pollutants and higher rates of cognitive decline, Alzheimer’s disease, and all-cause dementia.” Effects on brain health at all stages of life Air pollution needs recognition as a ‘brain health’ issue, researchers say. On both sides of the lifecycle, however, the toll is high. Air pollution contributed to 7.9 million deaths in 2023, including more than five million deaths from a range of non-communicable diseases in older adults. But it also kills approximately 610,000 babies under the age of one year old, who are more susceptible to pneumonia and other serious infections as a result of exposures to both fine particulates (PM 2.5), as well as ozone, and other noxious pollutants, mostly as a result of dirty household air as well as pollution outdoors. “Babies born prematurely or with low birth weight are more susceptible to lower respiratory infections and other serious infections, diarrheal diseases, inflammation, blood disorders, jaundice, and impacts on brain development. If affected babies survive infancy, they remain at a higher risk for lower respiratory tract infections, other infectious diseases, and major chronic diseases throughout life,” the report underlines. “We can’t say we didn’t know,” said George Vradenburg, founding chairman of the Davos Alzheimer’s Collaborative. “The evidence linking air pollution and dementia is now undeniable – and the story starts long before old age. Brain health begins before birth, shaped by the air a mother breathes and the environment a child grows up in. Policymakers have a chance to act on that science – to protect brain health across the lifespan and improve lives from the very start.” Most air pollution deaths in lower-income countries Age-standardized rates of death attributable to ambient PM2.5 in 2023 shows hotspots are in low-income regions. Most of the 7.9 million deaths continue to occur in lower-income countries, and more men than women died due to air pollution, the latest data also shows. World Bank Income Group Number of Deaths Attributable to Air Pollution in 2023 High income 657,000 Upper middle income 2.9 million Lower middle income 3.7 million Low income 642,000 Source: State of Global Air, 2025. Exposure to PM 2.5 has actually increased in seven of the world’s most populous countries between 2013 and 2023, the highest being in Nigeria, followed by Indonesia, Pakistan, Bangladesh, India, Brazil and Iran. Conversely, the biggest decreases in PM 2.5 exposure were seen in France, China and Germany. Nigeria and other countries in dark blue saw the biggest increases in air pollution exposures over a decade, while China and France saw the biggest declines. Despite massive reductions in ambient air pollution levels over the past decade, China continues to be the world’s leading air pollution epicentre in terms of overall mortality – due to its sheer size. Other mortality hotspots include India and neighboring countries in South-East Asia along with Egypt and Nigeria. Due to its sheer size, China continues to have the world’s highest levels of air pollution-related mortality. There is some good news. Thanks to household air pollution (HAP) declining with the shift to cleaner cooking fuels, related deaths among women and young children who spend the most time around cookstoves, have been reduced. The trend has been most marked in India, Ecuador and China, although in parts of Africa household air pollution levels are also going down. In some countries, however, those gains have been offset by rising deaths due to ambient PM 2.5 and ozone pollution. Noncommunicable diseases are the cause of most air pollution-related deaths Air pollution links with leading chronic diseases. About 95% of air pollution-related deaths in adults over the age of 60 are due to noncommunicable diseases – accounting for 5.8 million deaths in all. Air pollution, especially small particulate (PM 2.5) exposure, is a leading risk factor for NCDs including: ischaemic heart disease, hypertension, chronic lung disease (COPD) and other lung diseases, as well as lung cancer and Type 2 diabetes. NCDs are now responsible for 65% of healthy life years lost, and 75% of deaths every year, according to the Seattle-based IHME. Even short-term exposures when PM 2.5 and other pollutant levels spike over a couple of days can result in health complications, increasing heart attacks, strokes and related hospitalization, as well as reducing the effectiveness of some chronic disease treatments, such as for cancer. Impacting on all forms of dementia An estimated 10 million people develop dementia each year. Exposure to PM 2.5 is associated with Alzheimer’s disease as well as other forms of dementia (e.g., vascular dementia), and mild cognitive impairment in older adults. These disorders can cause problems with thinking, memory, and decision-making, and typically worsen over time. About 10 million people develop dementia each year, with incidence rising as the global population ages. The economic impact of this disease is estimated at over a trillion dollars a year, since people with dementia are dependent on daily care. A high prevalence of this disease has rippling effects on economic productivity for families and caregivers. Women bear the largest burden, being both more likely to provide care for people with dementia and are more likely to develop dementia themselves. Asia and the United States are among the countries with the highest levels of air pollution related dementia. The report explains how air pollution, in particular PM 2.5, causes brain damage. The fine pollutants penetrate the lungs, circulating through the blood stream, and thus flowing to the brain, causing inflammation and brain tissue damage. While dementia largely affects the elderly population, air pollution exposure may also impact brain development and functioning in younger people, including an increased risk for neurodevelopmental disorders such as autism and psychological disorders such as anxiety and depression. Scientists contributing to the report have called for more research on questions such as pollutant-specific effects, critical exposure windows across the lifespan, and risks in under-studied populations, particularly in low- and middle-income countries, where multiple environmental and socioeconomic factors may be harming the brain simultaneously. Because air pollution affects such a broad swathe of the population in heavily polluted areas, even a small increase in neurodegeneration can have major effects at the societal scale. Ozone pollution rising Ozone pollution has risen sharply South Asia and Sub-Saharan Africa, and more gradually in Latin America, North Africa and the MIddle East. The global average exposure to ambient ozone pollution has steadily increased since 1990, with the average exposure in 2020 reaching 49.8 parts per billion (ppb). At the country level, Qatar (67.6 ppb) had the highest exposure to ozone pollution, with Nepal (67.5 ppb), India (67.2 ppb), Bangladesh (65.4 ppb), and Bahrain (64.3 ppb) making up the remaining top five countries with the highest exposure. In the last two decades, the disease burden of ozone has increased by more than 50%, from 261,000 deaths in 2000 to 470,000 deaths in 2023. Ground-level, or tropospheric, ozone is a pollutant that harms human health, damages plants, and contributes to climate change. It’s seen as a super pollutant, warming agents that are far more potent than carbon dioxide per ton; they have significant, harmful effects on both human health and the environment. Ozone is formed through chemical reactions between nitrogen oxides, produced by burning fossil fuels, so places with heavy traffic are vulnerable, and volatile organic compounds (VOCs), in the presence of sunlight. Multiple benefits from pollution reductions Green, sustainable urban design can reduce air pollution generating a range of knock-on health benefits. The report advocates for the multiple benefits of reducing air pollution exposure, including slowing climate change, reducing pollution-related illnesses, improving economic productivity, and healthcare savings. This poses an existential question to decision-makers and leaders in their fifties today, but who may also be more personally vulnerable to air pollution tomorrow. How should they factor in SoGA’s findings in their areas of work, many of which no doubt will have a bearing on air pollution emissions? For example, every dollar spent on reducing air pollution in the United States, which passed its landmark Clean Air Act in 1970, has resulted in approximately $30 in benefits. In Delhi, with a much shorter historical record, the economic value of air pollution abatement still exceeds costs by 2 to 3.6 times, the report stated, citing World Bank data. Indeed, the latest SoGA report should further bolster demand for and action towards better air quality, its authors say. “Many people in decision-making roles are often at ages where the impacts can be more pronounced. Clean air action is an important way of helping ensure good health and better quality of life for all,” Pallavi Pant, head of Global Initiatives at Health Effects Institute, Boston, told Health Policy Watch. “The data presented in the State of Global Air report highlight the significant impacts of poor air quality on the health and well-being of billions of people around the world, especially those living in Asia and Africa,” said Pant, who oversaw the report’s preparation. “We hope this report can further bolster the demand for, and action towards, better air quality where it’s needed most.” Image Credits: Photo by Steven HWG on Unsplash, IHME/State of Global Air , HEI/State of Global Air , HEI/State of Global Air, HEI/State pf Global Air , Pixabay, WHO. ‘Make Europe Healthy Again’ Launch is Dominated by Anti-Vaxxers and Far Right Politicians 22/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan Keynote speakers at the ‘Make Europe Health Again’ (MEHA) launch: András László, president of Patriots for Europe Foundation (PfEF) and Hungarian Member of the European Parliament (MEP) ; MAHA leader Dr Robert Malone; PfEF’s Gerald Hauser, an Austrian MEP from the far-right Freedom Party of Austria; Dr Aseem Malhotra and MEHA’s founder and president, Dr Maria Hubmer-Mogg. The Make Europe Healthy Again (MEHA) launch at the European Parliament in Brussels last week brought together what is now a familiar alliance of far-right politicians, anti-vaxxers and alternative health practitioners. Leaders of Make America Health Again (MAHA), the movement behind US Health Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr, were prominent at the launch, and several are members of MEHA’s steering committee and international advisory board. The Patriots for Europe Foundation, a right-wing alliance led by the Hungarian government, hosted the launch. MEHA’s mission is to “nurture a Europe where people reclaim their power, their voice, their health, and their traditions”. MEHA’s mission statement adds: “By protecting the essentials of life – clean food, water, air, earth, space, and safe communities – we help to empower nations to build supportive systems that break cycles of chronic disease, promote vitality, and honour culture, sovereignty, peace, and human dignity.” MEHA’s founder and president, Dr Maria Hubmer-Mogg. MEHA’s founder and president, Dr Maria Hubmer-Mogg, is an anti-vaccine campaigner and far-right Austrian politician who has opposed European Union (EU) sanctions on Russia and wants tougher immigration policies. She claims that a large number of people are suffering from “post-vaccine syndrome” since COVID-19, and is opposed to the World Health Organization (WHO). MEHA’s vice-president is Dutch politician Rob Roos, vice-chair of the European Conservatives and Reformists Group until mid-2024, when his term as a Member of the European Parliament (MEP) ended. MEHA lists the Global Wellness Forum (GWF) as its “partner”, and GWF co-founder Sayer Ji is on MEHA’s steering committee. Ji campaigned against vaccine mandates during the pandemic alongside other GWF leaders, including osteopath Sherri Tenpenny, identified as one of the most prolific sources of anti-vax information on social media during COVID-19. Tenpenny had her medical license suspended after claiming that the COVID-19 vaccine “magnetised” people. The MEHA 17-person steering committee is dominated by European anti-vaxxers, including Dr Aseem Malhotra. MAHA leader Dr Robert Malone addressing the MEHA launch. Seven of the steering committee are Americans, including MAHA leader Dr Robert Malone, who Kennedy controversially appointed to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP) after he fired all 17 existing members. Malone has promoted several false and alarmist claims about COVID-19 vaccines, and promoted the use of hydroxychloroquine and Ivermectin as SARS-CO-V2 treatments despite numerous studies showing they did not work. Recently, Malone controversially claimed that an eight-year-old child, Daisy Hildebrand, who died of measles in Texas had died of sepsis and blamed a medical institution for mismanaging her illness. Others Americans on the steering committee include Mary Holland, CEO of Children’s Health Defense, the anti-vaccine organisation started by Kennedy; Tony Lyons, MAHA political action committee (PAC) co-chair; Reggie Littlejohn, an anti-abortion and “anti-globalist” campaigner, and Tom Harrington from the right-wing think-tank Brownstone Institute, which became an important bridge between conservative supporters of Donald Trump and anti-vax libertarians during the COVID-19 pandemic. Australian local councillor Adrian McRae, who campaigned against the COVID-19 vaccine and is known for his pro-Russian views, is also on the advisory committee. Australian MEHA advisory board member Adrian McRae ‘Totalitarianism’ Speakers at the launch stressed the need to break the influence of the pharmaceutical industry over health, and railed against the “totalitarianism” of “unelected globalist” institutions, including the WHO and the European Commission. Hubmer-Mogg called for the European Medicines Agency (EMA) to be funded by the EU not pharmaceutical companies. Over 90% of the EMA’s operating costs are covered by fees charged to companies for the evaluation of their applications for marketing authorisation and monitoring the safety of medicines, and for scientific advisory services. However, MEHA does not want pharmaceutical companies to conduct clinical trials on medicines, although it is these companies that develop and will ultimately profit from new medicines. “No more conflict of interest, no more concealment of side effects, no more pharma-financed studies,” Hubmer-Mogg concluded. Malhotra built on this theme, claiming in an hour-long keynote address that “evidence-based medicine… has become an illusion. It has become hijacked by powerful commercial vested interests, and the degree of influence of these commercial interests also means that we have created a pandemic of misinformed doctors and, unwittingly, misinformed and harmed patients”. Steering committee member Mattias Desmet told the launch that the WHO’s One Health policy was “evidence” of a “globalist institution” trying to impose its one-size-fits-all approach to health. However, One Health simply refers to the recognition that the health of people, animals and ecosystems are closely linked and often need to be addressed together – particularly to prevent zoonotic spillover and growing antibiotic resistance. During the pandemic, Desmet, a Belgian psychologist, claimed that official government policies on the COVID-19 pandemic were “collective insanity” that he called “mass formation”. Malaria Resurgence Could Kill Nearly One Million by 2030 as Funding Cuts Hit 21/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Global Fund chief warns disease now his greatest concern among major killers as new analysis shows 750,000 children at risk. BERLIN – The head of the world’s largest malaria funder has issued a stark warning that the disease now poses a greater threat than HIV or tuberculosis, as a new analysis released Tuesday reveals funding cuts could trigger 990,000 additional deaths by 2030, including 750,000 children under five. “If I think about the situation we face right now on HIV, TB and Malaria, the one that keeps me awake at night is malaria,” Peter Sands, executive director of the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, told scientists and advocates at the World Health Summit in Berlin last week. “It’s pretty clear to me that this year more people will die of malaria than last year,” Sands said. “The disruptions in funding have had that impact, and malaria is such an unforgiving disease that it reacts incredibly quickly.” The report by the African Leaders Malaria Alliance (ALMA) and the NGO Malaria No More UK warns that a malaria resurgence could result in 525 million additional cases and wipe $83 billion from sub-Saharan Africa’s GDP by the end of the decade, killing an additional 165,000 people, most of them children, every year. “The choice is clear: invest now to end malaria or pay far more when it returns,” said Gareth Jenkins of Malaria No More UK. “Cutting funding risks the deadliest resurgence we’ve ever seen.” The findings highlight a critical juncture in the centuries-long battle against a disease that currently claims 597,000 lives annually, with 95% of malaria deaths occurring in Africa and three-quarters of victims being children under five, according to WHO data. “If we fail to act, malaria could steal Africa’s children, and $83 billion of our future GDP,” President Advocate Duma Gideon Boko, President of the Republic of Botswana, said of the findings. As the Global Fund prepares for its November replenishment summit in South Africa, the analysis models different funding scenarios ahead of the event, where donors will determine contributions for 2027 to 2029. The Fund channels 59% of all international financing for malaria control, such as mosquito nets, treatment drugs, and vaccines, to low-and middle-income countries. “We are really at a very momentous time in human history,” said Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of ALMA. “There are tools that are available that can actually facilitate the elimination of malaria. One of our biggest challenges at the moment is financing.” Yet the current trajectory suggests the opposite of elimination, the Global Fund chief warned. “At the moment, what we’re doing with malaria is we’re making malaria sustainable,” Sands said. “We’re spending enough to reduce the number of lives that are being lost, but we’re not actually breaking the transmission cycle.” “If anything,” Sands added, “it’s going the wrong way.” ‘Pandemic preparedness hats’ Global Fund Executive Director Peter Sands (center) accepts a $1 billion pledge from Germany on the opening night of WHS 2025. At a pandemic preparedness meeting during the summit focused on potential future disease threats, Sands said he was struck by how much attention novel pathogens receive compared to malaria, which is killing hundreds of thousands each year. “In many African countries, the biggest health emergency right now is the upsurge in malaria,” he said. “And you’ve got all these people wearing pandemic preparedness hats who are sort of worrying about Marburg and Ebola and all that stuff – which is fine, those are legitimate threats – none of them, if you take a country like DRC, are going to kill remotely as many people as malaria.” The data on Malaria’s resurgence bear out his assessment. Cases rose to 263 million in 2023, the latest year for which data is available, an increase of 11 million from the previous year, according to the World Health Organization’s 2024 World Malaria Report. “The WHO African region still accounts for over 95% of global malaria cases and deaths,” Maru Aregawi Weldedawit, unit head of WHO’s Global Malaria Programme, told the summit by video link. “Even in the region, 11 countries account for over 70% of the global burden. Progress has stalled and in some settings reversed, with significant setbacks placing the 2030 global technical strategy targets at serious risk.” “In 2023 alone, Africa recorded 249 million cases and 569,000 deaths, more than the combined deaths from all multiplying diseases such as cholera, measles, yellow fever, meningitis and viral hemorrhagic fevers,” Weldedawit added. “Yet malaria is still managed as a routine illness despite being the leading infectious killer on the continent today.” Working toolkit, missing money The funding crisis runs deep across the global health world, but is particularly severe for malaria. Only $4 billion was mobilized for malaria in 2023 against a needed $8.3 billion, according to WHO data. Germany’s pledge last week of €1 billion to the Global Fund represents a 23% cut from its previous commitment. The UK, another leading funder of the fight against malaria, is reportedly considering a similar 20% reduction. “The thing with a disease like malaria is we don’t have to drop by very much in terms of investments in order for cases to spiral out of control,” Phumaphi warned. “If we don’t sustain the same level of coverage, we are going to have a crisis.” The Trump administration’s gutting of USAID has deepened that threat. Internal USAID memos warned that permanently halting the President’s Malaria Initiative could cause an additional 12.5 to 17.9 million cases and 71,000 to 166,000 deaths annually, a 39.1% increase from current levels. “We need some of that same sense of urgency around what the risks are with malaria right now, as we have whenever we have an outbreak of one of these other new threats,” Sands said. “The current toolkit works, but you need to get a critical level of funding. Crudely speaking, my view is you need roughly twice as much funding per capita.” Drug resistance and climate converge A young girl reads under a malaria bednet. Photo: UNDP As funding falters, new biological threats are emerging. Professor Isabella Oyier, head of the Biosciences Department at Kenya’s KEMRI-Wellcome Trust Research Program, is tracking the spread of drug-resistant malaria parasites across East Africa through genomic surveillance. “We’re seeing these variants that are allowing the parasite to escape treatment,” Oyier explained at a side event focused on African scientific leadership. “When an individual comes to a health facility, they will be given an anti-malarial drug, but they will not clear their fever, and they’ll still, two to three days after treatment, have parasites in their bloodstream.” “The treatment is failing because the parasite has developed mechanisms to escape,” she said. Partial resistance to artemisinin, the backbone of current malaria treatment, has been confirmed in Rwanda, Uganda, Tanzania, and Eritrea, with signals detected in Ethiopia and Zambia, according to WHO data. The spread of resistance echoes the chloroquine resistance crisis that emerged decades ago, when the malaria parasite’s ability to evade that once-effective drug forced the development of entirely new treatment approaches, including the artemisinin-based therapies now facing their own resistance challenges. “That issue of resistance and the need for new tools is something that’s extremely important for us to talk about,” Dr Ngashi Ngongo, Chief of Staff at Africa CDC, told the summit, adding that with current low coverage rates, “if you have an intervention that is 50% effective, you can’t be satisfied with 59% of children sleeping underneath nets.” “Take 59% of 50%, what does it give you? It’s about 30% of children that are protected,” he said. “No wonder every year we are seeing increasing numbers of cases.” Oyier’s genomic surveillance work with national malaria control programs has led to the introduction of multiple first-line treatments in East Africa, a strategy designed to outmanoeuvre the parasite by rotating different drug combinations and sequencing the malaria parasite’s genome to identify resistance markers before they become widespread. “Part of the work I do is using genomic surveillance, working with the National Malaria Control Programme to set up an early warning system so that we can identify these variants,” Oyier explained. “So that they can then have a response plan and figure out what policy changes they need to make,” she said, noting that generating data locally allows for faster integration with health ministries and more agile national responses. At the beginning of this month, East African countries began rolling out multiple first-line treatment protocols based on this surveillance data, she said. “At the beginning of September, they are looking at introducing what we call multiple first-line treatments, which means you want to confuse the parasite. This year I’ll give you drug A. Next year, I’ll give you a different combination, and that messes the parasite up.” “This is a historical challenge for us,” she said. “We know since chloroquine days, the parasite is going to change. So we need to stay a step ahead and be clever.” Mosquitos on the move An infant and mother under an insecticide-treated mosquito net in Ghana. Such nets remain a key prevention technique. Climate change is further exacerbating these challenges by expanding the habitats of mosquitoes. Historical data analysis published in The Lancet Planetary Health shows malaria mosquitoes in Africa have moved away from the equator by 4.7 kilometers per year over the past century and climbed 6.5 meters annually in altitude. “You have a vector that is really widespread, quite resilient, now complicated with the challenges of global warming and climate change that is actually expanding the habitat of the vector,” Ngongo said. The Lancet research projects that by 2070, an additional 4.7 billion people could be at risk of malaria or dengue as warming temperatures extend transmission seasons. “Then you have the partial effectiveness of the interventions themselves,” Ngongo added. “We’ve been pushing ITNs [insecticide-treated nets] for many years, but the effectiveness was just around 50% reduction of cases. Now, when you bring in the issues of resistance, you are further reducing the effectiveness of those interventions.” MMV: the urgency of developing next-generation treatments The funding challenges are not just for existing tools. In view of the growing resistance to existing drugs, the urgency of developing next-generation treatments is even greater, Dr Martin Fitchet, CEO of Medicines for Malaria Venture, emphasised at a plenary WHS session on the issue. “We were formed 26 years ago because the child mortality rate went up,” he told the summit. “Mortality rate, of which 75% were children under five, doubled to 1.2 million on the world’s watch when it wasn’t really looking, and we’re never going to let that happen again, I hope.” MMV is now developing next-generation antimalarials designed to overcome resistance and prevent another crisis in which the world is unprepared for new mutations in malaria parasites, including potential single-dose cures and long-acting injectable prevention that could protect children for an entire malaria season. “The new drugs we discover now are five to eight years from the [arriving to] market,” Fitchet explained. “These drugs have to have a high barrier of resistance, they have to be new mechanisms, brand new ways of working, the next generation after artemisinin.” “Imagine if you can give a single injection of a medicine supervised to a child or school-age child at the beginning of the season, and they’re completely protected,” Fitchet said. “Complementary to vaccines, complementary to nets. I think we need multiple tools in the toolbox.” Vaccine breakthrough – but is it enough? P vivax malaria is the most widespread form of malaria disease, with victims extending from South-East Asia to North Africa and Latin America (MMV/Damien Schumann) The rollout of malaria vaccines represents a genuine breakthrough. By early 2025, 19 African countries had introduced WHO-recommended vaccines into routine childhood immunisation programs, reaching more than 3 million children, according to WHO data. The RTS,S vaccine, developed over three decades by GSK and the PATH Malaria Vaccine Initiative, was first recommended by WHO in 2021. Pilot programs in Ghana, Kenya, and Malawi demonstrated a 13% drop in all-cause child mortality among vaccine-eligible children. The newer R21/Matrix-M vaccine, developed by Oxford University and prequalified by WHO in December 2023, achieved 78% efficacy in initial trials. Both vaccines reduce clinical malaria by more than 50% in the first year after vaccination. However, Sands expressed frustration that the vaccine breakthrough alone has failed to galvanise donors in the way other recent innovations have. The challenge, he explained, is that simply telling donors “we have the tools but need more money” no longer works as a fundraising message. “The trouble is, the narrative that says actually we’ve got the tools but we need more money doesn’t really work, because donors don’t want to hear that,” Sands said. “We need to find ways of injecting something new or different or urgent or hopeful, particularly positive, hopeful stuff that changes the narrative.” The first two girls ever vaccinated with the malaria vaccine RTS,S in Ghana. He also warned that vaccines will not be sufficient to reverse the surge in malaria cases because they primarily reduce mortality rather than stopping transmission of the disease. “For some of the donors, they think that the vaccines are the story,” he said. “Personally, I don’t think they’re powerful enough, and not least because they don’t really change the transmission. Yes, they will help us reduce mortality, but they’re not going to really help transmission.” He drew a contrast with lenacapavir, a long-acting injectable HIV prevention drug that requires just two injections per year and has shown near-perfect efficacy in clinical trials. The breakthrough has reinvigorated donor enthusiasm for HIV prevention in a way malaria vaccines have not. “If I could change the conversation to talk about lenacapavir in HIV, what we have is a long-acting injectable. It’s the most exciting thing to happen in HIV prevention for at least a decade,” Sands said. “It’s completely changed the conversation,” he added. “It’s allowed us to talk really differently and excite donors about being part of ending HIV. It has both medical impact and donor mobilisation impact.” Local solutions African public health leaders used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for increased investment in national health systems and research capacity across the continent. African scientists and policymakers are increasingly demanding ownership of the malaria response. Oyier emphasised the importance of building research capacity across the continent. “For me to break that down, you’re all aware that in COVID, everyone knew the COVID language, the Greek alphabet. These are the same across all pathogens,” she said, explaining her genomic surveillance work. “Part of the work I do is using genomic surveillance, working with the National Malaria Control Programme to set up an early warning system so that we can identify these variants, and so that they can then have a response plan and figure out what policy changes they need to make,” Oyier said. MMV is establishing five manufacturing hubs across Africa in partnership with Africa CDC. The organization is also making an AI-powered drug discovery tool available as open access to researchers globally. “We’re working with DeepMind, the Google arm of AI, with our database of 10 million compounds,” Fitchet explained. “We’re building a machine learning tool that is going to accelerate the medicinal chemistry, the design, the invention of new anti-malarials.” “And here’s the kicker: we’re going to make it available open access for any researcher anywhere in the world, particularly if you’re in malaria-endemic countries,” he said. A health worker examines a child with suspected malaria. Fitchet noted that only one clinical candidate for an anti-malarial drug has come from an African research institution to reach clinical trials in recent years – something he says has to change. “We’ve only had one clinical candidate for an anti-malarial drug going to the clinic from an African research group in Cape Town, in 2014,” he said, referring to work at the University of Cape Town’s Drug Discovery and Development Centre. “I think it’s time to have more of those coming out of African research groups and having our first approved and accessible African-invented anti-malarial,” Fitchet said. While African governments have increased their spending on health in recent years, the continent faces severe fiscal constraints. Low-income countries, on average, depend on foreign aid for one-third of their national health spending, and more than 60 countries worldwide now spend more on debt service than on their health systems, according to World Bank data. “I think we need to appreciate the enormity of the challenge,” Phumaphi concluded, “and exactly how much is required in funding in order for countries to be able to catch up.” Image Credits: Yoshi Shimizu, World Health Summit, UNDP, WHO, MMV/Damien Schumann, WHO/Fanjan Combrink, Damien Schumann / MMV. New World Bank-WHO ‘Leaders Coalition’ Aims to Power Investments in Health 20/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan The World Bank, Japan, and the WHO launched the Health Works Leaders Coalition. to promote investments in health systems as a strategy for economic growth, job creation, and improved resilience. How to find more money has dominated discussions at global health gatherings this year as the precipitous 21% fall in development assistance over the past year threatens to unravel years of hard-won gains. There is near-universal agreement that aid-dependent countries need to pay more for their citizens’ health, and that the donors need to become more collaborative and efficient. Many also posit the idea that the financial crisis presents an opportunity to rearrange the global health “architecture” to ensure that low and middle-income countries (LMICs) drive their own destinies rather than their donors. But exactly how to achieve all of this is less clear. One new vehicle is the Health Works Leaders Coalition, launched last Friday by the World Bank, Japan, and the World Health Organization (WHO). It brings together health and finance ministers, donors, business, global health agencies and civil society to promote “investments in health systems as a strategy for economic growth, job creation, and improved resilience”, according to a media release. The coalition stresses that it is “not a funding mechanism, but rather a coordinated effort to drive bold, high-impact action on health reform globally”. It is part of the World Bank’s Health Works initiative launched earlier this year, which aims to help countries transform their health systems to provide quality, affordable health services by 2030. “Our goal is ambitious: to help countries deliver quality, affordable health services to 1.5 billion people by 2030. No single institution, government, or philanthropist can achieve that alone,” said Ajay Banga, World Bank president. “But with aligned purpose and shared effort, it is possible. If we get this right, we can make real impact – improving health, transforming lives, strengthening economies – and creating jobs. This effort is as much an ingredient of our jobs agenda as it is a health initiative.” The countries that make up the coalition are Egypt, Ethiopia, Indonesia, Kenya, Nigeria, Philippines, Sierra Leone, Saint Lucia and the United Kingdom. Health Works is linked to three World Bank backed funds: the Health System Transformation & Resilience Fund (HSTRF), the Global Financing Facility, which focuses on strengthening primary health care to reduce deaths of women, children, and adolescents, and The Pandemic Fund, which provides financing for pandemic prevention, preparedness, and response. However, at last week’s World Health Summit in Berlin several global health actors acknowledged that there needed to be fewer agencies and funds. “I do think we’re actually going to have to reduce the number of entities,” Peter Sands, executive director of the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, told participants. “The system is too fragmented. There are too many underfunded institutions. There’s too much duplication. It’s too complex. That diagnosis, I think, is pretty straightforward.” Expanding tax revenue World Bank vice-president Mamta Murthi According to World Bank vice-president Mamta Murthi, countries need to spend $50 to $60 per person per year for a basic health package, but low-income countries (LIC) spend about $20, and for many, around half of this comes from donors. Countries need to expand tax revenues and engage in domestic resource mobilisation, “including through better tax policy and better tax administration, and that includes health taxes”, Murthi told a discussion hosted by the Center for Global Development (CGD) at which key development leaders discussed sustainable solutions to the health financing crisis. “The second thing that they can do is make health more of a priority in their budgets,” she said, adding that around a third of low and low-middle-income countries could allocate more to health with the fiscal conditions that they have. “And I don’t think they should just look at health taxes. There are lots of other things that they spend on, which don’t deliver a bang for the buck, and some of them are harmful to health. Let’s think of fossil fuel subsidies.” In addition, it is also “shocking that, on average, about 10 to 15% of resources that are allocated for health spending don’t get spent,” she added. However, she said the Bank is encouraged by countries presenting “compacts”– country vision statements with “asks” to the donor community, setting out what they need from development agencies to reach their goals and targets. “I feel very encouraged by the leadership that the countries are showing… they have goals and targets in terms of accessibility, affordability, job creation that ensue from the full implementation of these compacts.” The end of ODA? Gavi CEO Sania Nishtar. Sania Nishtar, CEO of the vaccine alliance, Gavi, declared: “We are seeing the beginning of the end of overseas development aid (ODA).” Gavi Leap, the platform’s reform plan, is “preparing for this future” by ensuring that countries have greater ownership and agency, and are more effective in this resource-constrained environment, said Nishtar. Gavi is accommodating countries’ requests for more decision-making agency, quicker turnaround, less administration and vaccine sovereignty, she added. “End-to-end digitising” will simplify and speed up the grant process, while Gavi’s support for , the African Vaccine Manufacturing Accelerator aims to “catalyse sustainable vaccine manufacturing on the continent”. “We are speaking to our colleagues at the World Bank and other international multilateral development banks, and we have put in place what is called the MDB [multilateral development bank] Multiplier” to “unlock concessional lending for countries”. Catalysing investment Hitoshi Hirata, vice-president of the Japan International Cooperation Agency. Hitoshi Hirata, vice-president of the Japan International Cooperation Agency, said that at the Financing for Development (FfD4) meeting in Sevilla in July, partner countries had committed to expanding domestic revenue for health, particularly through health taxes. “We would like to support health financing, and also link with existing public finance management efforts and tap domestic and private resources,” said Hirata. The resulting Sevilla Commitment proposes concrete steps to catalyse investment in sustainable development, address the debt crisis affecting the world’s poorest countries (three billion people live in countries that spend more on interest payments than on health), and give developing countries a stronger voice in the international financing architecture. The Japanese government is hosting a Universal Health Coverage (UHC) High-Level Forum in Tokyo in December, at which various countries will launch their National Health Compacts. These are “government-led agreements that will lay out bold reforms, investment priorities, shared accountability and unlock resources for expanding access to quality, affordable health care”, according to a media release. Strong country leadership Wellcome Trust CEO John-Arne Røttingen. Wellcome Trust CEO John-Arne Røttingen warned that the “abrupt changes to the international financing environment” will result in many lives lost and worsen the global burden of disease. But he is “optimistic” that the loss in financing will result in “stronger country leadership, supported by multilateral development banks and major bilateral donors”. “Countries are demanding that they need to be in charge – with a one country, one plan, one budget, one monitoring approach,” said Røttingen. “And I’m hearing commitment now from almost all big external financing agencies – the dedicated GHIs, the Global Fund, the World Bank, and the other multilateral development banks and the major bilateral donors – that signals a global moving towards empowering and also making countries responsible for delivering.” Wellcome Trust is also supporting global and regional discussions on “reimagining the global health architecture”, which kicked off with papers on the subject written by five thought leaders. Its motivation is to find long-term solutions to the crisis in global health that involve “more regional and national accountability and less dependence on the priorities of donors from high-income countries”. But Røttingen cautioned that devolving too much to country governments might reinforce the priorities and norms of undemocratic governments that could be contrary to human rights. “There needs to be very strong transparency and the voice from civil society and different groups”, he noted, adding that positive lessons from different regions where things are working With Future of UNAIDS in Question, Top Official Says ‘Very Difficult’ to Envision 2026 Shutdown 17/10/2025 Stefan Anderson A senior UNAIDS deputy framed the UN Secretary-General’s proposal to close the programme next year as a rushed timeline, as governments and civil society demand answers. BERLIN — A top UNAIDS official told delegates at the World Health Summit this week that it would be “very difficult” to envision shutting down the agency by the end of 2026, pushing back against a controversial proposal from UN Secretary-General António Guterres that has triggered an outcry from civil society groups and member states. “I know the [Secretary-General’s] proposal is formulated in a way that strikes people as if it’s already a decision, but it is a proposal,” Christine Stegling, deputy executive director of UNAIDS, said at the summit. “There’s pressure on all of us to rethink ourselves and to think how we can maybe accelerate the timeline, but I personally find it very difficult to think about how we could do that by the end of 2026.” Her comments come weeks after Guterres released his UN80 reform plan in September, a sweeping 45-page blueprint for restructuring the UN system that included a single sentence stating: “We plan to sunset UNAIDS by the end of 2026.” The proposal caught the agency’s own governing board off guard, as well as donor governments and the civil society organizations that hold a unique seat at the table in UNAIDS governance. UNAIDS was already implementing its own board-approved transformation plan, which includes a 54% reduction in secretariat staffing and consolidation of country offices from 85 to 54. That plan, informed by a high-level panel that worked from October 2024 to March 2025, envisions a gradual two-phase process that would propose to the board in mid-2027 to “further transform, consolidate, integrate, with a view to eventually closing down the UNAIDS Secretariat in its current form”—a timeline measured in years, not the 14 months the UN80 plan allows. “We heard very powerful voices in our board meeting in June from communities telling us, look, sunsetting can be good if you stand in a beautiful sunset,” Stegling said. “And it can be terrifying if you’re standing by yourself, and it just all of a sudden gets dark.” ‘I’m seeing death’ "I am seeing death. Real people are dying." – Winnie Byanyima, Executive Director, Joint United Nations Programme on HIV/AIDS (UNAIDS)#WHS2025 speaker Byanyima emphasizes that global solidarity is fundamental to advancing global health. She highlights that wealthier countries… pic.twitter.com/tDRriJ6CuL — World Health Summit (@WorldHealthSmt) October 13, 2025 The fight over the programme’s future unfolds as the global HIV response faces what UNAIDS has called a “historic funding crisis.” There were 1.3 million new HIV infections in 2024, virtually unchanged from the previous year and far short of targets needed to end AIDS as a public health threat by 2030, according to the agency’s 2025 Global AIDS Update released in July. The sudden withdrawal of US funding in early 2025, which had previously accounted for 73% of international HIV/AIDS financing, has disrupted treatment and prevention programmes worldwide. UNAIDS modelling suggests the funding collapse could lead to an additional 6.6 million new HIV infections and 4.2 million AIDS-related deaths by 2029. “This is not just a funding gap – it’s a ticking time bomb,” Byanyima said when the annual report was released. “We have seen services vanish overnight. Health workers have been sent home. And people – especially children and key populations – are being pushed out of care.” In Mozambique alone, over 30,000 health personnel lost their jobs, while Nigeria has seen monthly initiations of pre-exposure prophylaxis to prevent HIV transmission have plummeted from 40,000 to 6,000. Since 2010, new HIV infections have fallen 40% and AIDS-related deaths by 56%. By the end of 2024, 31.6 million people—77% of all people living with HIV—were accessing antiretroviral therapy. “I’m seeing death, real people dying because clinics are shutting, because services for the most vulnerable people are closing,” Winnie Byanyima, UNAIDS executive director, told the summit. “That suddenness, that rapid decline, is costing lives. Let’s be clear about that. People are dying.” Speaking about the abrupt US funding cuts, Stegling drew a parallel to the UN80 proposal: “It was the shock and it was the abruptness, and it was the unpreparedness that hit hardest, with little time to react.” At an extraordinary UNAIDS board meeting last week, member states expressed strong opposition to the accelerated timeline. “Member states on our board, and in particular those who are most affected, all speak about a similar issue,” Stegling said, specifically citing the Africa group. “They’re basically saying, look, the ecosystem is collapsing around us. The funding is collapsing around us, and at this particular time, you’re taking away a structure that we have at a country level that helps us to navigate these new realities, and so therefore we can’t support that.” Donors demand answers World Health Summit panel, “Shaping the Future of UNAIDS in the Context of UN80.” Germany and the Netherlands, the two largest contributors to HIV financing aside from the US, said their delegations would use the next meeting of the UNAIDS Programme Coordinating Board to question UN80’s abrupt departure from the agency’s existing reform trajectory. “The Secretary-General’s proposal that sunsets UNAIDS already by the end of 2026 came to all of us as a surprise,” said Paul Zubeil of Germany’s Ministry of Health, adding that the proposals outlined in the UNAIDS-led reforms were “very balanced.” “It’s an easy pitch to close a very small, not even UN agency, but a small joint programme, to integrate it,” Zubeil continued. “This would probably show the world ‘we’re doing something, we’re integrating UN agencies into each other,’ but it’s not really what does the trick. We don’t talk about WFP or about FAO or any others, the big ships.” “I don’t know what’s on [Guterres’] mind, but again, I think we should monitor this. We should take it very seriously. But there’s no reason for panic upfront when the storm has not hit us yet.” Peter Derrek Hof of the Netherlands Ministry of Foreign Affairs said his government had prepared questions about “why not follow the transition plan that was well thought out, was well prepared.” While supporting the broader UN reform process, he added: “It doesn’t mean that on specific issues we won’t raise issues, and we will ask questions – this will be one of them.” Civil society outcry “I don’t think he was thinking at all,” Erika Castellanos (right) told the World Health Summit of UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres proposal to close USAID by 2026. The UN proposal has generated fierce resistance from civil society organizations who sit on the UNAIDS Programme Coordinating Board – the only governance structure in the UN with direct civil society representation. More than 1,000 civil society organisations have signed a letter expressing “deepest alarm” at the sunsetting proposal, noting their seat at the table had been effectively stepped over by the Secretary-General, who did not consult UNAIDS or its board before publishing the UN80 agenda. “UNAIDS must remain until new HIV infections are halted, until lifesaving HIV treatment reaches all who need it, and until the human rights of all people living with and affected by HIV are fully safeguarded,” the letter states. “Preserving UNAIDS is about saving lives, and to propose sunsetting it now is profoundly dangerous and a betrayal of the global goal to end AIDS by 2030,” the groups said. “Any restructuring must strengthen – not weaken – the HIV response, human rights, community leadership, and accountability.” The exclusion of civil society from the UN80 process carries particular sting, given the history of the AIDS crisis. When governments worldwide ignored the epidemic in the 1980s as it killed millions, dismissing it as a “gay plague”, it was grassroots activists who forced the issue onto the political agenda, staged “die-ins” at pharmaceutical companies to demand treatment access, and ultimately shaped the unprecedented global response that created institutions like UNAIDS and the Global Fund. 🚨 The HIV response is in crisis. Funding cuts, rising infections & deaths—and now the UN SG plans to sunset @UNAIDS in 2026.We say NO. This is a betrayal of the 2030 goal to #EndAIDS.✍️ Sign on: https://t.co/zrk1I2SRiXRead our statement: https://t.co/gKIxvo7CRl#SaveUNAIDS pic.twitter.com/QAnjQpi12v — NGO DELEGATION TO THE UNAIDS PCB (@ngopcb) September 19, 2025 “I come from that time where we took to the streets, where we threw red paint on politicians, where we went into parliament with coffins,” said Erika Castellanos, a civil society representative. “And because of that action with the global community, the international community ended up with institutions like the Global Fund and UNAIDS.” “We need to have an institution at the highest level, at the UN level, where the participation and engagement of community is preserved to the level it is now,” Castellanos said. “Whatever we create or redesign needs to keep communities in decision-making seats with equal power. Otherwise, representation goes back to tokenistic.” The move also reflects a broader trend across the UN system, where civil society access has been shrinking in both Geneva and New York. The recent plastics treaty negotiations saw civil society representatives largely stonewalled, while Brazil’s COP30 climate summit is expected to draw record-low civil society participation – a retreat from the open multilateralism that defined earlier UN processes. Calling out the euphemistic language of the proposal, Clemens Gros, another civil society representative, compared “sunsetting” to SpaceX’s description of a rocket explosion as “rapid unscheduled disassembly.” “Sun setting the organization would effectively mean it will not be there anymore once it’s beyond the horizon,” he said. UN80: Response to ‘severe pressure’ The UN80 Initiative is a blueprint for streamlining the United Nations amid a deep funding crisis led by Secretary-General António Guterres. The UNAIDS proposal sits within a wider UN80 reform initiative launched by Guterres in March as the body marks its 80th anniversary. The “Shifting Paradigms: United to Deliver” report, released on 18 September at the General Assembly in New York, proposes numerous mergers and consolidations across the UN system. Among the proposals: merging the UN Population Fund and UN Women “to create a unified voice and platform on gender equality and women’s rights.” The reforms are widely seen as a response to severe funding pressures—particularly US aid cuts under the Trump administration—though Guterres has denied this. Informal discussions have also circulated about potentially merging the two largest non-UN health agencies, Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance and the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, though the agencies themselves have emphasized closer collaboration over outright merger. For now, member states and agency leadership are left navigating between two competing visions: the gradual, community-informed transformation UNAIDS had charted for itself, and the abrupt 2026 closure proposed in the UN80 plan. “We went from street rioters to policy makers because we were forced to take that role,” Castellanos said. “We finally arrive at a place where we have a seat at the table, and often the privilege and honor to lead that table.” “This hasn’t come easily. It’s with a lot of pain and suffering, and a lot of people who have done a lot of amazing work before us. So I find it a little bit irresponsible and a little bit too naive, perhaps, to think that we can shift gears suddenly without a planned process.” Image Credits: https://www.flickr.com/photos/22539273@N00/50637583117, Patrick Gruban. Drive to Include Pregnant and Breastfeeding Women and Children in Clinical Trials 17/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan The first woman with malaria in her first trimester of pregnancy was enrolled in a clinical trial to compare three different malaria treatment regimens in Mali on 6 October 2025. The first pregnant woman with malaria was enrolled in a clinical trial in Mali to compare three different malaria treatment regimens earlier this month – a historic event as pregnant and breastfeeding women and babies are seldom included in clinical trials despite being more vulnerable to several illnesses. But there is growing momentum for including “under-represented groups” in clinical trials to ensure that medicines developed are suitable for all those who need them most. Malaria in pregnancy is responsible for around 20% of stillbirths and 11% of all newborn deaths in sub‑Saharan Africa, as well as some 10,000 maternal deaths globally each year. It can also cause severe maternal anaemia, miscarriage, stillbirth, preterm delivery and low birthweight. Back in 1998, the World Health Organization (WHO) recommended artemisinin-based combination therapy (ACT) as the standard of care for malaria – but it only updated its guidelines for malaria to include pregnant women in their first trimester in 2022, according to Dr Myriam El Gaaloul, head of clinical and regulatory sciences at Medicines for Malaria Venture. “With the threat of emerging resistance to malaria drugs, alternatives are needed, and I think we all agree that we cannot afford to wait for another quarter of century [for treatment for pregnant women],” El Gaaloul told a webinar on under-represented populations in clinical trials, hosted by the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations (IFPMA) as part of its African Regulatory Conference. The trial, which will also run in Kenya and Burkina Faso, is an initiative of the Safety of Anti-malarials in the First Trimester (SAFIRE) Consortium, with El Ghaloul as its principal investigator. Preparation for the trial started in 2023 and involved getting ethical clearance in all three countries and holding meetings with regulators, said El Ghaloul. Ethical considerations Dr Jacqueline Kitulu, incoming president of the World Medical Association. Dr Jacqueline Kitulu, the incoming president of the World Medical Association (WMA), told the webinar that excluding under-represented groups “generates several ethical harms”, including the risk that “clinical decisions are built on non-generalisable data”. She defined these groups as “women, including the pregnant ones, older adults, children, people with disabilities, indigenous and marginalised populations and those in conflict settings”. “Exclusion can cause harm when interventions are later rolled out without safety or dosage data for larger segments of the population who are really excluded or under-represented groups,” Kitulu explained. The WMA developed the Helsinki Declaration 61 years ago to guide research on human subjects, and this remains the cornerstone for researchers. Mercury Shitindo, executive director of the Africa Bioethics Network, said there needs to be a shift in thinking: “We are not protecting people from research, but we are working on ways to protect people through research.” “This particular shift requires not only including under-represented populations in trials, but also ensuring that our regulatory systems and community policies are at the centre of how research is designed, conducted and shared.” Mercury Shitindo, executive director of the Africa Bioethics Network. Runcie Chidebe, founder of Project PINK BLUE, a Nigerian cancer awareness and patient advocacy organisation, said that Africa only hosts 4% of global clinical trials, although it makes up almost 19% of the world’s population. He knew of only one oncology clinical trial in Africa at present, and said that clinical trials for treatments for metastatic cerebral and cervical cancer mental had involved “95% white people”. Evolving international policy On 7 October, the WHO launched the Global Clinical Trial Forum (GCTF) to strengthen the clinical trial ecosystem, Martina Penazzato, WHO lead of Global Accelerator for Paediatric Formulations (GAP-f), told the webinar. The forum is in response to a resolution from the World Health Assembly (WHA75.8), which called on WHO member states to improve the quality and coordination of clinical trials to generate high-quality evidence for health decision-making. “The WHO has also released a global action plan, with action three [of nine actions] emphasising the inclusion of under-represented populations,” said Penazzato, adding Research is underway to better define under-represented populations and the policy landscape. “The WHO has identified key barriers to paediatric clinical trial inclusion, such as ethical and regulatory frameworks, and has advocated for a more coordinated, transparent process to prioritise research in this area,” she added. Mariana Widmer, a WHO scientist in maternal and perinatal health, said that medicines need to be tested on pregnant women as “pregnancy introduces significant physiological changes”. “For example, the blood volume increases by about 40% and this affects how medicines are absorbed and processed,” said Widmer, “So medicines should be tested in pregnant women to ensure safe treatment, yet pregnant women are often excluded from trials. “Around 70% of pregnant women take prescription medicines, and most of them are off-label; therefore, excluding pregnant women poses greater risks than including them.” Meanwhile, the International Council for Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for Pharmaceuticals for Human Use (ICH) is considering guidelines to include pregnant and breastfeeding women in research, said Theresa Wang, director of Clinical Quality and Compliance Management at AstraZeneca, who spoke on behalf of IFPMA The ICH brings regulatory authorities and the pharmaceutical industry together to discuss scientific and technical aspects of pharmaceuticals. The ICH resolved to include pregnant and breastfeeding women in clinical trials in 2023, said Theresa Wang, director of Clinical Quality and Compliance Management at AstraZeneca, speaking on behalf of IFPMA. This was the second of a four-part virtual Africa Regulatory Conference webinar series hosted by the IFPMA that is open to all who are interested. The third webinar, ‘Innovative clinical trial designs and digital technologies, is on Tuesday, 21 October. Image Credits: Medicines for Malaria Venture. Global Health Leaders Urge Fewer Agencies Amid Funding Crisis 16/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Global health chiefs used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for cutting and consolidating agencies as US cuts expose a “confusing” and “fragmented” aid bureaucracy. BERLIN — Leaders of the world’s major global health institutions called for a fundamental restructuring of an aid system they described as too fragmented, duplicative and confusing, with several stating that the number of agencies must be reduced as cuts from the US and other donors force a reckoning with the labyrinthine architecture of global health funding. At the World Health Summit in Berlin this week, executives from the Global Fund, Gavi, the World Health Organization and other institutions addressed the financial crisis facing global health as the abrupt withdrawal of US aid under Donald Trump exposed structural problems that officials acknowledged had existed for years. “I do think we’re actually going to have to reduce the number of entities,” Peter Sands, executive director of the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, told participants. “The system is too fragmented. There are too many underfunded institutions. There’s too much duplication. It’s too complex. That diagnosis, I think, is pretty straightforward.” Global development assistance for health fell 21% between 2024 and 2025, driven almost entirely by a 67% drop in US financing, more than $9 billion, according to data from the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation. Tens of millions of lives, particularly among children under five and people in the world’s poorest countries, are threatened by the cuts. Germany announces $1 billion pledge to the Global Fund on the opening night of WHS 2025. The collapse in global health funding extends beyond the United States. Germany, despite pledging €1 billion to the Global Fund and emerging as WHO’s largest donor, has cut its overall development assistance. France and the UK, also major funders, have joined rich countries across the board in reducing aid budgets. EU member states face competing pressures from the war in Ukraine and heightened security concerns following recent Russian provocations inside and near NATO borders. “On a global scale, development assistance for health was almost universally accepted as a good thing—it wasn’t politically controversial,” Joseph Dieleman, who leads IHME’s health aid tracking team, told the Council on Foreign Relations of the research. “All of a sudden, it’s very squarely political and on the chopping block.” “That’s not just a US phenomenon,” Dieleman said. “That’s global.” Global health chiefs used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for cutting and consolidating agencies as US cuts expose a “confusing” and “fragmented” aid bureaucracy. The loss of billions in health funding has put millions at risk, but officials say the crisis has also exposed deeper, long-standing flaws in the aid architecture. Health programs rely heavily on a handful of major donors — about 15 philanthropies and national governments dominate the field — so the loss of even one can trigger an immediate emergency. “In the area of HIV, when the US paused their development assistance in February, in the whole global response on the HIV/AIDS, the US was shouldering 73% of the total burden of development assistance, just one country,” said Winnie Byanyima, executive director of UNAIDS. “The rest of the world was shouldering the 27%. That wasn’t right,” she added. “That overdependence on one country, in a few countries, and overdependence of the developing countries, we have to solve it.” Officials also pointed to “mandate creep,” where multiple organizations take on overlapping roles, competing for the same funds while duplicating work, resulting in confusion and inefficient use of aid. “At the moment, if you’re somebody from outside the world of global health, it’s pretty confusing, right?” Sands said. “And there are so many cross-currents and so many acronyms, and trying to explain where you should place your bets as a new donor is not a trivial thing to do.” Axel Pries, president of the World Health Summit, said the abrupt US withdrawal “will cost lives” with “estimations that this is a double digit million figure of lives which are lost due to this very abrupt change.” “The best answer for the Global Fund is you don’t need the Global Fund,” he added. “Ultimately, if we’ve done our job on HIV, TB and Malaria well, there’s no need for it. That’s not true for the normative convening, regulatory roles of WHO which will continue, ultimately indefinitely, because that’s playing a kind of global public good role for the world.” The majority of global health institutions are funded through sequential “replenishment” fundraising campaigns, often concurrent, creating competition for finite resources that now extends across the broader humanitarian world. As funds dwindle, streamlining and coordination in aid efforts become crucial to maximise what funds remain. “Is the current model of replenishment sustainable? I don’t think it’s sustainable going forward,” said Sania Nishtar, chief executive of Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance. “Whatever all of us have been able to achieve, it is because of the generosity of the donors … We do not have a divine right to funding.” In 2024, the UN and partner organizations appealed for $46.4 billion to assist 180.5 million people across 72 countries—funding that health agencies must now compete for and convince policymakers to support. “It is cliché, but a crisis is a chance,” Nishtar said. “Now is the time for us to come together and align behind a movement to draw new parameters.” “We are radically recalibrating our programs. We understand that these changes are irreversible,” the Gavi chief concluded. “There’s got to be far less agencies in the ecosystem. This fragmentation and duplication really needs to come to an end.” Without warning Elon Musk, who was named a “special government employee” by the Trump administration, secured the president’s backing to eliminate USAID, the country’s foreign aid agency, sending shockwaves through global humanitarian efforts. The abrupt termination of US foreign aid, which has hit health programmes particularly hard, cast a long shadow over the chandeliers and canapés adorning World Health Summit proceedings at the Berlin InterContinental hotel, though participants largely avoided direct criticism of Washington. Multiple panels on restructuring global health finance over the three-day conference avoided mentioning the US or President Donald Trump by name, instead speaking obliquely of the need for “innovative finance” and addressing funding gaps that now total tens of billions of dollars across major institutions including the WHO, Gavi and the Global Fund. “The US has every right to use its money the way it wants. I don’t think anyone can criticize the US for withdrawing its funds or withdrawing its support,” WHO chief Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told participants via video-link from Sri-Lanka. “But one thing that could have been done is there could have been a transition or an exit strategy, for instance, about six to 12 months,” Tedros added. “Then, countries who have been benefiting from the US generous support could have prepared themselves.” Research published in The Lancet estimates USAID programs have saved over 90 million lives over the past two decades, including 30.4 million children under the age of five. As many as 14 million additional preventable deaths could take place by 2030 if gaps created by US programme cuts are not closed. Later in the exchange, while acknowledging US sovereignty over its funding decisions, the WHO acknowledged that reality head-on. “People have died,” Tedros said. “If there was some exit strategy, we wouldn’t have people dying because of the withdrawal of the US funding.” “The abrupt US withdrawal will cost lives,” Axel Pries, president of the World Health Summit, said. “Estimations are that this is a double-digit million figure of lives which are lost due to this very abrupt change. On the other hand, it also exposed that our system had some kind of crackability already. It was not only this last push, it was already a system which needed a renewal.” Already falling short “Funding Drops Across Most Health Organizations From 2024 to 2025: Development banks and the Gates Foundation maintained their funds for health development assistance, but agencies such as the World Health Organization experienced large losses,” according to Think Global Health statistics. Even before the cuts, global health institutions were falling short of their targets, a pattern mirrored across humanitarian, refugee and climate financing. The global fight against HIV, tuberculosis and malaria faces a $29.4 billion gap for 2027-2029 across domestic financing, external donors and the Global Fund combined. The Global Fund contributes roughly 13% of total global funding for these three diseases and has already warned countries that current grants for 2025-2026 might face an average 11% cut due to an estimated $1.4 billion gap from donors not meeting pledges. “Global health has been very much anchored in global solidarity — countries agreeing to work together to deliver on health, and it’s been driven very much by aid for the developing countries,” Byanyima said. “But now we’re seeing that aid tumbling very fast — that suddenness, that rapid decline, is costing lives. Let’s be clear about that: people are dying.” Gavi secured more than $9 billion at its June replenishment summit but remains $2.9 billion short of its $11.9 billion target. Officials warned this shortfall could result in 75 million children missing routine vaccinations over the next five years and 1.2 million child deaths. Overall resource needs and projected available resources for HIV, TB and malaria in countries where the Global Fund invests. The Pandemic Fund—a multilateral mechanism established in 2022 by the G20—requires an estimated $2 billion in additional resources for 2025-2027. A further $15 billion in annual global spending on pandemic preparedness — or 0.1-0.2% of GDP and 0.5-1% of security and defence budgets — was recommended by a report from the WHO-hosted Global Pandemic Monitoring Board released in Berlin. WHO faces the largest proportional crisis: it is short nearly $1.9 billion from a planned $4.2 billion budget for 2026-27, meaning it lacks nearly 45% of the needed funding. Amid the funding drought, forcing many UN agencies from headquarters, to the UN Refugee Programme, to UNICEF and more to cut staff and operations by up to 55%, Sands warned that a simple restructuring will not solve the crisis alone. “Rearranging the boxes of the global health ecosystem is a useful thing to do and a necessary thing to do,” he said. “But it isn’t going to fill the fundamental gaps in financing. So we should do it, but we shouldn’t use it as a sort of displacement activity for actually mobilizing the money we need.” “The worst outcome here is that we invest a lot of our energies having long conversations and lots of meetings about all of this and then do nothing,” Sands concluded. “And two years from now, we’re not where you said we would be with a radically changed system. That would be a waste of time.” Death and defence German Health Minister Nina Warken addresses the World Health Summit in Berlin. Yet while aid budgets shrink, defense spending has been easier to find on government balance sheets, seeing a global surge last year from major aid donor nations as geopolitical tensions rattle capitals. EU member states’ defense expenditure reached €343 billion in 2024, and is expected to rise to €381 billion in 2025—a 19% increase from the previous year and 37% higher than 2021. The US defense budget was approximately $874 billion in 2024. “We face a world of national reflexes and shrinking budgets, of leading headlines and contested facts,” Nina Warken, Germany’s health minister, told the summit. “Global health politics is pressed to justify itself.” “Health is no place for the lone wolf, because national health topics are often linked to the global level,” Warken added. “It is in our very own interest to strengthen these topics at an international level.” The increases come as millions of preventable deaths occur worldwide from diseases that cost relatively little to treat or prevent. The $9 billion pricetag cost to fill the US-sized gap in global health funding, in perspective, is about 2.4 % of EU defence spending and about 0.66 % of the combined EU-US defence outlays. “While we know we’re at a particular moment in time with financing for global solidarity now, the truth is funding pressures have long been there,” Helen Clark, former New Zealand prime minister and UN Development Programme administrator, said. “There is a competition for resources between the different sets of actors.” Preliminary estimates of relative reduction in total health spending due to reduceddevelopment assistance for health, 2024–2025. The resources to allay the funding crisis are not confined to traditional Western aid budgets. Around 200 individuals with net worths exceeding $10 billion collectively hold approximately $5 trillion—enough to fund the current shortfall for over 500 years with money to spare. China’s annual government expenditure, estimated at $6-7 trillion, would absorb the $9 billion gap as roughly 0.13% of its budget. Saudi Arabia’s Public Investment Fund, with assets estimated at $1 trillion, could sustain current global health funding levels for over a century. The kingdom’s recent investments in sports properties—including an estimated $10 billion across ventures such as LIV Golf, Newcastle United, and various international tournaments—exceed the immediate global health financing need. Yet mobilising such resources remains a complex diplomatic and political challenge, further complicated by questions of how aid should be spent. “In the final analysis, food, water, medicine to keep people alive is a compelling narrative,” Clark said. “That can absorb an overwhelming amount of resources that doesn’t really leave that much for putting in place the building blocks for more resilient health systems.” African push for sovereignty clouded by debt African leaders used the summit to accelerate demands for greater independence from donor systems. “Africa is ready. We don’t want to be invited,” Jean Kaseya, director-general of the Africa Centres for Disease Control and Prevention, told attendees. “We are the co-creators of this global architecture.” “The money that we are creating, that we are leveraging, must flow through the regional pool procurement mechanism, especially to regional manufacturers, because we need an incentive to them,” Kaseya said. “Someone was telling me, there is no market in Africa. No way we have 1.4 billion people. This is the biggest market.” In September, African health ministers released the Accra Agenda—a comprehensive financing strategy emphasizing domestic resources, innovative mechanisms and local manufacturing. The initiative, led by Ghana’s President John Dramani Mahama, aims to declare an end to development-as-usual. Yet the push echoes the 2001 Abuja Declaration, in which African Union leaders pledged to allocate 15% of government budgets to health—a target only two countries of the AU’s 55 nations, South Africa and Cabo Verde, met in 2021. The average across the AU was 7.35% of national budgets, half the benchmark agreed in Nigeria 24 years ago. “In the end, national actors are the ones who are going to carry their countries forward,” Clark said. “We have to put the emphasis on how we support them to do their jobs.” WHO Chief Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus addressed the 2025 WHS. Pressed on how the WHO would support countries affected by the global aid cuts, Tedros insisted they possessed the capacity for self-reliance. “All developing countries, what they need is not charity. What they need is fair terms, fair terms in investment, fair terms in trade, and fair terms in taking loans from the market,” he said. Yet as the IMF and World Bank hold their annual meetings in Washington this week, the prospect of self-reliance appears increasingly remote for many developing nations. Low-income countries, on average, depend on foreign aid for one-third of their national health spending. Eight of the world’s poorest countries—South Sudan, Somalia, Democratic Republic of Congo, Liberia, Afghanistan, Sudan, Uganda and Ethiopia—rely on USAID for over 20% of their total foreign assistance. Facing their highest debt burdens in decades, many of the world’s poorest nations are unlikely to be able to compensate for the budget hole blown open by USAID’s withdrawal. The 121 low- and middle-income governments for which there are figures spent an average of 10.7% of government revenue on public health systems, compared to 12.2% on external debt payments in 2019. Research by Debt Justice, released ahead of the meetings, found that 11 lower-income countries denied debt relief by the IMF have been forced to enact “drastic” cuts to health spending by 18% and education by 16% while maintaining debt payments to wealthy creditors. In these countries—including Argentina, Egypt, Kenya, Mozambique and Pakistan—real public spending per person has been cut by 10% on average, while GDP growth per person averaged just 1.2%, less than half the average for countries in the global South. “The countries most dependent on development assistance are also the least capable of filling the gap,” Dieleman said. “The shift has been felt most acutely in low-income countries where disease burdens are high, particularly those in sub-Saharan Africa.” The call for developing countries to increase domestic health spending confronts a debt crisis that makes such investments nearly impossible for many governments. More than 60 countries worldwide now spend more on debt service than on their health systems. “The first thing we need to do is to organize a planned, a responsible transition from a model of aid,” Byanyima said. “We’ve seen the vulnerabilities of aid, and now we want to go away from that. But we must do it in an orderly way that’s not costing lives.” Image Credits: World Health Summit, White House , Thinking Global Health, IHME. ‘Breaking Down Silos’: Global Health Matters Podcast Marks Five Years of Cross-Cutting Conversations 15/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Dr Garry Aslanyan is the executive producer and host of the Global Health Matters podcast. At the World Health Summit in Berlin, the Global Health Matters podcast celebrated a milestone anniversary with a live recording exploring misinformation, the power of social media shaping information, and the future of health communication BERLIN — Five years ago, in a field not exactly known for its podcasting, Dr Garry Aslanyan spotted a gap. Global health, for all its conferences, scientific papers and panel discussions, lacked spaces for dialogue that could transcend disciplinary boundaries. So he started one. “A lot of the information in global health is quite siloized,” Aslanyan, the podcast’s founder, told Health Policy Watch in a recent interview at the World Health Summit, where the show recorded its fifth-anniversary episode. “We look at things that are more cross-cutting. People who are not working in an area could listen to the episode and get inspired by how they dealt with something in another context.” The approach has resonated. With over 130,000 downloads across more than 180 countries, Global Health Matters has become a platform bringing together voices ranging from former Médecins Sans Frontières president Joanne Liu to Wellcome CEO Jan-Arne Rottingen, alongside lesser-known innovators, scientists, authors, academics and public health officials whose work might otherwise go unheard by the broader scientific community. The long-form interview format, Aslanyan explained, allows listeners to understand not just what experts do, but their motivations and experiences: what their personal journey was, why they decided to pursue their work, and the contexts shaping their perspectives. “We don’t really have a chance to know who they are,” Aslanyan said. “Where they work, how their context is, what it means to them.” “We know the general public is probably not our main audience, but in terms of destroying silos between different parts of global health… we’re covering everything,” he added. “We’re doing it with different perspectives, so I think we’ve overcome [those divisions].” Kissing bugs Founded five years ago, the Global Health Matters podcast now has over 120,000 downloads across 180+ countries, making it a leading platform for conversations, diverse voices, and real-world insights in global health. One interview with essayist, memoirist and journalist Daisy Hernández stands out to Aslanyan as exemplifying what his podcast is after. Far from the corridors of the World Health Organization in Geneva, Hernández wrote a memoir about Chagas disease woven through her family’s story—a book most global health professionals could easily miss. “For many listeners, they would never pick up that book,” Aslanyan said. “But the way she presented the story really incorporated the disease, the system, the culture, the environment, and the lack of understanding of these kinds of diseases in developed countries.” Chagas disease, caused by a parasite transmitted mostly through the “kissing bug” Triatominae, which thrives inside the mud or concrete walls and floors of poor dwellings in Latin America, was barely recognized by physicians in the United States and Europe until recently. Doctors misdiagnosed it as simple heart problems. Hernández’s narrative approach made visible what technical papers couldn’t: how a neglected disease, medical system failures, and immigrant experiences collided to lead a family and community affected by the disease with little understanding of its true causes. The experience of Chagas disease, and Hernandez’s power to communicate it through story, also ties deeply with the work of TDR, the Special Programme for Research and Training in Tropical Diseases, where Aslanyan works. The conversation was a reminder to global health professionals to “go beyond our public health silos and to present our work in a way that motivates experts, policy-makers and lay audiences towards greater action,” the episode description wrote — a mission statement for what Aslanyan is trying to achieve, and a narrative vision to achieve TDR’s raison d’être: improving the health vulnerable of burdened by infectious diseases. To inform or to misinform The podcast’s five-year anniversary recording on the opening day of Berlin’s World Health Summit tackled one of global health’s most urgent challenges: ensuring accurate health information reaches those who need it. The live session on “Bridging the Knowledge Divide” featured Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance, and Monica Bharel, Google’s clinical lead for Public Health, in a discussion that laid bare both progress and persistent problems. “When I first started working, everything was written by hand,” Phumaphi recalled, describing her early career years in health systems decades earlier. “You only had one source of information—the World Health Organization. You didn’t have to search to find out which source is right and which one is wrong.” “There are so many sources of information, and it’s very, very confusing,” Phumaphi said of the current landscape. “We have rogue scientists and rogue medical practitioners who spread disinformation. And there’s misinformation, which is a little bit more innocent but can do as much damage.” Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance, speaks at the 5th anniversary event in Berlin. “Misinformation is always mixed with a little bit of truth, which is why it misleads,” she explained. “But what it does is that it kills people. Non-vaccinated people died during COVID. Children who don’t have measles vaccines die. Children who are not sleeping under mosquito nets die from malaria.” In Mozambique’s Zambezia province earlier this year, misinformation claiming that government-distributed mosquito nets spread cholera led to violent attacks on health centers, leaving one person dead. Communities blamed health workers for a cholera outbreak. Provincial officials had to conduct emergency visits urging residents to stop attacking the health workers attempting to help them. The misinformation challenge has grown particularly acute in an era when figures like Robert F. Kennedy Jr. now hold positions of global influence. Kennedy, who built his political profile as leader of Children’s Health Defense, the world’s largest anti-vaccine organization which led the crusade against COVID-19 vaccination in the pandemic, now installed atop the US health system. In recent months, Kennedy has overhauled US vaccine schedule requirements, claimed circumcision causes autism, and eliminated federal funding for COVID vaccines for uninsured children and pregnant women. Google health HQ Monica Bharel is the clinical lead for public sector health at Google, which fields 90% of global searches and owns Youtube. Against that landscape, the social media platforms operated by tech companies like Google, Meta and others, are playing an outsize role in health information – and thus facing an increasingly heavy burden of responsibility as well. “Two hundred billion health queries are made on YouTube annually,” Google’s Bharel noted during the panel. Across Google’s search engine—which handles approximately 90% of all search queries globally—over one billion health-related searches occur every day, translating to more than 365 billion annually, she said. Three out of four Americans, Bharel added, begin their “health journey” with an internet search. Google and YouTube have implemented systems to elevate “trusted voices,” requiring healthcare professionals to show proof of licensure to be featured in prominent health information sections. The companies rank content using what Bharel described as “expertise, experience, authority, and trust” metrics, and now employ AI-powered overviews to provide summarized answers alongside traditional search results. “We want to flood the system with high-quality information,” Bharel said, describing Google’s approach. Yet the architecture of these platforms, and the massive flow of exchange, means misinformation is always nearby, often driven by emotional testimonials or shocking statistics that draw users’ attention but lack the evidence base of peer-reviewed scientific studies and authoritative sources. A study published in the medical journal BMC Public Health breaks down how many people seek health advice from Google’s YouTube platform. “I think that approach is very good, but in order to make it more useful to our communities, I would like a [social media] system like [Google’s] that to be endorsed by WHO and national health authorities around the world,” Phumaphi said, voicing a concern shared by many public health professionals. The disconnect between information availability and actual reach from validated sources remains a major challenge for the health world. The World Health Organization, for instance, uploads multiple videos weekly that garner fewer than 20 views on YouTube. Just last month, a new United Nations report found that UN reports are not widely read, showing the challenge of communicating complex and accurate information continues to be a major sticking point beyond the health world. “Many people are not influenced by WHO, they are influenced by what they see,” Phumaphi observed. In Africa, she noted, traditional and religious leaders also continue to serve as “influencers” – and their views are often far more powerful than international health organizations. The problem extends beyond misinformation to what Bahrel termed being “misinformed”—people lacking complete information to make good decisions about their health. Information, the panelists agreed, has become a social determinant of health itself—as critical as access to food, clean water, or healthcare professionals. “There’s also a language barrier between scientists and health experts and normal people,” one audience member noted during the Q&A. “A fundamental communications problem.” Looking ahead Season 5 is coming 🎉What topics should we dive into next on the #GlobalHealthMatters podcast?📝 Fill out our listener survey 👉 https://t.co/acJOhPURnk💬 Or comment below with your ideas — we’re listening! pic.twitter.com/hNBug5xvaZ — TDR (@TDRnews) October 15, 2025 As the podcast enters its fifth season, Aslanyan is pushing toward what he describes as more “provocative” territory. He envisions creating space for global health opinion-makers to debate contentious issues the field typically avoids. Like a political talk show, but focused on policy questions that shape billions of lives, he said. He envisions seeing “more of a consistent sort of episodes and places where very neutral, experienced global health opinion makers can discuss global health issues together,” Aslanyan explained. The difficulty, he acknowledged, will be maintaining neutrality while hosting a platform that can provide space for the respectful exchange of different views. How the podcast can thread that needle remains to be seen. But in a field increasingly dominated by silos, polarization, and platform power, the journey of Global Health Matters will continue to add value to viewers in the global health domain. “We go through either sanitized kind of things to sometimes extreme, polarized stories,” Aslanyan said. “But we should have a neutral platform. I hope—well, it’s my dream.” Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Air Pollution-Related Dementia Kills Over 625,000 People A Year 23/10/2025 Chetan Bhattacharji New research finds that 28% of deaths from Alzheimer’s and other forms of dementia can be attributed to air pollution, which harms brain health across the life cycle. From killing over 600,000 elderly from dementia to an almost equal number of infants under the age of one-year, air pollution’s impact on young and old is explained simply through hard-hitting numbers in the latest State of Global Air (SOGA) report, by the Boston-based Health Effects Institute. The report identifies plenty of scope for immediate policy action with multiple benefits for reducing an estimated 7.9 million deaths annually from air pollution. Dementia attributable to air pollution resulted in 626,000 deaths in 2023, a new report finds. That is more than one death every minute. This is the first time that the State of Global Air, an annual assessment of air quality worldwide, includes information about the burden of dementia attributable to air pollution – including some 28% of total dementia deaths every year. The new data is based on the 2023 Global Burden of Disease study by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), reflecting the growing epidemiological evidence about the higher levels of dementia disease and deaths in cities and regions that are more polluted. Deaths from Alzheimer’s and other forms of dementia attributable to air pollution, per 100,000 people, age standardised, 2023. “The scientific evidence linking air pollution to increased dementia risk is now strong enough to justify policy action, even as research continues to refine causal mechanisms,” Dr Burcin Ikiz, a neuroscientist at Stanford University, told Health Policy Watch, adding that now, “multiple (studies) have shown consistent associations between long-term exposure to fine particulate matter (PM₂․₅), nitrogen oxides, and other traffic-related pollutants and higher rates of cognitive decline, Alzheimer’s disease, and all-cause dementia.” Effects on brain health at all stages of life Air pollution needs recognition as a ‘brain health’ issue, researchers say. On both sides of the lifecycle, however, the toll is high. Air pollution contributed to 7.9 million deaths in 2023, including more than five million deaths from a range of non-communicable diseases in older adults. But it also kills approximately 610,000 babies under the age of one year old, who are more susceptible to pneumonia and other serious infections as a result of exposures to both fine particulates (PM 2.5), as well as ozone, and other noxious pollutants, mostly as a result of dirty household air as well as pollution outdoors. “Babies born prematurely or with low birth weight are more susceptible to lower respiratory infections and other serious infections, diarrheal diseases, inflammation, blood disorders, jaundice, and impacts on brain development. If affected babies survive infancy, they remain at a higher risk for lower respiratory tract infections, other infectious diseases, and major chronic diseases throughout life,” the report underlines. “We can’t say we didn’t know,” said George Vradenburg, founding chairman of the Davos Alzheimer’s Collaborative. “The evidence linking air pollution and dementia is now undeniable – and the story starts long before old age. Brain health begins before birth, shaped by the air a mother breathes and the environment a child grows up in. Policymakers have a chance to act on that science – to protect brain health across the lifespan and improve lives from the very start.” Most air pollution deaths in lower-income countries Age-standardized rates of death attributable to ambient PM2.5 in 2023 shows hotspots are in low-income regions. Most of the 7.9 million deaths continue to occur in lower-income countries, and more men than women died due to air pollution, the latest data also shows. World Bank Income Group Number of Deaths Attributable to Air Pollution in 2023 High income 657,000 Upper middle income 2.9 million Lower middle income 3.7 million Low income 642,000 Source: State of Global Air, 2025. Exposure to PM 2.5 has actually increased in seven of the world’s most populous countries between 2013 and 2023, the highest being in Nigeria, followed by Indonesia, Pakistan, Bangladesh, India, Brazil and Iran. Conversely, the biggest decreases in PM 2.5 exposure were seen in France, China and Germany. Nigeria and other countries in dark blue saw the biggest increases in air pollution exposures over a decade, while China and France saw the biggest declines. Despite massive reductions in ambient air pollution levels over the past decade, China continues to be the world’s leading air pollution epicentre in terms of overall mortality – due to its sheer size. Other mortality hotspots include India and neighboring countries in South-East Asia along with Egypt and Nigeria. Due to its sheer size, China continues to have the world’s highest levels of air pollution-related mortality. There is some good news. Thanks to household air pollution (HAP) declining with the shift to cleaner cooking fuels, related deaths among women and young children who spend the most time around cookstoves, have been reduced. The trend has been most marked in India, Ecuador and China, although in parts of Africa household air pollution levels are also going down. In some countries, however, those gains have been offset by rising deaths due to ambient PM 2.5 and ozone pollution. Noncommunicable diseases are the cause of most air pollution-related deaths Air pollution links with leading chronic diseases. About 95% of air pollution-related deaths in adults over the age of 60 are due to noncommunicable diseases – accounting for 5.8 million deaths in all. Air pollution, especially small particulate (PM 2.5) exposure, is a leading risk factor for NCDs including: ischaemic heart disease, hypertension, chronic lung disease (COPD) and other lung diseases, as well as lung cancer and Type 2 diabetes. NCDs are now responsible for 65% of healthy life years lost, and 75% of deaths every year, according to the Seattle-based IHME. Even short-term exposures when PM 2.5 and other pollutant levels spike over a couple of days can result in health complications, increasing heart attacks, strokes and related hospitalization, as well as reducing the effectiveness of some chronic disease treatments, such as for cancer. Impacting on all forms of dementia An estimated 10 million people develop dementia each year. Exposure to PM 2.5 is associated with Alzheimer’s disease as well as other forms of dementia (e.g., vascular dementia), and mild cognitive impairment in older adults. These disorders can cause problems with thinking, memory, and decision-making, and typically worsen over time. About 10 million people develop dementia each year, with incidence rising as the global population ages. The economic impact of this disease is estimated at over a trillion dollars a year, since people with dementia are dependent on daily care. A high prevalence of this disease has rippling effects on economic productivity for families and caregivers. Women bear the largest burden, being both more likely to provide care for people with dementia and are more likely to develop dementia themselves. Asia and the United States are among the countries with the highest levels of air pollution related dementia. The report explains how air pollution, in particular PM 2.5, causes brain damage. The fine pollutants penetrate the lungs, circulating through the blood stream, and thus flowing to the brain, causing inflammation and brain tissue damage. While dementia largely affects the elderly population, air pollution exposure may also impact brain development and functioning in younger people, including an increased risk for neurodevelopmental disorders such as autism and psychological disorders such as anxiety and depression. Scientists contributing to the report have called for more research on questions such as pollutant-specific effects, critical exposure windows across the lifespan, and risks in under-studied populations, particularly in low- and middle-income countries, where multiple environmental and socioeconomic factors may be harming the brain simultaneously. Because air pollution affects such a broad swathe of the population in heavily polluted areas, even a small increase in neurodegeneration can have major effects at the societal scale. Ozone pollution rising Ozone pollution has risen sharply South Asia and Sub-Saharan Africa, and more gradually in Latin America, North Africa and the MIddle East. The global average exposure to ambient ozone pollution has steadily increased since 1990, with the average exposure in 2020 reaching 49.8 parts per billion (ppb). At the country level, Qatar (67.6 ppb) had the highest exposure to ozone pollution, with Nepal (67.5 ppb), India (67.2 ppb), Bangladesh (65.4 ppb), and Bahrain (64.3 ppb) making up the remaining top five countries with the highest exposure. In the last two decades, the disease burden of ozone has increased by more than 50%, from 261,000 deaths in 2000 to 470,000 deaths in 2023. Ground-level, or tropospheric, ozone is a pollutant that harms human health, damages plants, and contributes to climate change. It’s seen as a super pollutant, warming agents that are far more potent than carbon dioxide per ton; they have significant, harmful effects on both human health and the environment. Ozone is formed through chemical reactions between nitrogen oxides, produced by burning fossil fuels, so places with heavy traffic are vulnerable, and volatile organic compounds (VOCs), in the presence of sunlight. Multiple benefits from pollution reductions Green, sustainable urban design can reduce air pollution generating a range of knock-on health benefits. The report advocates for the multiple benefits of reducing air pollution exposure, including slowing climate change, reducing pollution-related illnesses, improving economic productivity, and healthcare savings. This poses an existential question to decision-makers and leaders in their fifties today, but who may also be more personally vulnerable to air pollution tomorrow. How should they factor in SoGA’s findings in their areas of work, many of which no doubt will have a bearing on air pollution emissions? For example, every dollar spent on reducing air pollution in the United States, which passed its landmark Clean Air Act in 1970, has resulted in approximately $30 in benefits. In Delhi, with a much shorter historical record, the economic value of air pollution abatement still exceeds costs by 2 to 3.6 times, the report stated, citing World Bank data. Indeed, the latest SoGA report should further bolster demand for and action towards better air quality, its authors say. “Many people in decision-making roles are often at ages where the impacts can be more pronounced. Clean air action is an important way of helping ensure good health and better quality of life for all,” Pallavi Pant, head of Global Initiatives at Health Effects Institute, Boston, told Health Policy Watch. “The data presented in the State of Global Air report highlight the significant impacts of poor air quality on the health and well-being of billions of people around the world, especially those living in Asia and Africa,” said Pant, who oversaw the report’s preparation. “We hope this report can further bolster the demand for, and action towards, better air quality where it’s needed most.” Image Credits: Photo by Steven HWG on Unsplash, IHME/State of Global Air , HEI/State of Global Air , HEI/State of Global Air, HEI/State pf Global Air , Pixabay, WHO. ‘Make Europe Healthy Again’ Launch is Dominated by Anti-Vaxxers and Far Right Politicians 22/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan Keynote speakers at the ‘Make Europe Health Again’ (MEHA) launch: András László, president of Patriots for Europe Foundation (PfEF) and Hungarian Member of the European Parliament (MEP) ; MAHA leader Dr Robert Malone; PfEF’s Gerald Hauser, an Austrian MEP from the far-right Freedom Party of Austria; Dr Aseem Malhotra and MEHA’s founder and president, Dr Maria Hubmer-Mogg. The Make Europe Healthy Again (MEHA) launch at the European Parliament in Brussels last week brought together what is now a familiar alliance of far-right politicians, anti-vaxxers and alternative health practitioners. Leaders of Make America Health Again (MAHA), the movement behind US Health Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr, were prominent at the launch, and several are members of MEHA’s steering committee and international advisory board. The Patriots for Europe Foundation, a right-wing alliance led by the Hungarian government, hosted the launch. MEHA’s mission is to “nurture a Europe where people reclaim their power, their voice, their health, and their traditions”. MEHA’s mission statement adds: “By protecting the essentials of life – clean food, water, air, earth, space, and safe communities – we help to empower nations to build supportive systems that break cycles of chronic disease, promote vitality, and honour culture, sovereignty, peace, and human dignity.” MEHA’s founder and president, Dr Maria Hubmer-Mogg. MEHA’s founder and president, Dr Maria Hubmer-Mogg, is an anti-vaccine campaigner and far-right Austrian politician who has opposed European Union (EU) sanctions on Russia and wants tougher immigration policies. She claims that a large number of people are suffering from “post-vaccine syndrome” since COVID-19, and is opposed to the World Health Organization (WHO). MEHA’s vice-president is Dutch politician Rob Roos, vice-chair of the European Conservatives and Reformists Group until mid-2024, when his term as a Member of the European Parliament (MEP) ended. MEHA lists the Global Wellness Forum (GWF) as its “partner”, and GWF co-founder Sayer Ji is on MEHA’s steering committee. Ji campaigned against vaccine mandates during the pandemic alongside other GWF leaders, including osteopath Sherri Tenpenny, identified as one of the most prolific sources of anti-vax information on social media during COVID-19. Tenpenny had her medical license suspended after claiming that the COVID-19 vaccine “magnetised” people. The MEHA 17-person steering committee is dominated by European anti-vaxxers, including Dr Aseem Malhotra. MAHA leader Dr Robert Malone addressing the MEHA launch. Seven of the steering committee are Americans, including MAHA leader Dr Robert Malone, who Kennedy controversially appointed to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP) after he fired all 17 existing members. Malone has promoted several false and alarmist claims about COVID-19 vaccines, and promoted the use of hydroxychloroquine and Ivermectin as SARS-CO-V2 treatments despite numerous studies showing they did not work. Recently, Malone controversially claimed that an eight-year-old child, Daisy Hildebrand, who died of measles in Texas had died of sepsis and blamed a medical institution for mismanaging her illness. Others Americans on the steering committee include Mary Holland, CEO of Children’s Health Defense, the anti-vaccine organisation started by Kennedy; Tony Lyons, MAHA political action committee (PAC) co-chair; Reggie Littlejohn, an anti-abortion and “anti-globalist” campaigner, and Tom Harrington from the right-wing think-tank Brownstone Institute, which became an important bridge between conservative supporters of Donald Trump and anti-vax libertarians during the COVID-19 pandemic. Australian local councillor Adrian McRae, who campaigned against the COVID-19 vaccine and is known for his pro-Russian views, is also on the advisory committee. Australian MEHA advisory board member Adrian McRae ‘Totalitarianism’ Speakers at the launch stressed the need to break the influence of the pharmaceutical industry over health, and railed against the “totalitarianism” of “unelected globalist” institutions, including the WHO and the European Commission. Hubmer-Mogg called for the European Medicines Agency (EMA) to be funded by the EU not pharmaceutical companies. Over 90% of the EMA’s operating costs are covered by fees charged to companies for the evaluation of their applications for marketing authorisation and monitoring the safety of medicines, and for scientific advisory services. However, MEHA does not want pharmaceutical companies to conduct clinical trials on medicines, although it is these companies that develop and will ultimately profit from new medicines. “No more conflict of interest, no more concealment of side effects, no more pharma-financed studies,” Hubmer-Mogg concluded. Malhotra built on this theme, claiming in an hour-long keynote address that “evidence-based medicine… has become an illusion. It has become hijacked by powerful commercial vested interests, and the degree of influence of these commercial interests also means that we have created a pandemic of misinformed doctors and, unwittingly, misinformed and harmed patients”. Steering committee member Mattias Desmet told the launch that the WHO’s One Health policy was “evidence” of a “globalist institution” trying to impose its one-size-fits-all approach to health. However, One Health simply refers to the recognition that the health of people, animals and ecosystems are closely linked and often need to be addressed together – particularly to prevent zoonotic spillover and growing antibiotic resistance. During the pandemic, Desmet, a Belgian psychologist, claimed that official government policies on the COVID-19 pandemic were “collective insanity” that he called “mass formation”. Malaria Resurgence Could Kill Nearly One Million by 2030 as Funding Cuts Hit 21/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Global Fund chief warns disease now his greatest concern among major killers as new analysis shows 750,000 children at risk. BERLIN – The head of the world’s largest malaria funder has issued a stark warning that the disease now poses a greater threat than HIV or tuberculosis, as a new analysis released Tuesday reveals funding cuts could trigger 990,000 additional deaths by 2030, including 750,000 children under five. “If I think about the situation we face right now on HIV, TB and Malaria, the one that keeps me awake at night is malaria,” Peter Sands, executive director of the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, told scientists and advocates at the World Health Summit in Berlin last week. “It’s pretty clear to me that this year more people will die of malaria than last year,” Sands said. “The disruptions in funding have had that impact, and malaria is such an unforgiving disease that it reacts incredibly quickly.” The report by the African Leaders Malaria Alliance (ALMA) and the NGO Malaria No More UK warns that a malaria resurgence could result in 525 million additional cases and wipe $83 billion from sub-Saharan Africa’s GDP by the end of the decade, killing an additional 165,000 people, most of them children, every year. “The choice is clear: invest now to end malaria or pay far more when it returns,” said Gareth Jenkins of Malaria No More UK. “Cutting funding risks the deadliest resurgence we’ve ever seen.” The findings highlight a critical juncture in the centuries-long battle against a disease that currently claims 597,000 lives annually, with 95% of malaria deaths occurring in Africa and three-quarters of victims being children under five, according to WHO data. “If we fail to act, malaria could steal Africa’s children, and $83 billion of our future GDP,” President Advocate Duma Gideon Boko, President of the Republic of Botswana, said of the findings. As the Global Fund prepares for its November replenishment summit in South Africa, the analysis models different funding scenarios ahead of the event, where donors will determine contributions for 2027 to 2029. The Fund channels 59% of all international financing for malaria control, such as mosquito nets, treatment drugs, and vaccines, to low-and middle-income countries. “We are really at a very momentous time in human history,” said Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of ALMA. “There are tools that are available that can actually facilitate the elimination of malaria. One of our biggest challenges at the moment is financing.” Yet the current trajectory suggests the opposite of elimination, the Global Fund chief warned. “At the moment, what we’re doing with malaria is we’re making malaria sustainable,” Sands said. “We’re spending enough to reduce the number of lives that are being lost, but we’re not actually breaking the transmission cycle.” “If anything,” Sands added, “it’s going the wrong way.” ‘Pandemic preparedness hats’ Global Fund Executive Director Peter Sands (center) accepts a $1 billion pledge from Germany on the opening night of WHS 2025. At a pandemic preparedness meeting during the summit focused on potential future disease threats, Sands said he was struck by how much attention novel pathogens receive compared to malaria, which is killing hundreds of thousands each year. “In many African countries, the biggest health emergency right now is the upsurge in malaria,” he said. “And you’ve got all these people wearing pandemic preparedness hats who are sort of worrying about Marburg and Ebola and all that stuff – which is fine, those are legitimate threats – none of them, if you take a country like DRC, are going to kill remotely as many people as malaria.” The data on Malaria’s resurgence bear out his assessment. Cases rose to 263 million in 2023, the latest year for which data is available, an increase of 11 million from the previous year, according to the World Health Organization’s 2024 World Malaria Report. “The WHO African region still accounts for over 95% of global malaria cases and deaths,” Maru Aregawi Weldedawit, unit head of WHO’s Global Malaria Programme, told the summit by video link. “Even in the region, 11 countries account for over 70% of the global burden. Progress has stalled and in some settings reversed, with significant setbacks placing the 2030 global technical strategy targets at serious risk.” “In 2023 alone, Africa recorded 249 million cases and 569,000 deaths, more than the combined deaths from all multiplying diseases such as cholera, measles, yellow fever, meningitis and viral hemorrhagic fevers,” Weldedawit added. “Yet malaria is still managed as a routine illness despite being the leading infectious killer on the continent today.” Working toolkit, missing money The funding crisis runs deep across the global health world, but is particularly severe for malaria. Only $4 billion was mobilized for malaria in 2023 against a needed $8.3 billion, according to WHO data. Germany’s pledge last week of €1 billion to the Global Fund represents a 23% cut from its previous commitment. The UK, another leading funder of the fight against malaria, is reportedly considering a similar 20% reduction. “The thing with a disease like malaria is we don’t have to drop by very much in terms of investments in order for cases to spiral out of control,” Phumaphi warned. “If we don’t sustain the same level of coverage, we are going to have a crisis.” The Trump administration’s gutting of USAID has deepened that threat. Internal USAID memos warned that permanently halting the President’s Malaria Initiative could cause an additional 12.5 to 17.9 million cases and 71,000 to 166,000 deaths annually, a 39.1% increase from current levels. “We need some of that same sense of urgency around what the risks are with malaria right now, as we have whenever we have an outbreak of one of these other new threats,” Sands said. “The current toolkit works, but you need to get a critical level of funding. Crudely speaking, my view is you need roughly twice as much funding per capita.” Drug resistance and climate converge A young girl reads under a malaria bednet. Photo: UNDP As funding falters, new biological threats are emerging. Professor Isabella Oyier, head of the Biosciences Department at Kenya’s KEMRI-Wellcome Trust Research Program, is tracking the spread of drug-resistant malaria parasites across East Africa through genomic surveillance. “We’re seeing these variants that are allowing the parasite to escape treatment,” Oyier explained at a side event focused on African scientific leadership. “When an individual comes to a health facility, they will be given an anti-malarial drug, but they will not clear their fever, and they’ll still, two to three days after treatment, have parasites in their bloodstream.” “The treatment is failing because the parasite has developed mechanisms to escape,” she said. Partial resistance to artemisinin, the backbone of current malaria treatment, has been confirmed in Rwanda, Uganda, Tanzania, and Eritrea, with signals detected in Ethiopia and Zambia, according to WHO data. The spread of resistance echoes the chloroquine resistance crisis that emerged decades ago, when the malaria parasite’s ability to evade that once-effective drug forced the development of entirely new treatment approaches, including the artemisinin-based therapies now facing their own resistance challenges. “That issue of resistance and the need for new tools is something that’s extremely important for us to talk about,” Dr Ngashi Ngongo, Chief of Staff at Africa CDC, told the summit, adding that with current low coverage rates, “if you have an intervention that is 50% effective, you can’t be satisfied with 59% of children sleeping underneath nets.” “Take 59% of 50%, what does it give you? It’s about 30% of children that are protected,” he said. “No wonder every year we are seeing increasing numbers of cases.” Oyier’s genomic surveillance work with national malaria control programs has led to the introduction of multiple first-line treatments in East Africa, a strategy designed to outmanoeuvre the parasite by rotating different drug combinations and sequencing the malaria parasite’s genome to identify resistance markers before they become widespread. “Part of the work I do is using genomic surveillance, working with the National Malaria Control Programme to set up an early warning system so that we can identify these variants,” Oyier explained. “So that they can then have a response plan and figure out what policy changes they need to make,” she said, noting that generating data locally allows for faster integration with health ministries and more agile national responses. At the beginning of this month, East African countries began rolling out multiple first-line treatment protocols based on this surveillance data, she said. “At the beginning of September, they are looking at introducing what we call multiple first-line treatments, which means you want to confuse the parasite. This year I’ll give you drug A. Next year, I’ll give you a different combination, and that messes the parasite up.” “This is a historical challenge for us,” she said. “We know since chloroquine days, the parasite is going to change. So we need to stay a step ahead and be clever.” Mosquitos on the move An infant and mother under an insecticide-treated mosquito net in Ghana. Such nets remain a key prevention technique. Climate change is further exacerbating these challenges by expanding the habitats of mosquitoes. Historical data analysis published in The Lancet Planetary Health shows malaria mosquitoes in Africa have moved away from the equator by 4.7 kilometers per year over the past century and climbed 6.5 meters annually in altitude. “You have a vector that is really widespread, quite resilient, now complicated with the challenges of global warming and climate change that is actually expanding the habitat of the vector,” Ngongo said. The Lancet research projects that by 2070, an additional 4.7 billion people could be at risk of malaria or dengue as warming temperatures extend transmission seasons. “Then you have the partial effectiveness of the interventions themselves,” Ngongo added. “We’ve been pushing ITNs [insecticide-treated nets] for many years, but the effectiveness was just around 50% reduction of cases. Now, when you bring in the issues of resistance, you are further reducing the effectiveness of those interventions.” MMV: the urgency of developing next-generation treatments The funding challenges are not just for existing tools. In view of the growing resistance to existing drugs, the urgency of developing next-generation treatments is even greater, Dr Martin Fitchet, CEO of Medicines for Malaria Venture, emphasised at a plenary WHS session on the issue. “We were formed 26 years ago because the child mortality rate went up,” he told the summit. “Mortality rate, of which 75% were children under five, doubled to 1.2 million on the world’s watch when it wasn’t really looking, and we’re never going to let that happen again, I hope.” MMV is now developing next-generation antimalarials designed to overcome resistance and prevent another crisis in which the world is unprepared for new mutations in malaria parasites, including potential single-dose cures and long-acting injectable prevention that could protect children for an entire malaria season. “The new drugs we discover now are five to eight years from the [arriving to] market,” Fitchet explained. “These drugs have to have a high barrier of resistance, they have to be new mechanisms, brand new ways of working, the next generation after artemisinin.” “Imagine if you can give a single injection of a medicine supervised to a child or school-age child at the beginning of the season, and they’re completely protected,” Fitchet said. “Complementary to vaccines, complementary to nets. I think we need multiple tools in the toolbox.” Vaccine breakthrough – but is it enough? P vivax malaria is the most widespread form of malaria disease, with victims extending from South-East Asia to North Africa and Latin America (MMV/Damien Schumann) The rollout of malaria vaccines represents a genuine breakthrough. By early 2025, 19 African countries had introduced WHO-recommended vaccines into routine childhood immunisation programs, reaching more than 3 million children, according to WHO data. The RTS,S vaccine, developed over three decades by GSK and the PATH Malaria Vaccine Initiative, was first recommended by WHO in 2021. Pilot programs in Ghana, Kenya, and Malawi demonstrated a 13% drop in all-cause child mortality among vaccine-eligible children. The newer R21/Matrix-M vaccine, developed by Oxford University and prequalified by WHO in December 2023, achieved 78% efficacy in initial trials. Both vaccines reduce clinical malaria by more than 50% in the first year after vaccination. However, Sands expressed frustration that the vaccine breakthrough alone has failed to galvanise donors in the way other recent innovations have. The challenge, he explained, is that simply telling donors “we have the tools but need more money” no longer works as a fundraising message. “The trouble is, the narrative that says actually we’ve got the tools but we need more money doesn’t really work, because donors don’t want to hear that,” Sands said. “We need to find ways of injecting something new or different or urgent or hopeful, particularly positive, hopeful stuff that changes the narrative.” The first two girls ever vaccinated with the malaria vaccine RTS,S in Ghana. He also warned that vaccines will not be sufficient to reverse the surge in malaria cases because they primarily reduce mortality rather than stopping transmission of the disease. “For some of the donors, they think that the vaccines are the story,” he said. “Personally, I don’t think they’re powerful enough, and not least because they don’t really change the transmission. Yes, they will help us reduce mortality, but they’re not going to really help transmission.” He drew a contrast with lenacapavir, a long-acting injectable HIV prevention drug that requires just two injections per year and has shown near-perfect efficacy in clinical trials. The breakthrough has reinvigorated donor enthusiasm for HIV prevention in a way malaria vaccines have not. “If I could change the conversation to talk about lenacapavir in HIV, what we have is a long-acting injectable. It’s the most exciting thing to happen in HIV prevention for at least a decade,” Sands said. “It’s completely changed the conversation,” he added. “It’s allowed us to talk really differently and excite donors about being part of ending HIV. It has both medical impact and donor mobilisation impact.” Local solutions African public health leaders used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for increased investment in national health systems and research capacity across the continent. African scientists and policymakers are increasingly demanding ownership of the malaria response. Oyier emphasised the importance of building research capacity across the continent. “For me to break that down, you’re all aware that in COVID, everyone knew the COVID language, the Greek alphabet. These are the same across all pathogens,” she said, explaining her genomic surveillance work. “Part of the work I do is using genomic surveillance, working with the National Malaria Control Programme to set up an early warning system so that we can identify these variants, and so that they can then have a response plan and figure out what policy changes they need to make,” Oyier said. MMV is establishing five manufacturing hubs across Africa in partnership with Africa CDC. The organization is also making an AI-powered drug discovery tool available as open access to researchers globally. “We’re working with DeepMind, the Google arm of AI, with our database of 10 million compounds,” Fitchet explained. “We’re building a machine learning tool that is going to accelerate the medicinal chemistry, the design, the invention of new anti-malarials.” “And here’s the kicker: we’re going to make it available open access for any researcher anywhere in the world, particularly if you’re in malaria-endemic countries,” he said. A health worker examines a child with suspected malaria. Fitchet noted that only one clinical candidate for an anti-malarial drug has come from an African research institution to reach clinical trials in recent years – something he says has to change. “We’ve only had one clinical candidate for an anti-malarial drug going to the clinic from an African research group in Cape Town, in 2014,” he said, referring to work at the University of Cape Town’s Drug Discovery and Development Centre. “I think it’s time to have more of those coming out of African research groups and having our first approved and accessible African-invented anti-malarial,” Fitchet said. While African governments have increased their spending on health in recent years, the continent faces severe fiscal constraints. Low-income countries, on average, depend on foreign aid for one-third of their national health spending, and more than 60 countries worldwide now spend more on debt service than on their health systems, according to World Bank data. “I think we need to appreciate the enormity of the challenge,” Phumaphi concluded, “and exactly how much is required in funding in order for countries to be able to catch up.” Image Credits: Yoshi Shimizu, World Health Summit, UNDP, WHO, MMV/Damien Schumann, WHO/Fanjan Combrink, Damien Schumann / MMV. New World Bank-WHO ‘Leaders Coalition’ Aims to Power Investments in Health 20/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan The World Bank, Japan, and the WHO launched the Health Works Leaders Coalition. to promote investments in health systems as a strategy for economic growth, job creation, and improved resilience. How to find more money has dominated discussions at global health gatherings this year as the precipitous 21% fall in development assistance over the past year threatens to unravel years of hard-won gains. There is near-universal agreement that aid-dependent countries need to pay more for their citizens’ health, and that the donors need to become more collaborative and efficient. Many also posit the idea that the financial crisis presents an opportunity to rearrange the global health “architecture” to ensure that low and middle-income countries (LMICs) drive their own destinies rather than their donors. But exactly how to achieve all of this is less clear. One new vehicle is the Health Works Leaders Coalition, launched last Friday by the World Bank, Japan, and the World Health Organization (WHO). It brings together health and finance ministers, donors, business, global health agencies and civil society to promote “investments in health systems as a strategy for economic growth, job creation, and improved resilience”, according to a media release. The coalition stresses that it is “not a funding mechanism, but rather a coordinated effort to drive bold, high-impact action on health reform globally”. It is part of the World Bank’s Health Works initiative launched earlier this year, which aims to help countries transform their health systems to provide quality, affordable health services by 2030. “Our goal is ambitious: to help countries deliver quality, affordable health services to 1.5 billion people by 2030. No single institution, government, or philanthropist can achieve that alone,” said Ajay Banga, World Bank president. “But with aligned purpose and shared effort, it is possible. If we get this right, we can make real impact – improving health, transforming lives, strengthening economies – and creating jobs. This effort is as much an ingredient of our jobs agenda as it is a health initiative.” The countries that make up the coalition are Egypt, Ethiopia, Indonesia, Kenya, Nigeria, Philippines, Sierra Leone, Saint Lucia and the United Kingdom. Health Works is linked to three World Bank backed funds: the Health System Transformation & Resilience Fund (HSTRF), the Global Financing Facility, which focuses on strengthening primary health care to reduce deaths of women, children, and adolescents, and The Pandemic Fund, which provides financing for pandemic prevention, preparedness, and response. However, at last week’s World Health Summit in Berlin several global health actors acknowledged that there needed to be fewer agencies and funds. “I do think we’re actually going to have to reduce the number of entities,” Peter Sands, executive director of the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, told participants. “The system is too fragmented. There are too many underfunded institutions. There’s too much duplication. It’s too complex. That diagnosis, I think, is pretty straightforward.” Expanding tax revenue World Bank vice-president Mamta Murthi According to World Bank vice-president Mamta Murthi, countries need to spend $50 to $60 per person per year for a basic health package, but low-income countries (LIC) spend about $20, and for many, around half of this comes from donors. Countries need to expand tax revenues and engage in domestic resource mobilisation, “including through better tax policy and better tax administration, and that includes health taxes”, Murthi told a discussion hosted by the Center for Global Development (CGD) at which key development leaders discussed sustainable solutions to the health financing crisis. “The second thing that they can do is make health more of a priority in their budgets,” she said, adding that around a third of low and low-middle-income countries could allocate more to health with the fiscal conditions that they have. “And I don’t think they should just look at health taxes. There are lots of other things that they spend on, which don’t deliver a bang for the buck, and some of them are harmful to health. Let’s think of fossil fuel subsidies.” In addition, it is also “shocking that, on average, about 10 to 15% of resources that are allocated for health spending don’t get spent,” she added. However, she said the Bank is encouraged by countries presenting “compacts”– country vision statements with “asks” to the donor community, setting out what they need from development agencies to reach their goals and targets. “I feel very encouraged by the leadership that the countries are showing… they have goals and targets in terms of accessibility, affordability, job creation that ensue from the full implementation of these compacts.” The end of ODA? Gavi CEO Sania Nishtar. Sania Nishtar, CEO of the vaccine alliance, Gavi, declared: “We are seeing the beginning of the end of overseas development aid (ODA).” Gavi Leap, the platform’s reform plan, is “preparing for this future” by ensuring that countries have greater ownership and agency, and are more effective in this resource-constrained environment, said Nishtar. Gavi is accommodating countries’ requests for more decision-making agency, quicker turnaround, less administration and vaccine sovereignty, she added. “End-to-end digitising” will simplify and speed up the grant process, while Gavi’s support for , the African Vaccine Manufacturing Accelerator aims to “catalyse sustainable vaccine manufacturing on the continent”. “We are speaking to our colleagues at the World Bank and other international multilateral development banks, and we have put in place what is called the MDB [multilateral development bank] Multiplier” to “unlock concessional lending for countries”. Catalysing investment Hitoshi Hirata, vice-president of the Japan International Cooperation Agency. Hitoshi Hirata, vice-president of the Japan International Cooperation Agency, said that at the Financing for Development (FfD4) meeting in Sevilla in July, partner countries had committed to expanding domestic revenue for health, particularly through health taxes. “We would like to support health financing, and also link with existing public finance management efforts and tap domestic and private resources,” said Hirata. The resulting Sevilla Commitment proposes concrete steps to catalyse investment in sustainable development, address the debt crisis affecting the world’s poorest countries (three billion people live in countries that spend more on interest payments than on health), and give developing countries a stronger voice in the international financing architecture. The Japanese government is hosting a Universal Health Coverage (UHC) High-Level Forum in Tokyo in December, at which various countries will launch their National Health Compacts. These are “government-led agreements that will lay out bold reforms, investment priorities, shared accountability and unlock resources for expanding access to quality, affordable health care”, according to a media release. Strong country leadership Wellcome Trust CEO John-Arne Røttingen. Wellcome Trust CEO John-Arne Røttingen warned that the “abrupt changes to the international financing environment” will result in many lives lost and worsen the global burden of disease. But he is “optimistic” that the loss in financing will result in “stronger country leadership, supported by multilateral development banks and major bilateral donors”. “Countries are demanding that they need to be in charge – with a one country, one plan, one budget, one monitoring approach,” said Røttingen. “And I’m hearing commitment now from almost all big external financing agencies – the dedicated GHIs, the Global Fund, the World Bank, and the other multilateral development banks and the major bilateral donors – that signals a global moving towards empowering and also making countries responsible for delivering.” Wellcome Trust is also supporting global and regional discussions on “reimagining the global health architecture”, which kicked off with papers on the subject written by five thought leaders. Its motivation is to find long-term solutions to the crisis in global health that involve “more regional and national accountability and less dependence on the priorities of donors from high-income countries”. But Røttingen cautioned that devolving too much to country governments might reinforce the priorities and norms of undemocratic governments that could be contrary to human rights. “There needs to be very strong transparency and the voice from civil society and different groups”, he noted, adding that positive lessons from different regions where things are working With Future of UNAIDS in Question, Top Official Says ‘Very Difficult’ to Envision 2026 Shutdown 17/10/2025 Stefan Anderson A senior UNAIDS deputy framed the UN Secretary-General’s proposal to close the programme next year as a rushed timeline, as governments and civil society demand answers. BERLIN — A top UNAIDS official told delegates at the World Health Summit this week that it would be “very difficult” to envision shutting down the agency by the end of 2026, pushing back against a controversial proposal from UN Secretary-General António Guterres that has triggered an outcry from civil society groups and member states. “I know the [Secretary-General’s] proposal is formulated in a way that strikes people as if it’s already a decision, but it is a proposal,” Christine Stegling, deputy executive director of UNAIDS, said at the summit. “There’s pressure on all of us to rethink ourselves and to think how we can maybe accelerate the timeline, but I personally find it very difficult to think about how we could do that by the end of 2026.” Her comments come weeks after Guterres released his UN80 reform plan in September, a sweeping 45-page blueprint for restructuring the UN system that included a single sentence stating: “We plan to sunset UNAIDS by the end of 2026.” The proposal caught the agency’s own governing board off guard, as well as donor governments and the civil society organizations that hold a unique seat at the table in UNAIDS governance. UNAIDS was already implementing its own board-approved transformation plan, which includes a 54% reduction in secretariat staffing and consolidation of country offices from 85 to 54. That plan, informed by a high-level panel that worked from October 2024 to March 2025, envisions a gradual two-phase process that would propose to the board in mid-2027 to “further transform, consolidate, integrate, with a view to eventually closing down the UNAIDS Secretariat in its current form”—a timeline measured in years, not the 14 months the UN80 plan allows. “We heard very powerful voices in our board meeting in June from communities telling us, look, sunsetting can be good if you stand in a beautiful sunset,” Stegling said. “And it can be terrifying if you’re standing by yourself, and it just all of a sudden gets dark.” ‘I’m seeing death’ "I am seeing death. Real people are dying." – Winnie Byanyima, Executive Director, Joint United Nations Programme on HIV/AIDS (UNAIDS)#WHS2025 speaker Byanyima emphasizes that global solidarity is fundamental to advancing global health. She highlights that wealthier countries… pic.twitter.com/tDRriJ6CuL — World Health Summit (@WorldHealthSmt) October 13, 2025 The fight over the programme’s future unfolds as the global HIV response faces what UNAIDS has called a “historic funding crisis.” There were 1.3 million new HIV infections in 2024, virtually unchanged from the previous year and far short of targets needed to end AIDS as a public health threat by 2030, according to the agency’s 2025 Global AIDS Update released in July. The sudden withdrawal of US funding in early 2025, which had previously accounted for 73% of international HIV/AIDS financing, has disrupted treatment and prevention programmes worldwide. UNAIDS modelling suggests the funding collapse could lead to an additional 6.6 million new HIV infections and 4.2 million AIDS-related deaths by 2029. “This is not just a funding gap – it’s a ticking time bomb,” Byanyima said when the annual report was released. “We have seen services vanish overnight. Health workers have been sent home. And people – especially children and key populations – are being pushed out of care.” In Mozambique alone, over 30,000 health personnel lost their jobs, while Nigeria has seen monthly initiations of pre-exposure prophylaxis to prevent HIV transmission have plummeted from 40,000 to 6,000. Since 2010, new HIV infections have fallen 40% and AIDS-related deaths by 56%. By the end of 2024, 31.6 million people—77% of all people living with HIV—were accessing antiretroviral therapy. “I’m seeing death, real people dying because clinics are shutting, because services for the most vulnerable people are closing,” Winnie Byanyima, UNAIDS executive director, told the summit. “That suddenness, that rapid decline, is costing lives. Let’s be clear about that. People are dying.” Speaking about the abrupt US funding cuts, Stegling drew a parallel to the UN80 proposal: “It was the shock and it was the abruptness, and it was the unpreparedness that hit hardest, with little time to react.” At an extraordinary UNAIDS board meeting last week, member states expressed strong opposition to the accelerated timeline. “Member states on our board, and in particular those who are most affected, all speak about a similar issue,” Stegling said, specifically citing the Africa group. “They’re basically saying, look, the ecosystem is collapsing around us. The funding is collapsing around us, and at this particular time, you’re taking away a structure that we have at a country level that helps us to navigate these new realities, and so therefore we can’t support that.” Donors demand answers World Health Summit panel, “Shaping the Future of UNAIDS in the Context of UN80.” Germany and the Netherlands, the two largest contributors to HIV financing aside from the US, said their delegations would use the next meeting of the UNAIDS Programme Coordinating Board to question UN80’s abrupt departure from the agency’s existing reform trajectory. “The Secretary-General’s proposal that sunsets UNAIDS already by the end of 2026 came to all of us as a surprise,” said Paul Zubeil of Germany’s Ministry of Health, adding that the proposals outlined in the UNAIDS-led reforms were “very balanced.” “It’s an easy pitch to close a very small, not even UN agency, but a small joint programme, to integrate it,” Zubeil continued. “This would probably show the world ‘we’re doing something, we’re integrating UN agencies into each other,’ but it’s not really what does the trick. We don’t talk about WFP or about FAO or any others, the big ships.” “I don’t know what’s on [Guterres’] mind, but again, I think we should monitor this. We should take it very seriously. But there’s no reason for panic upfront when the storm has not hit us yet.” Peter Derrek Hof of the Netherlands Ministry of Foreign Affairs said his government had prepared questions about “why not follow the transition plan that was well thought out, was well prepared.” While supporting the broader UN reform process, he added: “It doesn’t mean that on specific issues we won’t raise issues, and we will ask questions – this will be one of them.” Civil society outcry “I don’t think he was thinking at all,” Erika Castellanos (right) told the World Health Summit of UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres proposal to close USAID by 2026. The UN proposal has generated fierce resistance from civil society organizations who sit on the UNAIDS Programme Coordinating Board – the only governance structure in the UN with direct civil society representation. More than 1,000 civil society organisations have signed a letter expressing “deepest alarm” at the sunsetting proposal, noting their seat at the table had been effectively stepped over by the Secretary-General, who did not consult UNAIDS or its board before publishing the UN80 agenda. “UNAIDS must remain until new HIV infections are halted, until lifesaving HIV treatment reaches all who need it, and until the human rights of all people living with and affected by HIV are fully safeguarded,” the letter states. “Preserving UNAIDS is about saving lives, and to propose sunsetting it now is profoundly dangerous and a betrayal of the global goal to end AIDS by 2030,” the groups said. “Any restructuring must strengthen – not weaken – the HIV response, human rights, community leadership, and accountability.” The exclusion of civil society from the UN80 process carries particular sting, given the history of the AIDS crisis. When governments worldwide ignored the epidemic in the 1980s as it killed millions, dismissing it as a “gay plague”, it was grassroots activists who forced the issue onto the political agenda, staged “die-ins” at pharmaceutical companies to demand treatment access, and ultimately shaped the unprecedented global response that created institutions like UNAIDS and the Global Fund. 🚨 The HIV response is in crisis. Funding cuts, rising infections & deaths—and now the UN SG plans to sunset @UNAIDS in 2026.We say NO. This is a betrayal of the 2030 goal to #EndAIDS.✍️ Sign on: https://t.co/zrk1I2SRiXRead our statement: https://t.co/gKIxvo7CRl#SaveUNAIDS pic.twitter.com/QAnjQpi12v — NGO DELEGATION TO THE UNAIDS PCB (@ngopcb) September 19, 2025 “I come from that time where we took to the streets, where we threw red paint on politicians, where we went into parliament with coffins,” said Erika Castellanos, a civil society representative. “And because of that action with the global community, the international community ended up with institutions like the Global Fund and UNAIDS.” “We need to have an institution at the highest level, at the UN level, where the participation and engagement of community is preserved to the level it is now,” Castellanos said. “Whatever we create or redesign needs to keep communities in decision-making seats with equal power. Otherwise, representation goes back to tokenistic.” The move also reflects a broader trend across the UN system, where civil society access has been shrinking in both Geneva and New York. The recent plastics treaty negotiations saw civil society representatives largely stonewalled, while Brazil’s COP30 climate summit is expected to draw record-low civil society participation – a retreat from the open multilateralism that defined earlier UN processes. Calling out the euphemistic language of the proposal, Clemens Gros, another civil society representative, compared “sunsetting” to SpaceX’s description of a rocket explosion as “rapid unscheduled disassembly.” “Sun setting the organization would effectively mean it will not be there anymore once it’s beyond the horizon,” he said. UN80: Response to ‘severe pressure’ The UN80 Initiative is a blueprint for streamlining the United Nations amid a deep funding crisis led by Secretary-General António Guterres. The UNAIDS proposal sits within a wider UN80 reform initiative launched by Guterres in March as the body marks its 80th anniversary. The “Shifting Paradigms: United to Deliver” report, released on 18 September at the General Assembly in New York, proposes numerous mergers and consolidations across the UN system. Among the proposals: merging the UN Population Fund and UN Women “to create a unified voice and platform on gender equality and women’s rights.” The reforms are widely seen as a response to severe funding pressures—particularly US aid cuts under the Trump administration—though Guterres has denied this. Informal discussions have also circulated about potentially merging the two largest non-UN health agencies, Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance and the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, though the agencies themselves have emphasized closer collaboration over outright merger. For now, member states and agency leadership are left navigating between two competing visions: the gradual, community-informed transformation UNAIDS had charted for itself, and the abrupt 2026 closure proposed in the UN80 plan. “We went from street rioters to policy makers because we were forced to take that role,” Castellanos said. “We finally arrive at a place where we have a seat at the table, and often the privilege and honor to lead that table.” “This hasn’t come easily. It’s with a lot of pain and suffering, and a lot of people who have done a lot of amazing work before us. So I find it a little bit irresponsible and a little bit too naive, perhaps, to think that we can shift gears suddenly without a planned process.” Image Credits: https://www.flickr.com/photos/22539273@N00/50637583117, Patrick Gruban. Drive to Include Pregnant and Breastfeeding Women and Children in Clinical Trials 17/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan The first woman with malaria in her first trimester of pregnancy was enrolled in a clinical trial to compare three different malaria treatment regimens in Mali on 6 October 2025. The first pregnant woman with malaria was enrolled in a clinical trial in Mali to compare three different malaria treatment regimens earlier this month – a historic event as pregnant and breastfeeding women and babies are seldom included in clinical trials despite being more vulnerable to several illnesses. But there is growing momentum for including “under-represented groups” in clinical trials to ensure that medicines developed are suitable for all those who need them most. Malaria in pregnancy is responsible for around 20% of stillbirths and 11% of all newborn deaths in sub‑Saharan Africa, as well as some 10,000 maternal deaths globally each year. It can also cause severe maternal anaemia, miscarriage, stillbirth, preterm delivery and low birthweight. Back in 1998, the World Health Organization (WHO) recommended artemisinin-based combination therapy (ACT) as the standard of care for malaria – but it only updated its guidelines for malaria to include pregnant women in their first trimester in 2022, according to Dr Myriam El Gaaloul, head of clinical and regulatory sciences at Medicines for Malaria Venture. “With the threat of emerging resistance to malaria drugs, alternatives are needed, and I think we all agree that we cannot afford to wait for another quarter of century [for treatment for pregnant women],” El Gaaloul told a webinar on under-represented populations in clinical trials, hosted by the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations (IFPMA) as part of its African Regulatory Conference. The trial, which will also run in Kenya and Burkina Faso, is an initiative of the Safety of Anti-malarials in the First Trimester (SAFIRE) Consortium, with El Ghaloul as its principal investigator. Preparation for the trial started in 2023 and involved getting ethical clearance in all three countries and holding meetings with regulators, said El Ghaloul. Ethical considerations Dr Jacqueline Kitulu, incoming president of the World Medical Association. Dr Jacqueline Kitulu, the incoming president of the World Medical Association (WMA), told the webinar that excluding under-represented groups “generates several ethical harms”, including the risk that “clinical decisions are built on non-generalisable data”. She defined these groups as “women, including the pregnant ones, older adults, children, people with disabilities, indigenous and marginalised populations and those in conflict settings”. “Exclusion can cause harm when interventions are later rolled out without safety or dosage data for larger segments of the population who are really excluded or under-represented groups,” Kitulu explained. The WMA developed the Helsinki Declaration 61 years ago to guide research on human subjects, and this remains the cornerstone for researchers. Mercury Shitindo, executive director of the Africa Bioethics Network, said there needs to be a shift in thinking: “We are not protecting people from research, but we are working on ways to protect people through research.” “This particular shift requires not only including under-represented populations in trials, but also ensuring that our regulatory systems and community policies are at the centre of how research is designed, conducted and shared.” Mercury Shitindo, executive director of the Africa Bioethics Network. Runcie Chidebe, founder of Project PINK BLUE, a Nigerian cancer awareness and patient advocacy organisation, said that Africa only hosts 4% of global clinical trials, although it makes up almost 19% of the world’s population. He knew of only one oncology clinical trial in Africa at present, and said that clinical trials for treatments for metastatic cerebral and cervical cancer mental had involved “95% white people”. Evolving international policy On 7 October, the WHO launched the Global Clinical Trial Forum (GCTF) to strengthen the clinical trial ecosystem, Martina Penazzato, WHO lead of Global Accelerator for Paediatric Formulations (GAP-f), told the webinar. The forum is in response to a resolution from the World Health Assembly (WHA75.8), which called on WHO member states to improve the quality and coordination of clinical trials to generate high-quality evidence for health decision-making. “The WHO has also released a global action plan, with action three [of nine actions] emphasising the inclusion of under-represented populations,” said Penazzato, adding Research is underway to better define under-represented populations and the policy landscape. “The WHO has identified key barriers to paediatric clinical trial inclusion, such as ethical and regulatory frameworks, and has advocated for a more coordinated, transparent process to prioritise research in this area,” she added. Mariana Widmer, a WHO scientist in maternal and perinatal health, said that medicines need to be tested on pregnant women as “pregnancy introduces significant physiological changes”. “For example, the blood volume increases by about 40% and this affects how medicines are absorbed and processed,” said Widmer, “So medicines should be tested in pregnant women to ensure safe treatment, yet pregnant women are often excluded from trials. “Around 70% of pregnant women take prescription medicines, and most of them are off-label; therefore, excluding pregnant women poses greater risks than including them.” Meanwhile, the International Council for Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for Pharmaceuticals for Human Use (ICH) is considering guidelines to include pregnant and breastfeeding women in research, said Theresa Wang, director of Clinical Quality and Compliance Management at AstraZeneca, who spoke on behalf of IFPMA The ICH brings regulatory authorities and the pharmaceutical industry together to discuss scientific and technical aspects of pharmaceuticals. The ICH resolved to include pregnant and breastfeeding women in clinical trials in 2023, said Theresa Wang, director of Clinical Quality and Compliance Management at AstraZeneca, speaking on behalf of IFPMA. This was the second of a four-part virtual Africa Regulatory Conference webinar series hosted by the IFPMA that is open to all who are interested. The third webinar, ‘Innovative clinical trial designs and digital technologies, is on Tuesday, 21 October. Image Credits: Medicines for Malaria Venture. Global Health Leaders Urge Fewer Agencies Amid Funding Crisis 16/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Global health chiefs used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for cutting and consolidating agencies as US cuts expose a “confusing” and “fragmented” aid bureaucracy. BERLIN — Leaders of the world’s major global health institutions called for a fundamental restructuring of an aid system they described as too fragmented, duplicative and confusing, with several stating that the number of agencies must be reduced as cuts from the US and other donors force a reckoning with the labyrinthine architecture of global health funding. At the World Health Summit in Berlin this week, executives from the Global Fund, Gavi, the World Health Organization and other institutions addressed the financial crisis facing global health as the abrupt withdrawal of US aid under Donald Trump exposed structural problems that officials acknowledged had existed for years. “I do think we’re actually going to have to reduce the number of entities,” Peter Sands, executive director of the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, told participants. “The system is too fragmented. There are too many underfunded institutions. There’s too much duplication. It’s too complex. That diagnosis, I think, is pretty straightforward.” Global development assistance for health fell 21% between 2024 and 2025, driven almost entirely by a 67% drop in US financing, more than $9 billion, according to data from the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation. Tens of millions of lives, particularly among children under five and people in the world’s poorest countries, are threatened by the cuts. Germany announces $1 billion pledge to the Global Fund on the opening night of WHS 2025. The collapse in global health funding extends beyond the United States. Germany, despite pledging €1 billion to the Global Fund and emerging as WHO’s largest donor, has cut its overall development assistance. France and the UK, also major funders, have joined rich countries across the board in reducing aid budgets. EU member states face competing pressures from the war in Ukraine and heightened security concerns following recent Russian provocations inside and near NATO borders. “On a global scale, development assistance for health was almost universally accepted as a good thing—it wasn’t politically controversial,” Joseph Dieleman, who leads IHME’s health aid tracking team, told the Council on Foreign Relations of the research. “All of a sudden, it’s very squarely political and on the chopping block.” “That’s not just a US phenomenon,” Dieleman said. “That’s global.” Global health chiefs used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for cutting and consolidating agencies as US cuts expose a “confusing” and “fragmented” aid bureaucracy. The loss of billions in health funding has put millions at risk, but officials say the crisis has also exposed deeper, long-standing flaws in the aid architecture. Health programs rely heavily on a handful of major donors — about 15 philanthropies and national governments dominate the field — so the loss of even one can trigger an immediate emergency. “In the area of HIV, when the US paused their development assistance in February, in the whole global response on the HIV/AIDS, the US was shouldering 73% of the total burden of development assistance, just one country,” said Winnie Byanyima, executive director of UNAIDS. “The rest of the world was shouldering the 27%. That wasn’t right,” she added. “That overdependence on one country, in a few countries, and overdependence of the developing countries, we have to solve it.” Officials also pointed to “mandate creep,” where multiple organizations take on overlapping roles, competing for the same funds while duplicating work, resulting in confusion and inefficient use of aid. “At the moment, if you’re somebody from outside the world of global health, it’s pretty confusing, right?” Sands said. “And there are so many cross-currents and so many acronyms, and trying to explain where you should place your bets as a new donor is not a trivial thing to do.” Axel Pries, president of the World Health Summit, said the abrupt US withdrawal “will cost lives” with “estimations that this is a double digit million figure of lives which are lost due to this very abrupt change.” “The best answer for the Global Fund is you don’t need the Global Fund,” he added. “Ultimately, if we’ve done our job on HIV, TB and Malaria well, there’s no need for it. That’s not true for the normative convening, regulatory roles of WHO which will continue, ultimately indefinitely, because that’s playing a kind of global public good role for the world.” The majority of global health institutions are funded through sequential “replenishment” fundraising campaigns, often concurrent, creating competition for finite resources that now extends across the broader humanitarian world. As funds dwindle, streamlining and coordination in aid efforts become crucial to maximise what funds remain. “Is the current model of replenishment sustainable? I don’t think it’s sustainable going forward,” said Sania Nishtar, chief executive of Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance. “Whatever all of us have been able to achieve, it is because of the generosity of the donors … We do not have a divine right to funding.” In 2024, the UN and partner organizations appealed for $46.4 billion to assist 180.5 million people across 72 countries—funding that health agencies must now compete for and convince policymakers to support. “It is cliché, but a crisis is a chance,” Nishtar said. “Now is the time for us to come together and align behind a movement to draw new parameters.” “We are radically recalibrating our programs. We understand that these changes are irreversible,” the Gavi chief concluded. “There’s got to be far less agencies in the ecosystem. This fragmentation and duplication really needs to come to an end.” Without warning Elon Musk, who was named a “special government employee” by the Trump administration, secured the president’s backing to eliminate USAID, the country’s foreign aid agency, sending shockwaves through global humanitarian efforts. The abrupt termination of US foreign aid, which has hit health programmes particularly hard, cast a long shadow over the chandeliers and canapés adorning World Health Summit proceedings at the Berlin InterContinental hotel, though participants largely avoided direct criticism of Washington. Multiple panels on restructuring global health finance over the three-day conference avoided mentioning the US or President Donald Trump by name, instead speaking obliquely of the need for “innovative finance” and addressing funding gaps that now total tens of billions of dollars across major institutions including the WHO, Gavi and the Global Fund. “The US has every right to use its money the way it wants. I don’t think anyone can criticize the US for withdrawing its funds or withdrawing its support,” WHO chief Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told participants via video-link from Sri-Lanka. “But one thing that could have been done is there could have been a transition or an exit strategy, for instance, about six to 12 months,” Tedros added. “Then, countries who have been benefiting from the US generous support could have prepared themselves.” Research published in The Lancet estimates USAID programs have saved over 90 million lives over the past two decades, including 30.4 million children under the age of five. As many as 14 million additional preventable deaths could take place by 2030 if gaps created by US programme cuts are not closed. Later in the exchange, while acknowledging US sovereignty over its funding decisions, the WHO acknowledged that reality head-on. “People have died,” Tedros said. “If there was some exit strategy, we wouldn’t have people dying because of the withdrawal of the US funding.” “The abrupt US withdrawal will cost lives,” Axel Pries, president of the World Health Summit, said. “Estimations are that this is a double-digit million figure of lives which are lost due to this very abrupt change. On the other hand, it also exposed that our system had some kind of crackability already. It was not only this last push, it was already a system which needed a renewal.” Already falling short “Funding Drops Across Most Health Organizations From 2024 to 2025: Development banks and the Gates Foundation maintained their funds for health development assistance, but agencies such as the World Health Organization experienced large losses,” according to Think Global Health statistics. Even before the cuts, global health institutions were falling short of their targets, a pattern mirrored across humanitarian, refugee and climate financing. The global fight against HIV, tuberculosis and malaria faces a $29.4 billion gap for 2027-2029 across domestic financing, external donors and the Global Fund combined. The Global Fund contributes roughly 13% of total global funding for these three diseases and has already warned countries that current grants for 2025-2026 might face an average 11% cut due to an estimated $1.4 billion gap from donors not meeting pledges. “Global health has been very much anchored in global solidarity — countries agreeing to work together to deliver on health, and it’s been driven very much by aid for the developing countries,” Byanyima said. “But now we’re seeing that aid tumbling very fast — that suddenness, that rapid decline, is costing lives. Let’s be clear about that: people are dying.” Gavi secured more than $9 billion at its June replenishment summit but remains $2.9 billion short of its $11.9 billion target. Officials warned this shortfall could result in 75 million children missing routine vaccinations over the next five years and 1.2 million child deaths. Overall resource needs and projected available resources for HIV, TB and malaria in countries where the Global Fund invests. The Pandemic Fund—a multilateral mechanism established in 2022 by the G20—requires an estimated $2 billion in additional resources for 2025-2027. A further $15 billion in annual global spending on pandemic preparedness — or 0.1-0.2% of GDP and 0.5-1% of security and defence budgets — was recommended by a report from the WHO-hosted Global Pandemic Monitoring Board released in Berlin. WHO faces the largest proportional crisis: it is short nearly $1.9 billion from a planned $4.2 billion budget for 2026-27, meaning it lacks nearly 45% of the needed funding. Amid the funding drought, forcing many UN agencies from headquarters, to the UN Refugee Programme, to UNICEF and more to cut staff and operations by up to 55%, Sands warned that a simple restructuring will not solve the crisis alone. “Rearranging the boxes of the global health ecosystem is a useful thing to do and a necessary thing to do,” he said. “But it isn’t going to fill the fundamental gaps in financing. So we should do it, but we shouldn’t use it as a sort of displacement activity for actually mobilizing the money we need.” “The worst outcome here is that we invest a lot of our energies having long conversations and lots of meetings about all of this and then do nothing,” Sands concluded. “And two years from now, we’re not where you said we would be with a radically changed system. That would be a waste of time.” Death and defence German Health Minister Nina Warken addresses the World Health Summit in Berlin. Yet while aid budgets shrink, defense spending has been easier to find on government balance sheets, seeing a global surge last year from major aid donor nations as geopolitical tensions rattle capitals. EU member states’ defense expenditure reached €343 billion in 2024, and is expected to rise to €381 billion in 2025—a 19% increase from the previous year and 37% higher than 2021. The US defense budget was approximately $874 billion in 2024. “We face a world of national reflexes and shrinking budgets, of leading headlines and contested facts,” Nina Warken, Germany’s health minister, told the summit. “Global health politics is pressed to justify itself.” “Health is no place for the lone wolf, because national health topics are often linked to the global level,” Warken added. “It is in our very own interest to strengthen these topics at an international level.” The increases come as millions of preventable deaths occur worldwide from diseases that cost relatively little to treat or prevent. The $9 billion pricetag cost to fill the US-sized gap in global health funding, in perspective, is about 2.4 % of EU defence spending and about 0.66 % of the combined EU-US defence outlays. “While we know we’re at a particular moment in time with financing for global solidarity now, the truth is funding pressures have long been there,” Helen Clark, former New Zealand prime minister and UN Development Programme administrator, said. “There is a competition for resources between the different sets of actors.” Preliminary estimates of relative reduction in total health spending due to reduceddevelopment assistance for health, 2024–2025. The resources to allay the funding crisis are not confined to traditional Western aid budgets. Around 200 individuals with net worths exceeding $10 billion collectively hold approximately $5 trillion—enough to fund the current shortfall for over 500 years with money to spare. China’s annual government expenditure, estimated at $6-7 trillion, would absorb the $9 billion gap as roughly 0.13% of its budget. Saudi Arabia’s Public Investment Fund, with assets estimated at $1 trillion, could sustain current global health funding levels for over a century. The kingdom’s recent investments in sports properties—including an estimated $10 billion across ventures such as LIV Golf, Newcastle United, and various international tournaments—exceed the immediate global health financing need. Yet mobilising such resources remains a complex diplomatic and political challenge, further complicated by questions of how aid should be spent. “In the final analysis, food, water, medicine to keep people alive is a compelling narrative,” Clark said. “That can absorb an overwhelming amount of resources that doesn’t really leave that much for putting in place the building blocks for more resilient health systems.” African push for sovereignty clouded by debt African leaders used the summit to accelerate demands for greater independence from donor systems. “Africa is ready. We don’t want to be invited,” Jean Kaseya, director-general of the Africa Centres for Disease Control and Prevention, told attendees. “We are the co-creators of this global architecture.” “The money that we are creating, that we are leveraging, must flow through the regional pool procurement mechanism, especially to regional manufacturers, because we need an incentive to them,” Kaseya said. “Someone was telling me, there is no market in Africa. No way we have 1.4 billion people. This is the biggest market.” In September, African health ministers released the Accra Agenda—a comprehensive financing strategy emphasizing domestic resources, innovative mechanisms and local manufacturing. The initiative, led by Ghana’s President John Dramani Mahama, aims to declare an end to development-as-usual. Yet the push echoes the 2001 Abuja Declaration, in which African Union leaders pledged to allocate 15% of government budgets to health—a target only two countries of the AU’s 55 nations, South Africa and Cabo Verde, met in 2021. The average across the AU was 7.35% of national budgets, half the benchmark agreed in Nigeria 24 years ago. “In the end, national actors are the ones who are going to carry their countries forward,” Clark said. “We have to put the emphasis on how we support them to do their jobs.” WHO Chief Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus addressed the 2025 WHS. Pressed on how the WHO would support countries affected by the global aid cuts, Tedros insisted they possessed the capacity for self-reliance. “All developing countries, what they need is not charity. What they need is fair terms, fair terms in investment, fair terms in trade, and fair terms in taking loans from the market,” he said. Yet as the IMF and World Bank hold their annual meetings in Washington this week, the prospect of self-reliance appears increasingly remote for many developing nations. Low-income countries, on average, depend on foreign aid for one-third of their national health spending. Eight of the world’s poorest countries—South Sudan, Somalia, Democratic Republic of Congo, Liberia, Afghanistan, Sudan, Uganda and Ethiopia—rely on USAID for over 20% of their total foreign assistance. Facing their highest debt burdens in decades, many of the world’s poorest nations are unlikely to be able to compensate for the budget hole blown open by USAID’s withdrawal. The 121 low- and middle-income governments for which there are figures spent an average of 10.7% of government revenue on public health systems, compared to 12.2% on external debt payments in 2019. Research by Debt Justice, released ahead of the meetings, found that 11 lower-income countries denied debt relief by the IMF have been forced to enact “drastic” cuts to health spending by 18% and education by 16% while maintaining debt payments to wealthy creditors. In these countries—including Argentina, Egypt, Kenya, Mozambique and Pakistan—real public spending per person has been cut by 10% on average, while GDP growth per person averaged just 1.2%, less than half the average for countries in the global South. “The countries most dependent on development assistance are also the least capable of filling the gap,” Dieleman said. “The shift has been felt most acutely in low-income countries where disease burdens are high, particularly those in sub-Saharan Africa.” The call for developing countries to increase domestic health spending confronts a debt crisis that makes such investments nearly impossible for many governments. More than 60 countries worldwide now spend more on debt service than on their health systems. “The first thing we need to do is to organize a planned, a responsible transition from a model of aid,” Byanyima said. “We’ve seen the vulnerabilities of aid, and now we want to go away from that. But we must do it in an orderly way that’s not costing lives.” Image Credits: World Health Summit, White House , Thinking Global Health, IHME. ‘Breaking Down Silos’: Global Health Matters Podcast Marks Five Years of Cross-Cutting Conversations 15/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Dr Garry Aslanyan is the executive producer and host of the Global Health Matters podcast. At the World Health Summit in Berlin, the Global Health Matters podcast celebrated a milestone anniversary with a live recording exploring misinformation, the power of social media shaping information, and the future of health communication BERLIN — Five years ago, in a field not exactly known for its podcasting, Dr Garry Aslanyan spotted a gap. Global health, for all its conferences, scientific papers and panel discussions, lacked spaces for dialogue that could transcend disciplinary boundaries. So he started one. “A lot of the information in global health is quite siloized,” Aslanyan, the podcast’s founder, told Health Policy Watch in a recent interview at the World Health Summit, where the show recorded its fifth-anniversary episode. “We look at things that are more cross-cutting. People who are not working in an area could listen to the episode and get inspired by how they dealt with something in another context.” The approach has resonated. With over 130,000 downloads across more than 180 countries, Global Health Matters has become a platform bringing together voices ranging from former Médecins Sans Frontières president Joanne Liu to Wellcome CEO Jan-Arne Rottingen, alongside lesser-known innovators, scientists, authors, academics and public health officials whose work might otherwise go unheard by the broader scientific community. The long-form interview format, Aslanyan explained, allows listeners to understand not just what experts do, but their motivations and experiences: what their personal journey was, why they decided to pursue their work, and the contexts shaping their perspectives. “We don’t really have a chance to know who they are,” Aslanyan said. “Where they work, how their context is, what it means to them.” “We know the general public is probably not our main audience, but in terms of destroying silos between different parts of global health… we’re covering everything,” he added. “We’re doing it with different perspectives, so I think we’ve overcome [those divisions].” Kissing bugs Founded five years ago, the Global Health Matters podcast now has over 120,000 downloads across 180+ countries, making it a leading platform for conversations, diverse voices, and real-world insights in global health. One interview with essayist, memoirist and journalist Daisy Hernández stands out to Aslanyan as exemplifying what his podcast is after. Far from the corridors of the World Health Organization in Geneva, Hernández wrote a memoir about Chagas disease woven through her family’s story—a book most global health professionals could easily miss. “For many listeners, they would never pick up that book,” Aslanyan said. “But the way she presented the story really incorporated the disease, the system, the culture, the environment, and the lack of understanding of these kinds of diseases in developed countries.” Chagas disease, caused by a parasite transmitted mostly through the “kissing bug” Triatominae, which thrives inside the mud or concrete walls and floors of poor dwellings in Latin America, was barely recognized by physicians in the United States and Europe until recently. Doctors misdiagnosed it as simple heart problems. Hernández’s narrative approach made visible what technical papers couldn’t: how a neglected disease, medical system failures, and immigrant experiences collided to lead a family and community affected by the disease with little understanding of its true causes. The experience of Chagas disease, and Hernandez’s power to communicate it through story, also ties deeply with the work of TDR, the Special Programme for Research and Training in Tropical Diseases, where Aslanyan works. The conversation was a reminder to global health professionals to “go beyond our public health silos and to present our work in a way that motivates experts, policy-makers and lay audiences towards greater action,” the episode description wrote — a mission statement for what Aslanyan is trying to achieve, and a narrative vision to achieve TDR’s raison d’être: improving the health vulnerable of burdened by infectious diseases. To inform or to misinform The podcast’s five-year anniversary recording on the opening day of Berlin’s World Health Summit tackled one of global health’s most urgent challenges: ensuring accurate health information reaches those who need it. The live session on “Bridging the Knowledge Divide” featured Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance, and Monica Bharel, Google’s clinical lead for Public Health, in a discussion that laid bare both progress and persistent problems. “When I first started working, everything was written by hand,” Phumaphi recalled, describing her early career years in health systems decades earlier. “You only had one source of information—the World Health Organization. You didn’t have to search to find out which source is right and which one is wrong.” “There are so many sources of information, and it’s very, very confusing,” Phumaphi said of the current landscape. “We have rogue scientists and rogue medical practitioners who spread disinformation. And there’s misinformation, which is a little bit more innocent but can do as much damage.” Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance, speaks at the 5th anniversary event in Berlin. “Misinformation is always mixed with a little bit of truth, which is why it misleads,” she explained. “But what it does is that it kills people. Non-vaccinated people died during COVID. Children who don’t have measles vaccines die. Children who are not sleeping under mosquito nets die from malaria.” In Mozambique’s Zambezia province earlier this year, misinformation claiming that government-distributed mosquito nets spread cholera led to violent attacks on health centers, leaving one person dead. Communities blamed health workers for a cholera outbreak. Provincial officials had to conduct emergency visits urging residents to stop attacking the health workers attempting to help them. The misinformation challenge has grown particularly acute in an era when figures like Robert F. Kennedy Jr. now hold positions of global influence. Kennedy, who built his political profile as leader of Children’s Health Defense, the world’s largest anti-vaccine organization which led the crusade against COVID-19 vaccination in the pandemic, now installed atop the US health system. In recent months, Kennedy has overhauled US vaccine schedule requirements, claimed circumcision causes autism, and eliminated federal funding for COVID vaccines for uninsured children and pregnant women. Google health HQ Monica Bharel is the clinical lead for public sector health at Google, which fields 90% of global searches and owns Youtube. Against that landscape, the social media platforms operated by tech companies like Google, Meta and others, are playing an outsize role in health information – and thus facing an increasingly heavy burden of responsibility as well. “Two hundred billion health queries are made on YouTube annually,” Google’s Bharel noted during the panel. Across Google’s search engine—which handles approximately 90% of all search queries globally—over one billion health-related searches occur every day, translating to more than 365 billion annually, she said. Three out of four Americans, Bharel added, begin their “health journey” with an internet search. Google and YouTube have implemented systems to elevate “trusted voices,” requiring healthcare professionals to show proof of licensure to be featured in prominent health information sections. The companies rank content using what Bharel described as “expertise, experience, authority, and trust” metrics, and now employ AI-powered overviews to provide summarized answers alongside traditional search results. “We want to flood the system with high-quality information,” Bharel said, describing Google’s approach. Yet the architecture of these platforms, and the massive flow of exchange, means misinformation is always nearby, often driven by emotional testimonials or shocking statistics that draw users’ attention but lack the evidence base of peer-reviewed scientific studies and authoritative sources. A study published in the medical journal BMC Public Health breaks down how many people seek health advice from Google’s YouTube platform. “I think that approach is very good, but in order to make it more useful to our communities, I would like a [social media] system like [Google’s] that to be endorsed by WHO and national health authorities around the world,” Phumaphi said, voicing a concern shared by many public health professionals. The disconnect between information availability and actual reach from validated sources remains a major challenge for the health world. The World Health Organization, for instance, uploads multiple videos weekly that garner fewer than 20 views on YouTube. Just last month, a new United Nations report found that UN reports are not widely read, showing the challenge of communicating complex and accurate information continues to be a major sticking point beyond the health world. “Many people are not influenced by WHO, they are influenced by what they see,” Phumaphi observed. In Africa, she noted, traditional and religious leaders also continue to serve as “influencers” – and their views are often far more powerful than international health organizations. The problem extends beyond misinformation to what Bahrel termed being “misinformed”—people lacking complete information to make good decisions about their health. Information, the panelists agreed, has become a social determinant of health itself—as critical as access to food, clean water, or healthcare professionals. “There’s also a language barrier between scientists and health experts and normal people,” one audience member noted during the Q&A. “A fundamental communications problem.” Looking ahead Season 5 is coming 🎉What topics should we dive into next on the #GlobalHealthMatters podcast?📝 Fill out our listener survey 👉 https://t.co/acJOhPURnk💬 Or comment below with your ideas — we’re listening! pic.twitter.com/hNBug5xvaZ — TDR (@TDRnews) October 15, 2025 As the podcast enters its fifth season, Aslanyan is pushing toward what he describes as more “provocative” territory. He envisions creating space for global health opinion-makers to debate contentious issues the field typically avoids. Like a political talk show, but focused on policy questions that shape billions of lives, he said. He envisions seeing “more of a consistent sort of episodes and places where very neutral, experienced global health opinion makers can discuss global health issues together,” Aslanyan explained. The difficulty, he acknowledged, will be maintaining neutrality while hosting a platform that can provide space for the respectful exchange of different views. How the podcast can thread that needle remains to be seen. But in a field increasingly dominated by silos, polarization, and platform power, the journey of Global Health Matters will continue to add value to viewers in the global health domain. “We go through either sanitized kind of things to sometimes extreme, polarized stories,” Aslanyan said. “But we should have a neutral platform. I hope—well, it’s my dream.” Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
‘Make Europe Healthy Again’ Launch is Dominated by Anti-Vaxxers and Far Right Politicians 22/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan Keynote speakers at the ‘Make Europe Health Again’ (MEHA) launch: András László, president of Patriots for Europe Foundation (PfEF) and Hungarian Member of the European Parliament (MEP) ; MAHA leader Dr Robert Malone; PfEF’s Gerald Hauser, an Austrian MEP from the far-right Freedom Party of Austria; Dr Aseem Malhotra and MEHA’s founder and president, Dr Maria Hubmer-Mogg. The Make Europe Healthy Again (MEHA) launch at the European Parliament in Brussels last week brought together what is now a familiar alliance of far-right politicians, anti-vaxxers and alternative health practitioners. Leaders of Make America Health Again (MAHA), the movement behind US Health Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr, were prominent at the launch, and several are members of MEHA’s steering committee and international advisory board. The Patriots for Europe Foundation, a right-wing alliance led by the Hungarian government, hosted the launch. MEHA’s mission is to “nurture a Europe where people reclaim their power, their voice, their health, and their traditions”. MEHA’s mission statement adds: “By protecting the essentials of life – clean food, water, air, earth, space, and safe communities – we help to empower nations to build supportive systems that break cycles of chronic disease, promote vitality, and honour culture, sovereignty, peace, and human dignity.” MEHA’s founder and president, Dr Maria Hubmer-Mogg. MEHA’s founder and president, Dr Maria Hubmer-Mogg, is an anti-vaccine campaigner and far-right Austrian politician who has opposed European Union (EU) sanctions on Russia and wants tougher immigration policies. She claims that a large number of people are suffering from “post-vaccine syndrome” since COVID-19, and is opposed to the World Health Organization (WHO). MEHA’s vice-president is Dutch politician Rob Roos, vice-chair of the European Conservatives and Reformists Group until mid-2024, when his term as a Member of the European Parliament (MEP) ended. MEHA lists the Global Wellness Forum (GWF) as its “partner”, and GWF co-founder Sayer Ji is on MEHA’s steering committee. Ji campaigned against vaccine mandates during the pandemic alongside other GWF leaders, including osteopath Sherri Tenpenny, identified as one of the most prolific sources of anti-vax information on social media during COVID-19. Tenpenny had her medical license suspended after claiming that the COVID-19 vaccine “magnetised” people. The MEHA 17-person steering committee is dominated by European anti-vaxxers, including Dr Aseem Malhotra. MAHA leader Dr Robert Malone addressing the MEHA launch. Seven of the steering committee are Americans, including MAHA leader Dr Robert Malone, who Kennedy controversially appointed to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP) after he fired all 17 existing members. Malone has promoted several false and alarmist claims about COVID-19 vaccines, and promoted the use of hydroxychloroquine and Ivermectin as SARS-CO-V2 treatments despite numerous studies showing they did not work. Recently, Malone controversially claimed that an eight-year-old child, Daisy Hildebrand, who died of measles in Texas had died of sepsis and blamed a medical institution for mismanaging her illness. Others Americans on the steering committee include Mary Holland, CEO of Children’s Health Defense, the anti-vaccine organisation started by Kennedy; Tony Lyons, MAHA political action committee (PAC) co-chair; Reggie Littlejohn, an anti-abortion and “anti-globalist” campaigner, and Tom Harrington from the right-wing think-tank Brownstone Institute, which became an important bridge between conservative supporters of Donald Trump and anti-vax libertarians during the COVID-19 pandemic. Australian local councillor Adrian McRae, who campaigned against the COVID-19 vaccine and is known for his pro-Russian views, is also on the advisory committee. Australian MEHA advisory board member Adrian McRae ‘Totalitarianism’ Speakers at the launch stressed the need to break the influence of the pharmaceutical industry over health, and railed against the “totalitarianism” of “unelected globalist” institutions, including the WHO and the European Commission. Hubmer-Mogg called for the European Medicines Agency (EMA) to be funded by the EU not pharmaceutical companies. Over 90% of the EMA’s operating costs are covered by fees charged to companies for the evaluation of their applications for marketing authorisation and monitoring the safety of medicines, and for scientific advisory services. However, MEHA does not want pharmaceutical companies to conduct clinical trials on medicines, although it is these companies that develop and will ultimately profit from new medicines. “No more conflict of interest, no more concealment of side effects, no more pharma-financed studies,” Hubmer-Mogg concluded. Malhotra built on this theme, claiming in an hour-long keynote address that “evidence-based medicine… has become an illusion. It has become hijacked by powerful commercial vested interests, and the degree of influence of these commercial interests also means that we have created a pandemic of misinformed doctors and, unwittingly, misinformed and harmed patients”. Steering committee member Mattias Desmet told the launch that the WHO’s One Health policy was “evidence” of a “globalist institution” trying to impose its one-size-fits-all approach to health. However, One Health simply refers to the recognition that the health of people, animals and ecosystems are closely linked and often need to be addressed together – particularly to prevent zoonotic spillover and growing antibiotic resistance. During the pandemic, Desmet, a Belgian psychologist, claimed that official government policies on the COVID-19 pandemic were “collective insanity” that he called “mass formation”. Malaria Resurgence Could Kill Nearly One Million by 2030 as Funding Cuts Hit 21/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Global Fund chief warns disease now his greatest concern among major killers as new analysis shows 750,000 children at risk. BERLIN – The head of the world’s largest malaria funder has issued a stark warning that the disease now poses a greater threat than HIV or tuberculosis, as a new analysis released Tuesday reveals funding cuts could trigger 990,000 additional deaths by 2030, including 750,000 children under five. “If I think about the situation we face right now on HIV, TB and Malaria, the one that keeps me awake at night is malaria,” Peter Sands, executive director of the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, told scientists and advocates at the World Health Summit in Berlin last week. “It’s pretty clear to me that this year more people will die of malaria than last year,” Sands said. “The disruptions in funding have had that impact, and malaria is such an unforgiving disease that it reacts incredibly quickly.” The report by the African Leaders Malaria Alliance (ALMA) and the NGO Malaria No More UK warns that a malaria resurgence could result in 525 million additional cases and wipe $83 billion from sub-Saharan Africa’s GDP by the end of the decade, killing an additional 165,000 people, most of them children, every year. “The choice is clear: invest now to end malaria or pay far more when it returns,” said Gareth Jenkins of Malaria No More UK. “Cutting funding risks the deadliest resurgence we’ve ever seen.” The findings highlight a critical juncture in the centuries-long battle against a disease that currently claims 597,000 lives annually, with 95% of malaria deaths occurring in Africa and three-quarters of victims being children under five, according to WHO data. “If we fail to act, malaria could steal Africa’s children, and $83 billion of our future GDP,” President Advocate Duma Gideon Boko, President of the Republic of Botswana, said of the findings. As the Global Fund prepares for its November replenishment summit in South Africa, the analysis models different funding scenarios ahead of the event, where donors will determine contributions for 2027 to 2029. The Fund channels 59% of all international financing for malaria control, such as mosquito nets, treatment drugs, and vaccines, to low-and middle-income countries. “We are really at a very momentous time in human history,” said Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of ALMA. “There are tools that are available that can actually facilitate the elimination of malaria. One of our biggest challenges at the moment is financing.” Yet the current trajectory suggests the opposite of elimination, the Global Fund chief warned. “At the moment, what we’re doing with malaria is we’re making malaria sustainable,” Sands said. “We’re spending enough to reduce the number of lives that are being lost, but we’re not actually breaking the transmission cycle.” “If anything,” Sands added, “it’s going the wrong way.” ‘Pandemic preparedness hats’ Global Fund Executive Director Peter Sands (center) accepts a $1 billion pledge from Germany on the opening night of WHS 2025. At a pandemic preparedness meeting during the summit focused on potential future disease threats, Sands said he was struck by how much attention novel pathogens receive compared to malaria, which is killing hundreds of thousands each year. “In many African countries, the biggest health emergency right now is the upsurge in malaria,” he said. “And you’ve got all these people wearing pandemic preparedness hats who are sort of worrying about Marburg and Ebola and all that stuff – which is fine, those are legitimate threats – none of them, if you take a country like DRC, are going to kill remotely as many people as malaria.” The data on Malaria’s resurgence bear out his assessment. Cases rose to 263 million in 2023, the latest year for which data is available, an increase of 11 million from the previous year, according to the World Health Organization’s 2024 World Malaria Report. “The WHO African region still accounts for over 95% of global malaria cases and deaths,” Maru Aregawi Weldedawit, unit head of WHO’s Global Malaria Programme, told the summit by video link. “Even in the region, 11 countries account for over 70% of the global burden. Progress has stalled and in some settings reversed, with significant setbacks placing the 2030 global technical strategy targets at serious risk.” “In 2023 alone, Africa recorded 249 million cases and 569,000 deaths, more than the combined deaths from all multiplying diseases such as cholera, measles, yellow fever, meningitis and viral hemorrhagic fevers,” Weldedawit added. “Yet malaria is still managed as a routine illness despite being the leading infectious killer on the continent today.” Working toolkit, missing money The funding crisis runs deep across the global health world, but is particularly severe for malaria. Only $4 billion was mobilized for malaria in 2023 against a needed $8.3 billion, according to WHO data. Germany’s pledge last week of €1 billion to the Global Fund represents a 23% cut from its previous commitment. The UK, another leading funder of the fight against malaria, is reportedly considering a similar 20% reduction. “The thing with a disease like malaria is we don’t have to drop by very much in terms of investments in order for cases to spiral out of control,” Phumaphi warned. “If we don’t sustain the same level of coverage, we are going to have a crisis.” The Trump administration’s gutting of USAID has deepened that threat. Internal USAID memos warned that permanently halting the President’s Malaria Initiative could cause an additional 12.5 to 17.9 million cases and 71,000 to 166,000 deaths annually, a 39.1% increase from current levels. “We need some of that same sense of urgency around what the risks are with malaria right now, as we have whenever we have an outbreak of one of these other new threats,” Sands said. “The current toolkit works, but you need to get a critical level of funding. Crudely speaking, my view is you need roughly twice as much funding per capita.” Drug resistance and climate converge A young girl reads under a malaria bednet. Photo: UNDP As funding falters, new biological threats are emerging. Professor Isabella Oyier, head of the Biosciences Department at Kenya’s KEMRI-Wellcome Trust Research Program, is tracking the spread of drug-resistant malaria parasites across East Africa through genomic surveillance. “We’re seeing these variants that are allowing the parasite to escape treatment,” Oyier explained at a side event focused on African scientific leadership. “When an individual comes to a health facility, they will be given an anti-malarial drug, but they will not clear their fever, and they’ll still, two to three days after treatment, have parasites in their bloodstream.” “The treatment is failing because the parasite has developed mechanisms to escape,” she said. Partial resistance to artemisinin, the backbone of current malaria treatment, has been confirmed in Rwanda, Uganda, Tanzania, and Eritrea, with signals detected in Ethiopia and Zambia, according to WHO data. The spread of resistance echoes the chloroquine resistance crisis that emerged decades ago, when the malaria parasite’s ability to evade that once-effective drug forced the development of entirely new treatment approaches, including the artemisinin-based therapies now facing their own resistance challenges. “That issue of resistance and the need for new tools is something that’s extremely important for us to talk about,” Dr Ngashi Ngongo, Chief of Staff at Africa CDC, told the summit, adding that with current low coverage rates, “if you have an intervention that is 50% effective, you can’t be satisfied with 59% of children sleeping underneath nets.” “Take 59% of 50%, what does it give you? It’s about 30% of children that are protected,” he said. “No wonder every year we are seeing increasing numbers of cases.” Oyier’s genomic surveillance work with national malaria control programs has led to the introduction of multiple first-line treatments in East Africa, a strategy designed to outmanoeuvre the parasite by rotating different drug combinations and sequencing the malaria parasite’s genome to identify resistance markers before they become widespread. “Part of the work I do is using genomic surveillance, working with the National Malaria Control Programme to set up an early warning system so that we can identify these variants,” Oyier explained. “So that they can then have a response plan and figure out what policy changes they need to make,” she said, noting that generating data locally allows for faster integration with health ministries and more agile national responses. At the beginning of this month, East African countries began rolling out multiple first-line treatment protocols based on this surveillance data, she said. “At the beginning of September, they are looking at introducing what we call multiple first-line treatments, which means you want to confuse the parasite. This year I’ll give you drug A. Next year, I’ll give you a different combination, and that messes the parasite up.” “This is a historical challenge for us,” she said. “We know since chloroquine days, the parasite is going to change. So we need to stay a step ahead and be clever.” Mosquitos on the move An infant and mother under an insecticide-treated mosquito net in Ghana. Such nets remain a key prevention technique. Climate change is further exacerbating these challenges by expanding the habitats of mosquitoes. Historical data analysis published in The Lancet Planetary Health shows malaria mosquitoes in Africa have moved away from the equator by 4.7 kilometers per year over the past century and climbed 6.5 meters annually in altitude. “You have a vector that is really widespread, quite resilient, now complicated with the challenges of global warming and climate change that is actually expanding the habitat of the vector,” Ngongo said. The Lancet research projects that by 2070, an additional 4.7 billion people could be at risk of malaria or dengue as warming temperatures extend transmission seasons. “Then you have the partial effectiveness of the interventions themselves,” Ngongo added. “We’ve been pushing ITNs [insecticide-treated nets] for many years, but the effectiveness was just around 50% reduction of cases. Now, when you bring in the issues of resistance, you are further reducing the effectiveness of those interventions.” MMV: the urgency of developing next-generation treatments The funding challenges are not just for existing tools. In view of the growing resistance to existing drugs, the urgency of developing next-generation treatments is even greater, Dr Martin Fitchet, CEO of Medicines for Malaria Venture, emphasised at a plenary WHS session on the issue. “We were formed 26 years ago because the child mortality rate went up,” he told the summit. “Mortality rate, of which 75% were children under five, doubled to 1.2 million on the world’s watch when it wasn’t really looking, and we’re never going to let that happen again, I hope.” MMV is now developing next-generation antimalarials designed to overcome resistance and prevent another crisis in which the world is unprepared for new mutations in malaria parasites, including potential single-dose cures and long-acting injectable prevention that could protect children for an entire malaria season. “The new drugs we discover now are five to eight years from the [arriving to] market,” Fitchet explained. “These drugs have to have a high barrier of resistance, they have to be new mechanisms, brand new ways of working, the next generation after artemisinin.” “Imagine if you can give a single injection of a medicine supervised to a child or school-age child at the beginning of the season, and they’re completely protected,” Fitchet said. “Complementary to vaccines, complementary to nets. I think we need multiple tools in the toolbox.” Vaccine breakthrough – but is it enough? P vivax malaria is the most widespread form of malaria disease, with victims extending from South-East Asia to North Africa and Latin America (MMV/Damien Schumann) The rollout of malaria vaccines represents a genuine breakthrough. By early 2025, 19 African countries had introduced WHO-recommended vaccines into routine childhood immunisation programs, reaching more than 3 million children, according to WHO data. The RTS,S vaccine, developed over three decades by GSK and the PATH Malaria Vaccine Initiative, was first recommended by WHO in 2021. Pilot programs in Ghana, Kenya, and Malawi demonstrated a 13% drop in all-cause child mortality among vaccine-eligible children. The newer R21/Matrix-M vaccine, developed by Oxford University and prequalified by WHO in December 2023, achieved 78% efficacy in initial trials. Both vaccines reduce clinical malaria by more than 50% in the first year after vaccination. However, Sands expressed frustration that the vaccine breakthrough alone has failed to galvanise donors in the way other recent innovations have. The challenge, he explained, is that simply telling donors “we have the tools but need more money” no longer works as a fundraising message. “The trouble is, the narrative that says actually we’ve got the tools but we need more money doesn’t really work, because donors don’t want to hear that,” Sands said. “We need to find ways of injecting something new or different or urgent or hopeful, particularly positive, hopeful stuff that changes the narrative.” The first two girls ever vaccinated with the malaria vaccine RTS,S in Ghana. He also warned that vaccines will not be sufficient to reverse the surge in malaria cases because they primarily reduce mortality rather than stopping transmission of the disease. “For some of the donors, they think that the vaccines are the story,” he said. “Personally, I don’t think they’re powerful enough, and not least because they don’t really change the transmission. Yes, they will help us reduce mortality, but they’re not going to really help transmission.” He drew a contrast with lenacapavir, a long-acting injectable HIV prevention drug that requires just two injections per year and has shown near-perfect efficacy in clinical trials. The breakthrough has reinvigorated donor enthusiasm for HIV prevention in a way malaria vaccines have not. “If I could change the conversation to talk about lenacapavir in HIV, what we have is a long-acting injectable. It’s the most exciting thing to happen in HIV prevention for at least a decade,” Sands said. “It’s completely changed the conversation,” he added. “It’s allowed us to talk really differently and excite donors about being part of ending HIV. It has both medical impact and donor mobilisation impact.” Local solutions African public health leaders used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for increased investment in national health systems and research capacity across the continent. African scientists and policymakers are increasingly demanding ownership of the malaria response. Oyier emphasised the importance of building research capacity across the continent. “For me to break that down, you’re all aware that in COVID, everyone knew the COVID language, the Greek alphabet. These are the same across all pathogens,” she said, explaining her genomic surveillance work. “Part of the work I do is using genomic surveillance, working with the National Malaria Control Programme to set up an early warning system so that we can identify these variants, and so that they can then have a response plan and figure out what policy changes they need to make,” Oyier said. MMV is establishing five manufacturing hubs across Africa in partnership with Africa CDC. The organization is also making an AI-powered drug discovery tool available as open access to researchers globally. “We’re working with DeepMind, the Google arm of AI, with our database of 10 million compounds,” Fitchet explained. “We’re building a machine learning tool that is going to accelerate the medicinal chemistry, the design, the invention of new anti-malarials.” “And here’s the kicker: we’re going to make it available open access for any researcher anywhere in the world, particularly if you’re in malaria-endemic countries,” he said. A health worker examines a child with suspected malaria. Fitchet noted that only one clinical candidate for an anti-malarial drug has come from an African research institution to reach clinical trials in recent years – something he says has to change. “We’ve only had one clinical candidate for an anti-malarial drug going to the clinic from an African research group in Cape Town, in 2014,” he said, referring to work at the University of Cape Town’s Drug Discovery and Development Centre. “I think it’s time to have more of those coming out of African research groups and having our first approved and accessible African-invented anti-malarial,” Fitchet said. While African governments have increased their spending on health in recent years, the continent faces severe fiscal constraints. Low-income countries, on average, depend on foreign aid for one-third of their national health spending, and more than 60 countries worldwide now spend more on debt service than on their health systems, according to World Bank data. “I think we need to appreciate the enormity of the challenge,” Phumaphi concluded, “and exactly how much is required in funding in order for countries to be able to catch up.” Image Credits: Yoshi Shimizu, World Health Summit, UNDP, WHO, MMV/Damien Schumann, WHO/Fanjan Combrink, Damien Schumann / MMV. New World Bank-WHO ‘Leaders Coalition’ Aims to Power Investments in Health 20/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan The World Bank, Japan, and the WHO launched the Health Works Leaders Coalition. to promote investments in health systems as a strategy for economic growth, job creation, and improved resilience. How to find more money has dominated discussions at global health gatherings this year as the precipitous 21% fall in development assistance over the past year threatens to unravel years of hard-won gains. There is near-universal agreement that aid-dependent countries need to pay more for their citizens’ health, and that the donors need to become more collaborative and efficient. Many also posit the idea that the financial crisis presents an opportunity to rearrange the global health “architecture” to ensure that low and middle-income countries (LMICs) drive their own destinies rather than their donors. But exactly how to achieve all of this is less clear. One new vehicle is the Health Works Leaders Coalition, launched last Friday by the World Bank, Japan, and the World Health Organization (WHO). It brings together health and finance ministers, donors, business, global health agencies and civil society to promote “investments in health systems as a strategy for economic growth, job creation, and improved resilience”, according to a media release. The coalition stresses that it is “not a funding mechanism, but rather a coordinated effort to drive bold, high-impact action on health reform globally”. It is part of the World Bank’s Health Works initiative launched earlier this year, which aims to help countries transform their health systems to provide quality, affordable health services by 2030. “Our goal is ambitious: to help countries deliver quality, affordable health services to 1.5 billion people by 2030. No single institution, government, or philanthropist can achieve that alone,” said Ajay Banga, World Bank president. “But with aligned purpose and shared effort, it is possible. If we get this right, we can make real impact – improving health, transforming lives, strengthening economies – and creating jobs. This effort is as much an ingredient of our jobs agenda as it is a health initiative.” The countries that make up the coalition are Egypt, Ethiopia, Indonesia, Kenya, Nigeria, Philippines, Sierra Leone, Saint Lucia and the United Kingdom. Health Works is linked to three World Bank backed funds: the Health System Transformation & Resilience Fund (HSTRF), the Global Financing Facility, which focuses on strengthening primary health care to reduce deaths of women, children, and adolescents, and The Pandemic Fund, which provides financing for pandemic prevention, preparedness, and response. However, at last week’s World Health Summit in Berlin several global health actors acknowledged that there needed to be fewer agencies and funds. “I do think we’re actually going to have to reduce the number of entities,” Peter Sands, executive director of the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, told participants. “The system is too fragmented. There are too many underfunded institutions. There’s too much duplication. It’s too complex. That diagnosis, I think, is pretty straightforward.” Expanding tax revenue World Bank vice-president Mamta Murthi According to World Bank vice-president Mamta Murthi, countries need to spend $50 to $60 per person per year for a basic health package, but low-income countries (LIC) spend about $20, and for many, around half of this comes from donors. Countries need to expand tax revenues and engage in domestic resource mobilisation, “including through better tax policy and better tax administration, and that includes health taxes”, Murthi told a discussion hosted by the Center for Global Development (CGD) at which key development leaders discussed sustainable solutions to the health financing crisis. “The second thing that they can do is make health more of a priority in their budgets,” she said, adding that around a third of low and low-middle-income countries could allocate more to health with the fiscal conditions that they have. “And I don’t think they should just look at health taxes. There are lots of other things that they spend on, which don’t deliver a bang for the buck, and some of them are harmful to health. Let’s think of fossil fuel subsidies.” In addition, it is also “shocking that, on average, about 10 to 15% of resources that are allocated for health spending don’t get spent,” she added. However, she said the Bank is encouraged by countries presenting “compacts”– country vision statements with “asks” to the donor community, setting out what they need from development agencies to reach their goals and targets. “I feel very encouraged by the leadership that the countries are showing… they have goals and targets in terms of accessibility, affordability, job creation that ensue from the full implementation of these compacts.” The end of ODA? Gavi CEO Sania Nishtar. Sania Nishtar, CEO of the vaccine alliance, Gavi, declared: “We are seeing the beginning of the end of overseas development aid (ODA).” Gavi Leap, the platform’s reform plan, is “preparing for this future” by ensuring that countries have greater ownership and agency, and are more effective in this resource-constrained environment, said Nishtar. Gavi is accommodating countries’ requests for more decision-making agency, quicker turnaround, less administration and vaccine sovereignty, she added. “End-to-end digitising” will simplify and speed up the grant process, while Gavi’s support for , the African Vaccine Manufacturing Accelerator aims to “catalyse sustainable vaccine manufacturing on the continent”. “We are speaking to our colleagues at the World Bank and other international multilateral development banks, and we have put in place what is called the MDB [multilateral development bank] Multiplier” to “unlock concessional lending for countries”. Catalysing investment Hitoshi Hirata, vice-president of the Japan International Cooperation Agency. Hitoshi Hirata, vice-president of the Japan International Cooperation Agency, said that at the Financing for Development (FfD4) meeting in Sevilla in July, partner countries had committed to expanding domestic revenue for health, particularly through health taxes. “We would like to support health financing, and also link with existing public finance management efforts and tap domestic and private resources,” said Hirata. The resulting Sevilla Commitment proposes concrete steps to catalyse investment in sustainable development, address the debt crisis affecting the world’s poorest countries (three billion people live in countries that spend more on interest payments than on health), and give developing countries a stronger voice in the international financing architecture. The Japanese government is hosting a Universal Health Coverage (UHC) High-Level Forum in Tokyo in December, at which various countries will launch their National Health Compacts. These are “government-led agreements that will lay out bold reforms, investment priorities, shared accountability and unlock resources for expanding access to quality, affordable health care”, according to a media release. Strong country leadership Wellcome Trust CEO John-Arne Røttingen. Wellcome Trust CEO John-Arne Røttingen warned that the “abrupt changes to the international financing environment” will result in many lives lost and worsen the global burden of disease. But he is “optimistic” that the loss in financing will result in “stronger country leadership, supported by multilateral development banks and major bilateral donors”. “Countries are demanding that they need to be in charge – with a one country, one plan, one budget, one monitoring approach,” said Røttingen. “And I’m hearing commitment now from almost all big external financing agencies – the dedicated GHIs, the Global Fund, the World Bank, and the other multilateral development banks and the major bilateral donors – that signals a global moving towards empowering and also making countries responsible for delivering.” Wellcome Trust is also supporting global and regional discussions on “reimagining the global health architecture”, which kicked off with papers on the subject written by five thought leaders. Its motivation is to find long-term solutions to the crisis in global health that involve “more regional and national accountability and less dependence on the priorities of donors from high-income countries”. But Røttingen cautioned that devolving too much to country governments might reinforce the priorities and norms of undemocratic governments that could be contrary to human rights. “There needs to be very strong transparency and the voice from civil society and different groups”, he noted, adding that positive lessons from different regions where things are working With Future of UNAIDS in Question, Top Official Says ‘Very Difficult’ to Envision 2026 Shutdown 17/10/2025 Stefan Anderson A senior UNAIDS deputy framed the UN Secretary-General’s proposal to close the programme next year as a rushed timeline, as governments and civil society demand answers. BERLIN — A top UNAIDS official told delegates at the World Health Summit this week that it would be “very difficult” to envision shutting down the agency by the end of 2026, pushing back against a controversial proposal from UN Secretary-General António Guterres that has triggered an outcry from civil society groups and member states. “I know the [Secretary-General’s] proposal is formulated in a way that strikes people as if it’s already a decision, but it is a proposal,” Christine Stegling, deputy executive director of UNAIDS, said at the summit. “There’s pressure on all of us to rethink ourselves and to think how we can maybe accelerate the timeline, but I personally find it very difficult to think about how we could do that by the end of 2026.” Her comments come weeks after Guterres released his UN80 reform plan in September, a sweeping 45-page blueprint for restructuring the UN system that included a single sentence stating: “We plan to sunset UNAIDS by the end of 2026.” The proposal caught the agency’s own governing board off guard, as well as donor governments and the civil society organizations that hold a unique seat at the table in UNAIDS governance. UNAIDS was already implementing its own board-approved transformation plan, which includes a 54% reduction in secretariat staffing and consolidation of country offices from 85 to 54. That plan, informed by a high-level panel that worked from October 2024 to March 2025, envisions a gradual two-phase process that would propose to the board in mid-2027 to “further transform, consolidate, integrate, with a view to eventually closing down the UNAIDS Secretariat in its current form”—a timeline measured in years, not the 14 months the UN80 plan allows. “We heard very powerful voices in our board meeting in June from communities telling us, look, sunsetting can be good if you stand in a beautiful sunset,” Stegling said. “And it can be terrifying if you’re standing by yourself, and it just all of a sudden gets dark.” ‘I’m seeing death’ "I am seeing death. Real people are dying." – Winnie Byanyima, Executive Director, Joint United Nations Programme on HIV/AIDS (UNAIDS)#WHS2025 speaker Byanyima emphasizes that global solidarity is fundamental to advancing global health. She highlights that wealthier countries… pic.twitter.com/tDRriJ6CuL — World Health Summit (@WorldHealthSmt) October 13, 2025 The fight over the programme’s future unfolds as the global HIV response faces what UNAIDS has called a “historic funding crisis.” There were 1.3 million new HIV infections in 2024, virtually unchanged from the previous year and far short of targets needed to end AIDS as a public health threat by 2030, according to the agency’s 2025 Global AIDS Update released in July. The sudden withdrawal of US funding in early 2025, which had previously accounted for 73% of international HIV/AIDS financing, has disrupted treatment and prevention programmes worldwide. UNAIDS modelling suggests the funding collapse could lead to an additional 6.6 million new HIV infections and 4.2 million AIDS-related deaths by 2029. “This is not just a funding gap – it’s a ticking time bomb,” Byanyima said when the annual report was released. “We have seen services vanish overnight. Health workers have been sent home. And people – especially children and key populations – are being pushed out of care.” In Mozambique alone, over 30,000 health personnel lost their jobs, while Nigeria has seen monthly initiations of pre-exposure prophylaxis to prevent HIV transmission have plummeted from 40,000 to 6,000. Since 2010, new HIV infections have fallen 40% and AIDS-related deaths by 56%. By the end of 2024, 31.6 million people—77% of all people living with HIV—were accessing antiretroviral therapy. “I’m seeing death, real people dying because clinics are shutting, because services for the most vulnerable people are closing,” Winnie Byanyima, UNAIDS executive director, told the summit. “That suddenness, that rapid decline, is costing lives. Let’s be clear about that. People are dying.” Speaking about the abrupt US funding cuts, Stegling drew a parallel to the UN80 proposal: “It was the shock and it was the abruptness, and it was the unpreparedness that hit hardest, with little time to react.” At an extraordinary UNAIDS board meeting last week, member states expressed strong opposition to the accelerated timeline. “Member states on our board, and in particular those who are most affected, all speak about a similar issue,” Stegling said, specifically citing the Africa group. “They’re basically saying, look, the ecosystem is collapsing around us. The funding is collapsing around us, and at this particular time, you’re taking away a structure that we have at a country level that helps us to navigate these new realities, and so therefore we can’t support that.” Donors demand answers World Health Summit panel, “Shaping the Future of UNAIDS in the Context of UN80.” Germany and the Netherlands, the two largest contributors to HIV financing aside from the US, said their delegations would use the next meeting of the UNAIDS Programme Coordinating Board to question UN80’s abrupt departure from the agency’s existing reform trajectory. “The Secretary-General’s proposal that sunsets UNAIDS already by the end of 2026 came to all of us as a surprise,” said Paul Zubeil of Germany’s Ministry of Health, adding that the proposals outlined in the UNAIDS-led reforms were “very balanced.” “It’s an easy pitch to close a very small, not even UN agency, but a small joint programme, to integrate it,” Zubeil continued. “This would probably show the world ‘we’re doing something, we’re integrating UN agencies into each other,’ but it’s not really what does the trick. We don’t talk about WFP or about FAO or any others, the big ships.” “I don’t know what’s on [Guterres’] mind, but again, I think we should monitor this. We should take it very seriously. But there’s no reason for panic upfront when the storm has not hit us yet.” Peter Derrek Hof of the Netherlands Ministry of Foreign Affairs said his government had prepared questions about “why not follow the transition plan that was well thought out, was well prepared.” While supporting the broader UN reform process, he added: “It doesn’t mean that on specific issues we won’t raise issues, and we will ask questions – this will be one of them.” Civil society outcry “I don’t think he was thinking at all,” Erika Castellanos (right) told the World Health Summit of UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres proposal to close USAID by 2026. The UN proposal has generated fierce resistance from civil society organizations who sit on the UNAIDS Programme Coordinating Board – the only governance structure in the UN with direct civil society representation. More than 1,000 civil society organisations have signed a letter expressing “deepest alarm” at the sunsetting proposal, noting their seat at the table had been effectively stepped over by the Secretary-General, who did not consult UNAIDS or its board before publishing the UN80 agenda. “UNAIDS must remain until new HIV infections are halted, until lifesaving HIV treatment reaches all who need it, and until the human rights of all people living with and affected by HIV are fully safeguarded,” the letter states. “Preserving UNAIDS is about saving lives, and to propose sunsetting it now is profoundly dangerous and a betrayal of the global goal to end AIDS by 2030,” the groups said. “Any restructuring must strengthen – not weaken – the HIV response, human rights, community leadership, and accountability.” The exclusion of civil society from the UN80 process carries particular sting, given the history of the AIDS crisis. When governments worldwide ignored the epidemic in the 1980s as it killed millions, dismissing it as a “gay plague”, it was grassroots activists who forced the issue onto the political agenda, staged “die-ins” at pharmaceutical companies to demand treatment access, and ultimately shaped the unprecedented global response that created institutions like UNAIDS and the Global Fund. 🚨 The HIV response is in crisis. Funding cuts, rising infections & deaths—and now the UN SG plans to sunset @UNAIDS in 2026.We say NO. This is a betrayal of the 2030 goal to #EndAIDS.✍️ Sign on: https://t.co/zrk1I2SRiXRead our statement: https://t.co/gKIxvo7CRl#SaveUNAIDS pic.twitter.com/QAnjQpi12v — NGO DELEGATION TO THE UNAIDS PCB (@ngopcb) September 19, 2025 “I come from that time where we took to the streets, where we threw red paint on politicians, where we went into parliament with coffins,” said Erika Castellanos, a civil society representative. “And because of that action with the global community, the international community ended up with institutions like the Global Fund and UNAIDS.” “We need to have an institution at the highest level, at the UN level, where the participation and engagement of community is preserved to the level it is now,” Castellanos said. “Whatever we create or redesign needs to keep communities in decision-making seats with equal power. Otherwise, representation goes back to tokenistic.” The move also reflects a broader trend across the UN system, where civil society access has been shrinking in both Geneva and New York. The recent plastics treaty negotiations saw civil society representatives largely stonewalled, while Brazil’s COP30 climate summit is expected to draw record-low civil society participation – a retreat from the open multilateralism that defined earlier UN processes. Calling out the euphemistic language of the proposal, Clemens Gros, another civil society representative, compared “sunsetting” to SpaceX’s description of a rocket explosion as “rapid unscheduled disassembly.” “Sun setting the organization would effectively mean it will not be there anymore once it’s beyond the horizon,” he said. UN80: Response to ‘severe pressure’ The UN80 Initiative is a blueprint for streamlining the United Nations amid a deep funding crisis led by Secretary-General António Guterres. The UNAIDS proposal sits within a wider UN80 reform initiative launched by Guterres in March as the body marks its 80th anniversary. The “Shifting Paradigms: United to Deliver” report, released on 18 September at the General Assembly in New York, proposes numerous mergers and consolidations across the UN system. Among the proposals: merging the UN Population Fund and UN Women “to create a unified voice and platform on gender equality and women’s rights.” The reforms are widely seen as a response to severe funding pressures—particularly US aid cuts under the Trump administration—though Guterres has denied this. Informal discussions have also circulated about potentially merging the two largest non-UN health agencies, Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance and the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, though the agencies themselves have emphasized closer collaboration over outright merger. For now, member states and agency leadership are left navigating between two competing visions: the gradual, community-informed transformation UNAIDS had charted for itself, and the abrupt 2026 closure proposed in the UN80 plan. “We went from street rioters to policy makers because we were forced to take that role,” Castellanos said. “We finally arrive at a place where we have a seat at the table, and often the privilege and honor to lead that table.” “This hasn’t come easily. It’s with a lot of pain and suffering, and a lot of people who have done a lot of amazing work before us. So I find it a little bit irresponsible and a little bit too naive, perhaps, to think that we can shift gears suddenly without a planned process.” Image Credits: https://www.flickr.com/photos/22539273@N00/50637583117, Patrick Gruban. Drive to Include Pregnant and Breastfeeding Women and Children in Clinical Trials 17/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan The first woman with malaria in her first trimester of pregnancy was enrolled in a clinical trial to compare three different malaria treatment regimens in Mali on 6 October 2025. The first pregnant woman with malaria was enrolled in a clinical trial in Mali to compare three different malaria treatment regimens earlier this month – a historic event as pregnant and breastfeeding women and babies are seldom included in clinical trials despite being more vulnerable to several illnesses. But there is growing momentum for including “under-represented groups” in clinical trials to ensure that medicines developed are suitable for all those who need them most. Malaria in pregnancy is responsible for around 20% of stillbirths and 11% of all newborn deaths in sub‑Saharan Africa, as well as some 10,000 maternal deaths globally each year. It can also cause severe maternal anaemia, miscarriage, stillbirth, preterm delivery and low birthweight. Back in 1998, the World Health Organization (WHO) recommended artemisinin-based combination therapy (ACT) as the standard of care for malaria – but it only updated its guidelines for malaria to include pregnant women in their first trimester in 2022, according to Dr Myriam El Gaaloul, head of clinical and regulatory sciences at Medicines for Malaria Venture. “With the threat of emerging resistance to malaria drugs, alternatives are needed, and I think we all agree that we cannot afford to wait for another quarter of century [for treatment for pregnant women],” El Gaaloul told a webinar on under-represented populations in clinical trials, hosted by the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations (IFPMA) as part of its African Regulatory Conference. The trial, which will also run in Kenya and Burkina Faso, is an initiative of the Safety of Anti-malarials in the First Trimester (SAFIRE) Consortium, with El Ghaloul as its principal investigator. Preparation for the trial started in 2023 and involved getting ethical clearance in all three countries and holding meetings with regulators, said El Ghaloul. Ethical considerations Dr Jacqueline Kitulu, incoming president of the World Medical Association. Dr Jacqueline Kitulu, the incoming president of the World Medical Association (WMA), told the webinar that excluding under-represented groups “generates several ethical harms”, including the risk that “clinical decisions are built on non-generalisable data”. She defined these groups as “women, including the pregnant ones, older adults, children, people with disabilities, indigenous and marginalised populations and those in conflict settings”. “Exclusion can cause harm when interventions are later rolled out without safety or dosage data for larger segments of the population who are really excluded or under-represented groups,” Kitulu explained. The WMA developed the Helsinki Declaration 61 years ago to guide research on human subjects, and this remains the cornerstone for researchers. Mercury Shitindo, executive director of the Africa Bioethics Network, said there needs to be a shift in thinking: “We are not protecting people from research, but we are working on ways to protect people through research.” “This particular shift requires not only including under-represented populations in trials, but also ensuring that our regulatory systems and community policies are at the centre of how research is designed, conducted and shared.” Mercury Shitindo, executive director of the Africa Bioethics Network. Runcie Chidebe, founder of Project PINK BLUE, a Nigerian cancer awareness and patient advocacy organisation, said that Africa only hosts 4% of global clinical trials, although it makes up almost 19% of the world’s population. He knew of only one oncology clinical trial in Africa at present, and said that clinical trials for treatments for metastatic cerebral and cervical cancer mental had involved “95% white people”. Evolving international policy On 7 October, the WHO launched the Global Clinical Trial Forum (GCTF) to strengthen the clinical trial ecosystem, Martina Penazzato, WHO lead of Global Accelerator for Paediatric Formulations (GAP-f), told the webinar. The forum is in response to a resolution from the World Health Assembly (WHA75.8), which called on WHO member states to improve the quality and coordination of clinical trials to generate high-quality evidence for health decision-making. “The WHO has also released a global action plan, with action three [of nine actions] emphasising the inclusion of under-represented populations,” said Penazzato, adding Research is underway to better define under-represented populations and the policy landscape. “The WHO has identified key barriers to paediatric clinical trial inclusion, such as ethical and regulatory frameworks, and has advocated for a more coordinated, transparent process to prioritise research in this area,” she added. Mariana Widmer, a WHO scientist in maternal and perinatal health, said that medicines need to be tested on pregnant women as “pregnancy introduces significant physiological changes”. “For example, the blood volume increases by about 40% and this affects how medicines are absorbed and processed,” said Widmer, “So medicines should be tested in pregnant women to ensure safe treatment, yet pregnant women are often excluded from trials. “Around 70% of pregnant women take prescription medicines, and most of them are off-label; therefore, excluding pregnant women poses greater risks than including them.” Meanwhile, the International Council for Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for Pharmaceuticals for Human Use (ICH) is considering guidelines to include pregnant and breastfeeding women in research, said Theresa Wang, director of Clinical Quality and Compliance Management at AstraZeneca, who spoke on behalf of IFPMA The ICH brings regulatory authorities and the pharmaceutical industry together to discuss scientific and technical aspects of pharmaceuticals. The ICH resolved to include pregnant and breastfeeding women in clinical trials in 2023, said Theresa Wang, director of Clinical Quality and Compliance Management at AstraZeneca, speaking on behalf of IFPMA. This was the second of a four-part virtual Africa Regulatory Conference webinar series hosted by the IFPMA that is open to all who are interested. The third webinar, ‘Innovative clinical trial designs and digital technologies, is on Tuesday, 21 October. Image Credits: Medicines for Malaria Venture. Global Health Leaders Urge Fewer Agencies Amid Funding Crisis 16/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Global health chiefs used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for cutting and consolidating agencies as US cuts expose a “confusing” and “fragmented” aid bureaucracy. BERLIN — Leaders of the world’s major global health institutions called for a fundamental restructuring of an aid system they described as too fragmented, duplicative and confusing, with several stating that the number of agencies must be reduced as cuts from the US and other donors force a reckoning with the labyrinthine architecture of global health funding. At the World Health Summit in Berlin this week, executives from the Global Fund, Gavi, the World Health Organization and other institutions addressed the financial crisis facing global health as the abrupt withdrawal of US aid under Donald Trump exposed structural problems that officials acknowledged had existed for years. “I do think we’re actually going to have to reduce the number of entities,” Peter Sands, executive director of the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, told participants. “The system is too fragmented. There are too many underfunded institutions. There’s too much duplication. It’s too complex. That diagnosis, I think, is pretty straightforward.” Global development assistance for health fell 21% between 2024 and 2025, driven almost entirely by a 67% drop in US financing, more than $9 billion, according to data from the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation. Tens of millions of lives, particularly among children under five and people in the world’s poorest countries, are threatened by the cuts. Germany announces $1 billion pledge to the Global Fund on the opening night of WHS 2025. The collapse in global health funding extends beyond the United States. Germany, despite pledging €1 billion to the Global Fund and emerging as WHO’s largest donor, has cut its overall development assistance. France and the UK, also major funders, have joined rich countries across the board in reducing aid budgets. EU member states face competing pressures from the war in Ukraine and heightened security concerns following recent Russian provocations inside and near NATO borders. “On a global scale, development assistance for health was almost universally accepted as a good thing—it wasn’t politically controversial,” Joseph Dieleman, who leads IHME’s health aid tracking team, told the Council on Foreign Relations of the research. “All of a sudden, it’s very squarely political and on the chopping block.” “That’s not just a US phenomenon,” Dieleman said. “That’s global.” Global health chiefs used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for cutting and consolidating agencies as US cuts expose a “confusing” and “fragmented” aid bureaucracy. The loss of billions in health funding has put millions at risk, but officials say the crisis has also exposed deeper, long-standing flaws in the aid architecture. Health programs rely heavily on a handful of major donors — about 15 philanthropies and national governments dominate the field — so the loss of even one can trigger an immediate emergency. “In the area of HIV, when the US paused their development assistance in February, in the whole global response on the HIV/AIDS, the US was shouldering 73% of the total burden of development assistance, just one country,” said Winnie Byanyima, executive director of UNAIDS. “The rest of the world was shouldering the 27%. That wasn’t right,” she added. “That overdependence on one country, in a few countries, and overdependence of the developing countries, we have to solve it.” Officials also pointed to “mandate creep,” where multiple organizations take on overlapping roles, competing for the same funds while duplicating work, resulting in confusion and inefficient use of aid. “At the moment, if you’re somebody from outside the world of global health, it’s pretty confusing, right?” Sands said. “And there are so many cross-currents and so many acronyms, and trying to explain where you should place your bets as a new donor is not a trivial thing to do.” Axel Pries, president of the World Health Summit, said the abrupt US withdrawal “will cost lives” with “estimations that this is a double digit million figure of lives which are lost due to this very abrupt change.” “The best answer for the Global Fund is you don’t need the Global Fund,” he added. “Ultimately, if we’ve done our job on HIV, TB and Malaria well, there’s no need for it. That’s not true for the normative convening, regulatory roles of WHO which will continue, ultimately indefinitely, because that’s playing a kind of global public good role for the world.” The majority of global health institutions are funded through sequential “replenishment” fundraising campaigns, often concurrent, creating competition for finite resources that now extends across the broader humanitarian world. As funds dwindle, streamlining and coordination in aid efforts become crucial to maximise what funds remain. “Is the current model of replenishment sustainable? I don’t think it’s sustainable going forward,” said Sania Nishtar, chief executive of Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance. “Whatever all of us have been able to achieve, it is because of the generosity of the donors … We do not have a divine right to funding.” In 2024, the UN and partner organizations appealed for $46.4 billion to assist 180.5 million people across 72 countries—funding that health agencies must now compete for and convince policymakers to support. “It is cliché, but a crisis is a chance,” Nishtar said. “Now is the time for us to come together and align behind a movement to draw new parameters.” “We are radically recalibrating our programs. We understand that these changes are irreversible,” the Gavi chief concluded. “There’s got to be far less agencies in the ecosystem. This fragmentation and duplication really needs to come to an end.” Without warning Elon Musk, who was named a “special government employee” by the Trump administration, secured the president’s backing to eliminate USAID, the country’s foreign aid agency, sending shockwaves through global humanitarian efforts. The abrupt termination of US foreign aid, which has hit health programmes particularly hard, cast a long shadow over the chandeliers and canapés adorning World Health Summit proceedings at the Berlin InterContinental hotel, though participants largely avoided direct criticism of Washington. Multiple panels on restructuring global health finance over the three-day conference avoided mentioning the US or President Donald Trump by name, instead speaking obliquely of the need for “innovative finance” and addressing funding gaps that now total tens of billions of dollars across major institutions including the WHO, Gavi and the Global Fund. “The US has every right to use its money the way it wants. I don’t think anyone can criticize the US for withdrawing its funds or withdrawing its support,” WHO chief Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told participants via video-link from Sri-Lanka. “But one thing that could have been done is there could have been a transition or an exit strategy, for instance, about six to 12 months,” Tedros added. “Then, countries who have been benefiting from the US generous support could have prepared themselves.” Research published in The Lancet estimates USAID programs have saved over 90 million lives over the past two decades, including 30.4 million children under the age of five. As many as 14 million additional preventable deaths could take place by 2030 if gaps created by US programme cuts are not closed. Later in the exchange, while acknowledging US sovereignty over its funding decisions, the WHO acknowledged that reality head-on. “People have died,” Tedros said. “If there was some exit strategy, we wouldn’t have people dying because of the withdrawal of the US funding.” “The abrupt US withdrawal will cost lives,” Axel Pries, president of the World Health Summit, said. “Estimations are that this is a double-digit million figure of lives which are lost due to this very abrupt change. On the other hand, it also exposed that our system had some kind of crackability already. It was not only this last push, it was already a system which needed a renewal.” Already falling short “Funding Drops Across Most Health Organizations From 2024 to 2025: Development banks and the Gates Foundation maintained their funds for health development assistance, but agencies such as the World Health Organization experienced large losses,” according to Think Global Health statistics. Even before the cuts, global health institutions were falling short of their targets, a pattern mirrored across humanitarian, refugee and climate financing. The global fight against HIV, tuberculosis and malaria faces a $29.4 billion gap for 2027-2029 across domestic financing, external donors and the Global Fund combined. The Global Fund contributes roughly 13% of total global funding for these three diseases and has already warned countries that current grants for 2025-2026 might face an average 11% cut due to an estimated $1.4 billion gap from donors not meeting pledges. “Global health has been very much anchored in global solidarity — countries agreeing to work together to deliver on health, and it’s been driven very much by aid for the developing countries,” Byanyima said. “But now we’re seeing that aid tumbling very fast — that suddenness, that rapid decline, is costing lives. Let’s be clear about that: people are dying.” Gavi secured more than $9 billion at its June replenishment summit but remains $2.9 billion short of its $11.9 billion target. Officials warned this shortfall could result in 75 million children missing routine vaccinations over the next five years and 1.2 million child deaths. Overall resource needs and projected available resources for HIV, TB and malaria in countries where the Global Fund invests. The Pandemic Fund—a multilateral mechanism established in 2022 by the G20—requires an estimated $2 billion in additional resources for 2025-2027. A further $15 billion in annual global spending on pandemic preparedness — or 0.1-0.2% of GDP and 0.5-1% of security and defence budgets — was recommended by a report from the WHO-hosted Global Pandemic Monitoring Board released in Berlin. WHO faces the largest proportional crisis: it is short nearly $1.9 billion from a planned $4.2 billion budget for 2026-27, meaning it lacks nearly 45% of the needed funding. Amid the funding drought, forcing many UN agencies from headquarters, to the UN Refugee Programme, to UNICEF and more to cut staff and operations by up to 55%, Sands warned that a simple restructuring will not solve the crisis alone. “Rearranging the boxes of the global health ecosystem is a useful thing to do and a necessary thing to do,” he said. “But it isn’t going to fill the fundamental gaps in financing. So we should do it, but we shouldn’t use it as a sort of displacement activity for actually mobilizing the money we need.” “The worst outcome here is that we invest a lot of our energies having long conversations and lots of meetings about all of this and then do nothing,” Sands concluded. “And two years from now, we’re not where you said we would be with a radically changed system. That would be a waste of time.” Death and defence German Health Minister Nina Warken addresses the World Health Summit in Berlin. Yet while aid budgets shrink, defense spending has been easier to find on government balance sheets, seeing a global surge last year from major aid donor nations as geopolitical tensions rattle capitals. EU member states’ defense expenditure reached €343 billion in 2024, and is expected to rise to €381 billion in 2025—a 19% increase from the previous year and 37% higher than 2021. The US defense budget was approximately $874 billion in 2024. “We face a world of national reflexes and shrinking budgets, of leading headlines and contested facts,” Nina Warken, Germany’s health minister, told the summit. “Global health politics is pressed to justify itself.” “Health is no place for the lone wolf, because national health topics are often linked to the global level,” Warken added. “It is in our very own interest to strengthen these topics at an international level.” The increases come as millions of preventable deaths occur worldwide from diseases that cost relatively little to treat or prevent. The $9 billion pricetag cost to fill the US-sized gap in global health funding, in perspective, is about 2.4 % of EU defence spending and about 0.66 % of the combined EU-US defence outlays. “While we know we’re at a particular moment in time with financing for global solidarity now, the truth is funding pressures have long been there,” Helen Clark, former New Zealand prime minister and UN Development Programme administrator, said. “There is a competition for resources between the different sets of actors.” Preliminary estimates of relative reduction in total health spending due to reduceddevelopment assistance for health, 2024–2025. The resources to allay the funding crisis are not confined to traditional Western aid budgets. Around 200 individuals with net worths exceeding $10 billion collectively hold approximately $5 trillion—enough to fund the current shortfall for over 500 years with money to spare. China’s annual government expenditure, estimated at $6-7 trillion, would absorb the $9 billion gap as roughly 0.13% of its budget. Saudi Arabia’s Public Investment Fund, with assets estimated at $1 trillion, could sustain current global health funding levels for over a century. The kingdom’s recent investments in sports properties—including an estimated $10 billion across ventures such as LIV Golf, Newcastle United, and various international tournaments—exceed the immediate global health financing need. Yet mobilising such resources remains a complex diplomatic and political challenge, further complicated by questions of how aid should be spent. “In the final analysis, food, water, medicine to keep people alive is a compelling narrative,” Clark said. “That can absorb an overwhelming amount of resources that doesn’t really leave that much for putting in place the building blocks for more resilient health systems.” African push for sovereignty clouded by debt African leaders used the summit to accelerate demands for greater independence from donor systems. “Africa is ready. We don’t want to be invited,” Jean Kaseya, director-general of the Africa Centres for Disease Control and Prevention, told attendees. “We are the co-creators of this global architecture.” “The money that we are creating, that we are leveraging, must flow through the regional pool procurement mechanism, especially to regional manufacturers, because we need an incentive to them,” Kaseya said. “Someone was telling me, there is no market in Africa. No way we have 1.4 billion people. This is the biggest market.” In September, African health ministers released the Accra Agenda—a comprehensive financing strategy emphasizing domestic resources, innovative mechanisms and local manufacturing. The initiative, led by Ghana’s President John Dramani Mahama, aims to declare an end to development-as-usual. Yet the push echoes the 2001 Abuja Declaration, in which African Union leaders pledged to allocate 15% of government budgets to health—a target only two countries of the AU’s 55 nations, South Africa and Cabo Verde, met in 2021. The average across the AU was 7.35% of national budgets, half the benchmark agreed in Nigeria 24 years ago. “In the end, national actors are the ones who are going to carry their countries forward,” Clark said. “We have to put the emphasis on how we support them to do their jobs.” WHO Chief Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus addressed the 2025 WHS. Pressed on how the WHO would support countries affected by the global aid cuts, Tedros insisted they possessed the capacity for self-reliance. “All developing countries, what they need is not charity. What they need is fair terms, fair terms in investment, fair terms in trade, and fair terms in taking loans from the market,” he said. Yet as the IMF and World Bank hold their annual meetings in Washington this week, the prospect of self-reliance appears increasingly remote for many developing nations. Low-income countries, on average, depend on foreign aid for one-third of their national health spending. Eight of the world’s poorest countries—South Sudan, Somalia, Democratic Republic of Congo, Liberia, Afghanistan, Sudan, Uganda and Ethiopia—rely on USAID for over 20% of their total foreign assistance. Facing their highest debt burdens in decades, many of the world’s poorest nations are unlikely to be able to compensate for the budget hole blown open by USAID’s withdrawal. The 121 low- and middle-income governments for which there are figures spent an average of 10.7% of government revenue on public health systems, compared to 12.2% on external debt payments in 2019. Research by Debt Justice, released ahead of the meetings, found that 11 lower-income countries denied debt relief by the IMF have been forced to enact “drastic” cuts to health spending by 18% and education by 16% while maintaining debt payments to wealthy creditors. In these countries—including Argentina, Egypt, Kenya, Mozambique and Pakistan—real public spending per person has been cut by 10% on average, while GDP growth per person averaged just 1.2%, less than half the average for countries in the global South. “The countries most dependent on development assistance are also the least capable of filling the gap,” Dieleman said. “The shift has been felt most acutely in low-income countries where disease burdens are high, particularly those in sub-Saharan Africa.” The call for developing countries to increase domestic health spending confronts a debt crisis that makes such investments nearly impossible for many governments. More than 60 countries worldwide now spend more on debt service than on their health systems. “The first thing we need to do is to organize a planned, a responsible transition from a model of aid,” Byanyima said. “We’ve seen the vulnerabilities of aid, and now we want to go away from that. But we must do it in an orderly way that’s not costing lives.” Image Credits: World Health Summit, White House , Thinking Global Health, IHME. ‘Breaking Down Silos’: Global Health Matters Podcast Marks Five Years of Cross-Cutting Conversations 15/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Dr Garry Aslanyan is the executive producer and host of the Global Health Matters podcast. At the World Health Summit in Berlin, the Global Health Matters podcast celebrated a milestone anniversary with a live recording exploring misinformation, the power of social media shaping information, and the future of health communication BERLIN — Five years ago, in a field not exactly known for its podcasting, Dr Garry Aslanyan spotted a gap. Global health, for all its conferences, scientific papers and panel discussions, lacked spaces for dialogue that could transcend disciplinary boundaries. So he started one. “A lot of the information in global health is quite siloized,” Aslanyan, the podcast’s founder, told Health Policy Watch in a recent interview at the World Health Summit, where the show recorded its fifth-anniversary episode. “We look at things that are more cross-cutting. People who are not working in an area could listen to the episode and get inspired by how they dealt with something in another context.” The approach has resonated. With over 130,000 downloads across more than 180 countries, Global Health Matters has become a platform bringing together voices ranging from former Médecins Sans Frontières president Joanne Liu to Wellcome CEO Jan-Arne Rottingen, alongside lesser-known innovators, scientists, authors, academics and public health officials whose work might otherwise go unheard by the broader scientific community. The long-form interview format, Aslanyan explained, allows listeners to understand not just what experts do, but their motivations and experiences: what their personal journey was, why they decided to pursue their work, and the contexts shaping their perspectives. “We don’t really have a chance to know who they are,” Aslanyan said. “Where they work, how their context is, what it means to them.” “We know the general public is probably not our main audience, but in terms of destroying silos between different parts of global health… we’re covering everything,” he added. “We’re doing it with different perspectives, so I think we’ve overcome [those divisions].” Kissing bugs Founded five years ago, the Global Health Matters podcast now has over 120,000 downloads across 180+ countries, making it a leading platform for conversations, diverse voices, and real-world insights in global health. One interview with essayist, memoirist and journalist Daisy Hernández stands out to Aslanyan as exemplifying what his podcast is after. Far from the corridors of the World Health Organization in Geneva, Hernández wrote a memoir about Chagas disease woven through her family’s story—a book most global health professionals could easily miss. “For many listeners, they would never pick up that book,” Aslanyan said. “But the way she presented the story really incorporated the disease, the system, the culture, the environment, and the lack of understanding of these kinds of diseases in developed countries.” Chagas disease, caused by a parasite transmitted mostly through the “kissing bug” Triatominae, which thrives inside the mud or concrete walls and floors of poor dwellings in Latin America, was barely recognized by physicians in the United States and Europe until recently. Doctors misdiagnosed it as simple heart problems. Hernández’s narrative approach made visible what technical papers couldn’t: how a neglected disease, medical system failures, and immigrant experiences collided to lead a family and community affected by the disease with little understanding of its true causes. The experience of Chagas disease, and Hernandez’s power to communicate it through story, also ties deeply with the work of TDR, the Special Programme for Research and Training in Tropical Diseases, where Aslanyan works. The conversation was a reminder to global health professionals to “go beyond our public health silos and to present our work in a way that motivates experts, policy-makers and lay audiences towards greater action,” the episode description wrote — a mission statement for what Aslanyan is trying to achieve, and a narrative vision to achieve TDR’s raison d’être: improving the health vulnerable of burdened by infectious diseases. To inform or to misinform The podcast’s five-year anniversary recording on the opening day of Berlin’s World Health Summit tackled one of global health’s most urgent challenges: ensuring accurate health information reaches those who need it. The live session on “Bridging the Knowledge Divide” featured Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance, and Monica Bharel, Google’s clinical lead for Public Health, in a discussion that laid bare both progress and persistent problems. “When I first started working, everything was written by hand,” Phumaphi recalled, describing her early career years in health systems decades earlier. “You only had one source of information—the World Health Organization. You didn’t have to search to find out which source is right and which one is wrong.” “There are so many sources of information, and it’s very, very confusing,” Phumaphi said of the current landscape. “We have rogue scientists and rogue medical practitioners who spread disinformation. And there’s misinformation, which is a little bit more innocent but can do as much damage.” Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance, speaks at the 5th anniversary event in Berlin. “Misinformation is always mixed with a little bit of truth, which is why it misleads,” she explained. “But what it does is that it kills people. Non-vaccinated people died during COVID. Children who don’t have measles vaccines die. Children who are not sleeping under mosquito nets die from malaria.” In Mozambique’s Zambezia province earlier this year, misinformation claiming that government-distributed mosquito nets spread cholera led to violent attacks on health centers, leaving one person dead. Communities blamed health workers for a cholera outbreak. Provincial officials had to conduct emergency visits urging residents to stop attacking the health workers attempting to help them. The misinformation challenge has grown particularly acute in an era when figures like Robert F. Kennedy Jr. now hold positions of global influence. Kennedy, who built his political profile as leader of Children’s Health Defense, the world’s largest anti-vaccine organization which led the crusade against COVID-19 vaccination in the pandemic, now installed atop the US health system. In recent months, Kennedy has overhauled US vaccine schedule requirements, claimed circumcision causes autism, and eliminated federal funding for COVID vaccines for uninsured children and pregnant women. Google health HQ Monica Bharel is the clinical lead for public sector health at Google, which fields 90% of global searches and owns Youtube. Against that landscape, the social media platforms operated by tech companies like Google, Meta and others, are playing an outsize role in health information – and thus facing an increasingly heavy burden of responsibility as well. “Two hundred billion health queries are made on YouTube annually,” Google’s Bharel noted during the panel. Across Google’s search engine—which handles approximately 90% of all search queries globally—over one billion health-related searches occur every day, translating to more than 365 billion annually, she said. Three out of four Americans, Bharel added, begin their “health journey” with an internet search. Google and YouTube have implemented systems to elevate “trusted voices,” requiring healthcare professionals to show proof of licensure to be featured in prominent health information sections. The companies rank content using what Bharel described as “expertise, experience, authority, and trust” metrics, and now employ AI-powered overviews to provide summarized answers alongside traditional search results. “We want to flood the system with high-quality information,” Bharel said, describing Google’s approach. Yet the architecture of these platforms, and the massive flow of exchange, means misinformation is always nearby, often driven by emotional testimonials or shocking statistics that draw users’ attention but lack the evidence base of peer-reviewed scientific studies and authoritative sources. A study published in the medical journal BMC Public Health breaks down how many people seek health advice from Google’s YouTube platform. “I think that approach is very good, but in order to make it more useful to our communities, I would like a [social media] system like [Google’s] that to be endorsed by WHO and national health authorities around the world,” Phumaphi said, voicing a concern shared by many public health professionals. The disconnect between information availability and actual reach from validated sources remains a major challenge for the health world. The World Health Organization, for instance, uploads multiple videos weekly that garner fewer than 20 views on YouTube. Just last month, a new United Nations report found that UN reports are not widely read, showing the challenge of communicating complex and accurate information continues to be a major sticking point beyond the health world. “Many people are not influenced by WHO, they are influenced by what they see,” Phumaphi observed. In Africa, she noted, traditional and religious leaders also continue to serve as “influencers” – and their views are often far more powerful than international health organizations. The problem extends beyond misinformation to what Bahrel termed being “misinformed”—people lacking complete information to make good decisions about their health. Information, the panelists agreed, has become a social determinant of health itself—as critical as access to food, clean water, or healthcare professionals. “There’s also a language barrier between scientists and health experts and normal people,” one audience member noted during the Q&A. “A fundamental communications problem.” Looking ahead Season 5 is coming 🎉What topics should we dive into next on the #GlobalHealthMatters podcast?📝 Fill out our listener survey 👉 https://t.co/acJOhPURnk💬 Or comment below with your ideas — we’re listening! pic.twitter.com/hNBug5xvaZ — TDR (@TDRnews) October 15, 2025 As the podcast enters its fifth season, Aslanyan is pushing toward what he describes as more “provocative” territory. He envisions creating space for global health opinion-makers to debate contentious issues the field typically avoids. Like a political talk show, but focused on policy questions that shape billions of lives, he said. He envisions seeing “more of a consistent sort of episodes and places where very neutral, experienced global health opinion makers can discuss global health issues together,” Aslanyan explained. The difficulty, he acknowledged, will be maintaining neutrality while hosting a platform that can provide space for the respectful exchange of different views. How the podcast can thread that needle remains to be seen. But in a field increasingly dominated by silos, polarization, and platform power, the journey of Global Health Matters will continue to add value to viewers in the global health domain. “We go through either sanitized kind of things to sometimes extreme, polarized stories,” Aslanyan said. “But we should have a neutral platform. I hope—well, it’s my dream.” Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Malaria Resurgence Could Kill Nearly One Million by 2030 as Funding Cuts Hit 21/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Global Fund chief warns disease now his greatest concern among major killers as new analysis shows 750,000 children at risk. BERLIN – The head of the world’s largest malaria funder has issued a stark warning that the disease now poses a greater threat than HIV or tuberculosis, as a new analysis released Tuesday reveals funding cuts could trigger 990,000 additional deaths by 2030, including 750,000 children under five. “If I think about the situation we face right now on HIV, TB and Malaria, the one that keeps me awake at night is malaria,” Peter Sands, executive director of the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, told scientists and advocates at the World Health Summit in Berlin last week. “It’s pretty clear to me that this year more people will die of malaria than last year,” Sands said. “The disruptions in funding have had that impact, and malaria is such an unforgiving disease that it reacts incredibly quickly.” The report by the African Leaders Malaria Alliance (ALMA) and the NGO Malaria No More UK warns that a malaria resurgence could result in 525 million additional cases and wipe $83 billion from sub-Saharan Africa’s GDP by the end of the decade, killing an additional 165,000 people, most of them children, every year. “The choice is clear: invest now to end malaria or pay far more when it returns,” said Gareth Jenkins of Malaria No More UK. “Cutting funding risks the deadliest resurgence we’ve ever seen.” The findings highlight a critical juncture in the centuries-long battle against a disease that currently claims 597,000 lives annually, with 95% of malaria deaths occurring in Africa and three-quarters of victims being children under five, according to WHO data. “If we fail to act, malaria could steal Africa’s children, and $83 billion of our future GDP,” President Advocate Duma Gideon Boko, President of the Republic of Botswana, said of the findings. As the Global Fund prepares for its November replenishment summit in South Africa, the analysis models different funding scenarios ahead of the event, where donors will determine contributions for 2027 to 2029. The Fund channels 59% of all international financing for malaria control, such as mosquito nets, treatment drugs, and vaccines, to low-and middle-income countries. “We are really at a very momentous time in human history,” said Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of ALMA. “There are tools that are available that can actually facilitate the elimination of malaria. One of our biggest challenges at the moment is financing.” Yet the current trajectory suggests the opposite of elimination, the Global Fund chief warned. “At the moment, what we’re doing with malaria is we’re making malaria sustainable,” Sands said. “We’re spending enough to reduce the number of lives that are being lost, but we’re not actually breaking the transmission cycle.” “If anything,” Sands added, “it’s going the wrong way.” ‘Pandemic preparedness hats’ Global Fund Executive Director Peter Sands (center) accepts a $1 billion pledge from Germany on the opening night of WHS 2025. At a pandemic preparedness meeting during the summit focused on potential future disease threats, Sands said he was struck by how much attention novel pathogens receive compared to malaria, which is killing hundreds of thousands each year. “In many African countries, the biggest health emergency right now is the upsurge in malaria,” he said. “And you’ve got all these people wearing pandemic preparedness hats who are sort of worrying about Marburg and Ebola and all that stuff – which is fine, those are legitimate threats – none of them, if you take a country like DRC, are going to kill remotely as many people as malaria.” The data on Malaria’s resurgence bear out his assessment. Cases rose to 263 million in 2023, the latest year for which data is available, an increase of 11 million from the previous year, according to the World Health Organization’s 2024 World Malaria Report. “The WHO African region still accounts for over 95% of global malaria cases and deaths,” Maru Aregawi Weldedawit, unit head of WHO’s Global Malaria Programme, told the summit by video link. “Even in the region, 11 countries account for over 70% of the global burden. Progress has stalled and in some settings reversed, with significant setbacks placing the 2030 global technical strategy targets at serious risk.” “In 2023 alone, Africa recorded 249 million cases and 569,000 deaths, more than the combined deaths from all multiplying diseases such as cholera, measles, yellow fever, meningitis and viral hemorrhagic fevers,” Weldedawit added. “Yet malaria is still managed as a routine illness despite being the leading infectious killer on the continent today.” Working toolkit, missing money The funding crisis runs deep across the global health world, but is particularly severe for malaria. Only $4 billion was mobilized for malaria in 2023 against a needed $8.3 billion, according to WHO data. Germany’s pledge last week of €1 billion to the Global Fund represents a 23% cut from its previous commitment. The UK, another leading funder of the fight against malaria, is reportedly considering a similar 20% reduction. “The thing with a disease like malaria is we don’t have to drop by very much in terms of investments in order for cases to spiral out of control,” Phumaphi warned. “If we don’t sustain the same level of coverage, we are going to have a crisis.” The Trump administration’s gutting of USAID has deepened that threat. Internal USAID memos warned that permanently halting the President’s Malaria Initiative could cause an additional 12.5 to 17.9 million cases and 71,000 to 166,000 deaths annually, a 39.1% increase from current levels. “We need some of that same sense of urgency around what the risks are with malaria right now, as we have whenever we have an outbreak of one of these other new threats,” Sands said. “The current toolkit works, but you need to get a critical level of funding. Crudely speaking, my view is you need roughly twice as much funding per capita.” Drug resistance and climate converge A young girl reads under a malaria bednet. Photo: UNDP As funding falters, new biological threats are emerging. Professor Isabella Oyier, head of the Biosciences Department at Kenya’s KEMRI-Wellcome Trust Research Program, is tracking the spread of drug-resistant malaria parasites across East Africa through genomic surveillance. “We’re seeing these variants that are allowing the parasite to escape treatment,” Oyier explained at a side event focused on African scientific leadership. “When an individual comes to a health facility, they will be given an anti-malarial drug, but they will not clear their fever, and they’ll still, two to three days after treatment, have parasites in their bloodstream.” “The treatment is failing because the parasite has developed mechanisms to escape,” she said. Partial resistance to artemisinin, the backbone of current malaria treatment, has been confirmed in Rwanda, Uganda, Tanzania, and Eritrea, with signals detected in Ethiopia and Zambia, according to WHO data. The spread of resistance echoes the chloroquine resistance crisis that emerged decades ago, when the malaria parasite’s ability to evade that once-effective drug forced the development of entirely new treatment approaches, including the artemisinin-based therapies now facing their own resistance challenges. “That issue of resistance and the need for new tools is something that’s extremely important for us to talk about,” Dr Ngashi Ngongo, Chief of Staff at Africa CDC, told the summit, adding that with current low coverage rates, “if you have an intervention that is 50% effective, you can’t be satisfied with 59% of children sleeping underneath nets.” “Take 59% of 50%, what does it give you? It’s about 30% of children that are protected,” he said. “No wonder every year we are seeing increasing numbers of cases.” Oyier’s genomic surveillance work with national malaria control programs has led to the introduction of multiple first-line treatments in East Africa, a strategy designed to outmanoeuvre the parasite by rotating different drug combinations and sequencing the malaria parasite’s genome to identify resistance markers before they become widespread. “Part of the work I do is using genomic surveillance, working with the National Malaria Control Programme to set up an early warning system so that we can identify these variants,” Oyier explained. “So that they can then have a response plan and figure out what policy changes they need to make,” she said, noting that generating data locally allows for faster integration with health ministries and more agile national responses. At the beginning of this month, East African countries began rolling out multiple first-line treatment protocols based on this surveillance data, she said. “At the beginning of September, they are looking at introducing what we call multiple first-line treatments, which means you want to confuse the parasite. This year I’ll give you drug A. Next year, I’ll give you a different combination, and that messes the parasite up.” “This is a historical challenge for us,” she said. “We know since chloroquine days, the parasite is going to change. So we need to stay a step ahead and be clever.” Mosquitos on the move An infant and mother under an insecticide-treated mosquito net in Ghana. Such nets remain a key prevention technique. Climate change is further exacerbating these challenges by expanding the habitats of mosquitoes. Historical data analysis published in The Lancet Planetary Health shows malaria mosquitoes in Africa have moved away from the equator by 4.7 kilometers per year over the past century and climbed 6.5 meters annually in altitude. “You have a vector that is really widespread, quite resilient, now complicated with the challenges of global warming and climate change that is actually expanding the habitat of the vector,” Ngongo said. The Lancet research projects that by 2070, an additional 4.7 billion people could be at risk of malaria or dengue as warming temperatures extend transmission seasons. “Then you have the partial effectiveness of the interventions themselves,” Ngongo added. “We’ve been pushing ITNs [insecticide-treated nets] for many years, but the effectiveness was just around 50% reduction of cases. Now, when you bring in the issues of resistance, you are further reducing the effectiveness of those interventions.” MMV: the urgency of developing next-generation treatments The funding challenges are not just for existing tools. In view of the growing resistance to existing drugs, the urgency of developing next-generation treatments is even greater, Dr Martin Fitchet, CEO of Medicines for Malaria Venture, emphasised at a plenary WHS session on the issue. “We were formed 26 years ago because the child mortality rate went up,” he told the summit. “Mortality rate, of which 75% were children under five, doubled to 1.2 million on the world’s watch when it wasn’t really looking, and we’re never going to let that happen again, I hope.” MMV is now developing next-generation antimalarials designed to overcome resistance and prevent another crisis in which the world is unprepared for new mutations in malaria parasites, including potential single-dose cures and long-acting injectable prevention that could protect children for an entire malaria season. “The new drugs we discover now are five to eight years from the [arriving to] market,” Fitchet explained. “These drugs have to have a high barrier of resistance, they have to be new mechanisms, brand new ways of working, the next generation after artemisinin.” “Imagine if you can give a single injection of a medicine supervised to a child or school-age child at the beginning of the season, and they’re completely protected,” Fitchet said. “Complementary to vaccines, complementary to nets. I think we need multiple tools in the toolbox.” Vaccine breakthrough – but is it enough? P vivax malaria is the most widespread form of malaria disease, with victims extending from South-East Asia to North Africa and Latin America (MMV/Damien Schumann) The rollout of malaria vaccines represents a genuine breakthrough. By early 2025, 19 African countries had introduced WHO-recommended vaccines into routine childhood immunisation programs, reaching more than 3 million children, according to WHO data. The RTS,S vaccine, developed over three decades by GSK and the PATH Malaria Vaccine Initiative, was first recommended by WHO in 2021. Pilot programs in Ghana, Kenya, and Malawi demonstrated a 13% drop in all-cause child mortality among vaccine-eligible children. The newer R21/Matrix-M vaccine, developed by Oxford University and prequalified by WHO in December 2023, achieved 78% efficacy in initial trials. Both vaccines reduce clinical malaria by more than 50% in the first year after vaccination. However, Sands expressed frustration that the vaccine breakthrough alone has failed to galvanise donors in the way other recent innovations have. The challenge, he explained, is that simply telling donors “we have the tools but need more money” no longer works as a fundraising message. “The trouble is, the narrative that says actually we’ve got the tools but we need more money doesn’t really work, because donors don’t want to hear that,” Sands said. “We need to find ways of injecting something new or different or urgent or hopeful, particularly positive, hopeful stuff that changes the narrative.” The first two girls ever vaccinated with the malaria vaccine RTS,S in Ghana. He also warned that vaccines will not be sufficient to reverse the surge in malaria cases because they primarily reduce mortality rather than stopping transmission of the disease. “For some of the donors, they think that the vaccines are the story,” he said. “Personally, I don’t think they’re powerful enough, and not least because they don’t really change the transmission. Yes, they will help us reduce mortality, but they’re not going to really help transmission.” He drew a contrast with lenacapavir, a long-acting injectable HIV prevention drug that requires just two injections per year and has shown near-perfect efficacy in clinical trials. The breakthrough has reinvigorated donor enthusiasm for HIV prevention in a way malaria vaccines have not. “If I could change the conversation to talk about lenacapavir in HIV, what we have is a long-acting injectable. It’s the most exciting thing to happen in HIV prevention for at least a decade,” Sands said. “It’s completely changed the conversation,” he added. “It’s allowed us to talk really differently and excite donors about being part of ending HIV. It has both medical impact and donor mobilisation impact.” Local solutions African public health leaders used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for increased investment in national health systems and research capacity across the continent. African scientists and policymakers are increasingly demanding ownership of the malaria response. Oyier emphasised the importance of building research capacity across the continent. “For me to break that down, you’re all aware that in COVID, everyone knew the COVID language, the Greek alphabet. These are the same across all pathogens,” she said, explaining her genomic surveillance work. “Part of the work I do is using genomic surveillance, working with the National Malaria Control Programme to set up an early warning system so that we can identify these variants, and so that they can then have a response plan and figure out what policy changes they need to make,” Oyier said. MMV is establishing five manufacturing hubs across Africa in partnership with Africa CDC. The organization is also making an AI-powered drug discovery tool available as open access to researchers globally. “We’re working with DeepMind, the Google arm of AI, with our database of 10 million compounds,” Fitchet explained. “We’re building a machine learning tool that is going to accelerate the medicinal chemistry, the design, the invention of new anti-malarials.” “And here’s the kicker: we’re going to make it available open access for any researcher anywhere in the world, particularly if you’re in malaria-endemic countries,” he said. A health worker examines a child with suspected malaria. Fitchet noted that only one clinical candidate for an anti-malarial drug has come from an African research institution to reach clinical trials in recent years – something he says has to change. “We’ve only had one clinical candidate for an anti-malarial drug going to the clinic from an African research group in Cape Town, in 2014,” he said, referring to work at the University of Cape Town’s Drug Discovery and Development Centre. “I think it’s time to have more of those coming out of African research groups and having our first approved and accessible African-invented anti-malarial,” Fitchet said. While African governments have increased their spending on health in recent years, the continent faces severe fiscal constraints. Low-income countries, on average, depend on foreign aid for one-third of their national health spending, and more than 60 countries worldwide now spend more on debt service than on their health systems, according to World Bank data. “I think we need to appreciate the enormity of the challenge,” Phumaphi concluded, “and exactly how much is required in funding in order for countries to be able to catch up.” Image Credits: Yoshi Shimizu, World Health Summit, UNDP, WHO, MMV/Damien Schumann, WHO/Fanjan Combrink, Damien Schumann / MMV. New World Bank-WHO ‘Leaders Coalition’ Aims to Power Investments in Health 20/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan The World Bank, Japan, and the WHO launched the Health Works Leaders Coalition. to promote investments in health systems as a strategy for economic growth, job creation, and improved resilience. How to find more money has dominated discussions at global health gatherings this year as the precipitous 21% fall in development assistance over the past year threatens to unravel years of hard-won gains. There is near-universal agreement that aid-dependent countries need to pay more for their citizens’ health, and that the donors need to become more collaborative and efficient. Many also posit the idea that the financial crisis presents an opportunity to rearrange the global health “architecture” to ensure that low and middle-income countries (LMICs) drive their own destinies rather than their donors. But exactly how to achieve all of this is less clear. One new vehicle is the Health Works Leaders Coalition, launched last Friday by the World Bank, Japan, and the World Health Organization (WHO). It brings together health and finance ministers, donors, business, global health agencies and civil society to promote “investments in health systems as a strategy for economic growth, job creation, and improved resilience”, according to a media release. The coalition stresses that it is “not a funding mechanism, but rather a coordinated effort to drive bold, high-impact action on health reform globally”. It is part of the World Bank’s Health Works initiative launched earlier this year, which aims to help countries transform their health systems to provide quality, affordable health services by 2030. “Our goal is ambitious: to help countries deliver quality, affordable health services to 1.5 billion people by 2030. No single institution, government, or philanthropist can achieve that alone,” said Ajay Banga, World Bank president. “But with aligned purpose and shared effort, it is possible. If we get this right, we can make real impact – improving health, transforming lives, strengthening economies – and creating jobs. This effort is as much an ingredient of our jobs agenda as it is a health initiative.” The countries that make up the coalition are Egypt, Ethiopia, Indonesia, Kenya, Nigeria, Philippines, Sierra Leone, Saint Lucia and the United Kingdom. Health Works is linked to three World Bank backed funds: the Health System Transformation & Resilience Fund (HSTRF), the Global Financing Facility, which focuses on strengthening primary health care to reduce deaths of women, children, and adolescents, and The Pandemic Fund, which provides financing for pandemic prevention, preparedness, and response. However, at last week’s World Health Summit in Berlin several global health actors acknowledged that there needed to be fewer agencies and funds. “I do think we’re actually going to have to reduce the number of entities,” Peter Sands, executive director of the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, told participants. “The system is too fragmented. There are too many underfunded institutions. There’s too much duplication. It’s too complex. That diagnosis, I think, is pretty straightforward.” Expanding tax revenue World Bank vice-president Mamta Murthi According to World Bank vice-president Mamta Murthi, countries need to spend $50 to $60 per person per year for a basic health package, but low-income countries (LIC) spend about $20, and for many, around half of this comes from donors. Countries need to expand tax revenues and engage in domestic resource mobilisation, “including through better tax policy and better tax administration, and that includes health taxes”, Murthi told a discussion hosted by the Center for Global Development (CGD) at which key development leaders discussed sustainable solutions to the health financing crisis. “The second thing that they can do is make health more of a priority in their budgets,” she said, adding that around a third of low and low-middle-income countries could allocate more to health with the fiscal conditions that they have. “And I don’t think they should just look at health taxes. There are lots of other things that they spend on, which don’t deliver a bang for the buck, and some of them are harmful to health. Let’s think of fossil fuel subsidies.” In addition, it is also “shocking that, on average, about 10 to 15% of resources that are allocated for health spending don’t get spent,” she added. However, she said the Bank is encouraged by countries presenting “compacts”– country vision statements with “asks” to the donor community, setting out what they need from development agencies to reach their goals and targets. “I feel very encouraged by the leadership that the countries are showing… they have goals and targets in terms of accessibility, affordability, job creation that ensue from the full implementation of these compacts.” The end of ODA? Gavi CEO Sania Nishtar. Sania Nishtar, CEO of the vaccine alliance, Gavi, declared: “We are seeing the beginning of the end of overseas development aid (ODA).” Gavi Leap, the platform’s reform plan, is “preparing for this future” by ensuring that countries have greater ownership and agency, and are more effective in this resource-constrained environment, said Nishtar. Gavi is accommodating countries’ requests for more decision-making agency, quicker turnaround, less administration and vaccine sovereignty, she added. “End-to-end digitising” will simplify and speed up the grant process, while Gavi’s support for , the African Vaccine Manufacturing Accelerator aims to “catalyse sustainable vaccine manufacturing on the continent”. “We are speaking to our colleagues at the World Bank and other international multilateral development banks, and we have put in place what is called the MDB [multilateral development bank] Multiplier” to “unlock concessional lending for countries”. Catalysing investment Hitoshi Hirata, vice-president of the Japan International Cooperation Agency. Hitoshi Hirata, vice-president of the Japan International Cooperation Agency, said that at the Financing for Development (FfD4) meeting in Sevilla in July, partner countries had committed to expanding domestic revenue for health, particularly through health taxes. “We would like to support health financing, and also link with existing public finance management efforts and tap domestic and private resources,” said Hirata. The resulting Sevilla Commitment proposes concrete steps to catalyse investment in sustainable development, address the debt crisis affecting the world’s poorest countries (three billion people live in countries that spend more on interest payments than on health), and give developing countries a stronger voice in the international financing architecture. The Japanese government is hosting a Universal Health Coverage (UHC) High-Level Forum in Tokyo in December, at which various countries will launch their National Health Compacts. These are “government-led agreements that will lay out bold reforms, investment priorities, shared accountability and unlock resources for expanding access to quality, affordable health care”, according to a media release. Strong country leadership Wellcome Trust CEO John-Arne Røttingen. Wellcome Trust CEO John-Arne Røttingen warned that the “abrupt changes to the international financing environment” will result in many lives lost and worsen the global burden of disease. But he is “optimistic” that the loss in financing will result in “stronger country leadership, supported by multilateral development banks and major bilateral donors”. “Countries are demanding that they need to be in charge – with a one country, one plan, one budget, one monitoring approach,” said Røttingen. “And I’m hearing commitment now from almost all big external financing agencies – the dedicated GHIs, the Global Fund, the World Bank, and the other multilateral development banks and the major bilateral donors – that signals a global moving towards empowering and also making countries responsible for delivering.” Wellcome Trust is also supporting global and regional discussions on “reimagining the global health architecture”, which kicked off with papers on the subject written by five thought leaders. Its motivation is to find long-term solutions to the crisis in global health that involve “more regional and national accountability and less dependence on the priorities of donors from high-income countries”. But Røttingen cautioned that devolving too much to country governments might reinforce the priorities and norms of undemocratic governments that could be contrary to human rights. “There needs to be very strong transparency and the voice from civil society and different groups”, he noted, adding that positive lessons from different regions where things are working With Future of UNAIDS in Question, Top Official Says ‘Very Difficult’ to Envision 2026 Shutdown 17/10/2025 Stefan Anderson A senior UNAIDS deputy framed the UN Secretary-General’s proposal to close the programme next year as a rushed timeline, as governments and civil society demand answers. BERLIN — A top UNAIDS official told delegates at the World Health Summit this week that it would be “very difficult” to envision shutting down the agency by the end of 2026, pushing back against a controversial proposal from UN Secretary-General António Guterres that has triggered an outcry from civil society groups and member states. “I know the [Secretary-General’s] proposal is formulated in a way that strikes people as if it’s already a decision, but it is a proposal,” Christine Stegling, deputy executive director of UNAIDS, said at the summit. “There’s pressure on all of us to rethink ourselves and to think how we can maybe accelerate the timeline, but I personally find it very difficult to think about how we could do that by the end of 2026.” Her comments come weeks after Guterres released his UN80 reform plan in September, a sweeping 45-page blueprint for restructuring the UN system that included a single sentence stating: “We plan to sunset UNAIDS by the end of 2026.” The proposal caught the agency’s own governing board off guard, as well as donor governments and the civil society organizations that hold a unique seat at the table in UNAIDS governance. UNAIDS was already implementing its own board-approved transformation plan, which includes a 54% reduction in secretariat staffing and consolidation of country offices from 85 to 54. That plan, informed by a high-level panel that worked from October 2024 to March 2025, envisions a gradual two-phase process that would propose to the board in mid-2027 to “further transform, consolidate, integrate, with a view to eventually closing down the UNAIDS Secretariat in its current form”—a timeline measured in years, not the 14 months the UN80 plan allows. “We heard very powerful voices in our board meeting in June from communities telling us, look, sunsetting can be good if you stand in a beautiful sunset,” Stegling said. “And it can be terrifying if you’re standing by yourself, and it just all of a sudden gets dark.” ‘I’m seeing death’ "I am seeing death. Real people are dying." – Winnie Byanyima, Executive Director, Joint United Nations Programme on HIV/AIDS (UNAIDS)#WHS2025 speaker Byanyima emphasizes that global solidarity is fundamental to advancing global health. She highlights that wealthier countries… pic.twitter.com/tDRriJ6CuL — World Health Summit (@WorldHealthSmt) October 13, 2025 The fight over the programme’s future unfolds as the global HIV response faces what UNAIDS has called a “historic funding crisis.” There were 1.3 million new HIV infections in 2024, virtually unchanged from the previous year and far short of targets needed to end AIDS as a public health threat by 2030, according to the agency’s 2025 Global AIDS Update released in July. The sudden withdrawal of US funding in early 2025, which had previously accounted for 73% of international HIV/AIDS financing, has disrupted treatment and prevention programmes worldwide. UNAIDS modelling suggests the funding collapse could lead to an additional 6.6 million new HIV infections and 4.2 million AIDS-related deaths by 2029. “This is not just a funding gap – it’s a ticking time bomb,” Byanyima said when the annual report was released. “We have seen services vanish overnight. Health workers have been sent home. And people – especially children and key populations – are being pushed out of care.” In Mozambique alone, over 30,000 health personnel lost their jobs, while Nigeria has seen monthly initiations of pre-exposure prophylaxis to prevent HIV transmission have plummeted from 40,000 to 6,000. Since 2010, new HIV infections have fallen 40% and AIDS-related deaths by 56%. By the end of 2024, 31.6 million people—77% of all people living with HIV—were accessing antiretroviral therapy. “I’m seeing death, real people dying because clinics are shutting, because services for the most vulnerable people are closing,” Winnie Byanyima, UNAIDS executive director, told the summit. “That suddenness, that rapid decline, is costing lives. Let’s be clear about that. People are dying.” Speaking about the abrupt US funding cuts, Stegling drew a parallel to the UN80 proposal: “It was the shock and it was the abruptness, and it was the unpreparedness that hit hardest, with little time to react.” At an extraordinary UNAIDS board meeting last week, member states expressed strong opposition to the accelerated timeline. “Member states on our board, and in particular those who are most affected, all speak about a similar issue,” Stegling said, specifically citing the Africa group. “They’re basically saying, look, the ecosystem is collapsing around us. The funding is collapsing around us, and at this particular time, you’re taking away a structure that we have at a country level that helps us to navigate these new realities, and so therefore we can’t support that.” Donors demand answers World Health Summit panel, “Shaping the Future of UNAIDS in the Context of UN80.” Germany and the Netherlands, the two largest contributors to HIV financing aside from the US, said their delegations would use the next meeting of the UNAIDS Programme Coordinating Board to question UN80’s abrupt departure from the agency’s existing reform trajectory. “The Secretary-General’s proposal that sunsets UNAIDS already by the end of 2026 came to all of us as a surprise,” said Paul Zubeil of Germany’s Ministry of Health, adding that the proposals outlined in the UNAIDS-led reforms were “very balanced.” “It’s an easy pitch to close a very small, not even UN agency, but a small joint programme, to integrate it,” Zubeil continued. “This would probably show the world ‘we’re doing something, we’re integrating UN agencies into each other,’ but it’s not really what does the trick. We don’t talk about WFP or about FAO or any others, the big ships.” “I don’t know what’s on [Guterres’] mind, but again, I think we should monitor this. We should take it very seriously. But there’s no reason for panic upfront when the storm has not hit us yet.” Peter Derrek Hof of the Netherlands Ministry of Foreign Affairs said his government had prepared questions about “why not follow the transition plan that was well thought out, was well prepared.” While supporting the broader UN reform process, he added: “It doesn’t mean that on specific issues we won’t raise issues, and we will ask questions – this will be one of them.” Civil society outcry “I don’t think he was thinking at all,” Erika Castellanos (right) told the World Health Summit of UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres proposal to close USAID by 2026. The UN proposal has generated fierce resistance from civil society organizations who sit on the UNAIDS Programme Coordinating Board – the only governance structure in the UN with direct civil society representation. More than 1,000 civil society organisations have signed a letter expressing “deepest alarm” at the sunsetting proposal, noting their seat at the table had been effectively stepped over by the Secretary-General, who did not consult UNAIDS or its board before publishing the UN80 agenda. “UNAIDS must remain until new HIV infections are halted, until lifesaving HIV treatment reaches all who need it, and until the human rights of all people living with and affected by HIV are fully safeguarded,” the letter states. “Preserving UNAIDS is about saving lives, and to propose sunsetting it now is profoundly dangerous and a betrayal of the global goal to end AIDS by 2030,” the groups said. “Any restructuring must strengthen – not weaken – the HIV response, human rights, community leadership, and accountability.” The exclusion of civil society from the UN80 process carries particular sting, given the history of the AIDS crisis. When governments worldwide ignored the epidemic in the 1980s as it killed millions, dismissing it as a “gay plague”, it was grassroots activists who forced the issue onto the political agenda, staged “die-ins” at pharmaceutical companies to demand treatment access, and ultimately shaped the unprecedented global response that created institutions like UNAIDS and the Global Fund. 🚨 The HIV response is in crisis. Funding cuts, rising infections & deaths—and now the UN SG plans to sunset @UNAIDS in 2026.We say NO. This is a betrayal of the 2030 goal to #EndAIDS.✍️ Sign on: https://t.co/zrk1I2SRiXRead our statement: https://t.co/gKIxvo7CRl#SaveUNAIDS pic.twitter.com/QAnjQpi12v — NGO DELEGATION TO THE UNAIDS PCB (@ngopcb) September 19, 2025 “I come from that time where we took to the streets, where we threw red paint on politicians, where we went into parliament with coffins,” said Erika Castellanos, a civil society representative. “And because of that action with the global community, the international community ended up with institutions like the Global Fund and UNAIDS.” “We need to have an institution at the highest level, at the UN level, where the participation and engagement of community is preserved to the level it is now,” Castellanos said. “Whatever we create or redesign needs to keep communities in decision-making seats with equal power. Otherwise, representation goes back to tokenistic.” The move also reflects a broader trend across the UN system, where civil society access has been shrinking in both Geneva and New York. The recent plastics treaty negotiations saw civil society representatives largely stonewalled, while Brazil’s COP30 climate summit is expected to draw record-low civil society participation – a retreat from the open multilateralism that defined earlier UN processes. Calling out the euphemistic language of the proposal, Clemens Gros, another civil society representative, compared “sunsetting” to SpaceX’s description of a rocket explosion as “rapid unscheduled disassembly.” “Sun setting the organization would effectively mean it will not be there anymore once it’s beyond the horizon,” he said. UN80: Response to ‘severe pressure’ The UN80 Initiative is a blueprint for streamlining the United Nations amid a deep funding crisis led by Secretary-General António Guterres. The UNAIDS proposal sits within a wider UN80 reform initiative launched by Guterres in March as the body marks its 80th anniversary. The “Shifting Paradigms: United to Deliver” report, released on 18 September at the General Assembly in New York, proposes numerous mergers and consolidations across the UN system. Among the proposals: merging the UN Population Fund and UN Women “to create a unified voice and platform on gender equality and women’s rights.” The reforms are widely seen as a response to severe funding pressures—particularly US aid cuts under the Trump administration—though Guterres has denied this. Informal discussions have also circulated about potentially merging the two largest non-UN health agencies, Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance and the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, though the agencies themselves have emphasized closer collaboration over outright merger. For now, member states and agency leadership are left navigating between two competing visions: the gradual, community-informed transformation UNAIDS had charted for itself, and the abrupt 2026 closure proposed in the UN80 plan. “We went from street rioters to policy makers because we were forced to take that role,” Castellanos said. “We finally arrive at a place where we have a seat at the table, and often the privilege and honor to lead that table.” “This hasn’t come easily. It’s with a lot of pain and suffering, and a lot of people who have done a lot of amazing work before us. So I find it a little bit irresponsible and a little bit too naive, perhaps, to think that we can shift gears suddenly without a planned process.” Image Credits: https://www.flickr.com/photos/22539273@N00/50637583117, Patrick Gruban. Drive to Include Pregnant and Breastfeeding Women and Children in Clinical Trials 17/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan The first woman with malaria in her first trimester of pregnancy was enrolled in a clinical trial to compare three different malaria treatment regimens in Mali on 6 October 2025. The first pregnant woman with malaria was enrolled in a clinical trial in Mali to compare three different malaria treatment regimens earlier this month – a historic event as pregnant and breastfeeding women and babies are seldom included in clinical trials despite being more vulnerable to several illnesses. But there is growing momentum for including “under-represented groups” in clinical trials to ensure that medicines developed are suitable for all those who need them most. Malaria in pregnancy is responsible for around 20% of stillbirths and 11% of all newborn deaths in sub‑Saharan Africa, as well as some 10,000 maternal deaths globally each year. It can also cause severe maternal anaemia, miscarriage, stillbirth, preterm delivery and low birthweight. Back in 1998, the World Health Organization (WHO) recommended artemisinin-based combination therapy (ACT) as the standard of care for malaria – but it only updated its guidelines for malaria to include pregnant women in their first trimester in 2022, according to Dr Myriam El Gaaloul, head of clinical and regulatory sciences at Medicines for Malaria Venture. “With the threat of emerging resistance to malaria drugs, alternatives are needed, and I think we all agree that we cannot afford to wait for another quarter of century [for treatment for pregnant women],” El Gaaloul told a webinar on under-represented populations in clinical trials, hosted by the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations (IFPMA) as part of its African Regulatory Conference. The trial, which will also run in Kenya and Burkina Faso, is an initiative of the Safety of Anti-malarials in the First Trimester (SAFIRE) Consortium, with El Ghaloul as its principal investigator. Preparation for the trial started in 2023 and involved getting ethical clearance in all three countries and holding meetings with regulators, said El Ghaloul. Ethical considerations Dr Jacqueline Kitulu, incoming president of the World Medical Association. Dr Jacqueline Kitulu, the incoming president of the World Medical Association (WMA), told the webinar that excluding under-represented groups “generates several ethical harms”, including the risk that “clinical decisions are built on non-generalisable data”. She defined these groups as “women, including the pregnant ones, older adults, children, people with disabilities, indigenous and marginalised populations and those in conflict settings”. “Exclusion can cause harm when interventions are later rolled out without safety or dosage data for larger segments of the population who are really excluded or under-represented groups,” Kitulu explained. The WMA developed the Helsinki Declaration 61 years ago to guide research on human subjects, and this remains the cornerstone for researchers. Mercury Shitindo, executive director of the Africa Bioethics Network, said there needs to be a shift in thinking: “We are not protecting people from research, but we are working on ways to protect people through research.” “This particular shift requires not only including under-represented populations in trials, but also ensuring that our regulatory systems and community policies are at the centre of how research is designed, conducted and shared.” Mercury Shitindo, executive director of the Africa Bioethics Network. Runcie Chidebe, founder of Project PINK BLUE, a Nigerian cancer awareness and patient advocacy organisation, said that Africa only hosts 4% of global clinical trials, although it makes up almost 19% of the world’s population. He knew of only one oncology clinical trial in Africa at present, and said that clinical trials for treatments for metastatic cerebral and cervical cancer mental had involved “95% white people”. Evolving international policy On 7 October, the WHO launched the Global Clinical Trial Forum (GCTF) to strengthen the clinical trial ecosystem, Martina Penazzato, WHO lead of Global Accelerator for Paediatric Formulations (GAP-f), told the webinar. The forum is in response to a resolution from the World Health Assembly (WHA75.8), which called on WHO member states to improve the quality and coordination of clinical trials to generate high-quality evidence for health decision-making. “The WHO has also released a global action plan, with action three [of nine actions] emphasising the inclusion of under-represented populations,” said Penazzato, adding Research is underway to better define under-represented populations and the policy landscape. “The WHO has identified key barriers to paediatric clinical trial inclusion, such as ethical and regulatory frameworks, and has advocated for a more coordinated, transparent process to prioritise research in this area,” she added. Mariana Widmer, a WHO scientist in maternal and perinatal health, said that medicines need to be tested on pregnant women as “pregnancy introduces significant physiological changes”. “For example, the blood volume increases by about 40% and this affects how medicines are absorbed and processed,” said Widmer, “So medicines should be tested in pregnant women to ensure safe treatment, yet pregnant women are often excluded from trials. “Around 70% of pregnant women take prescription medicines, and most of them are off-label; therefore, excluding pregnant women poses greater risks than including them.” Meanwhile, the International Council for Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for Pharmaceuticals for Human Use (ICH) is considering guidelines to include pregnant and breastfeeding women in research, said Theresa Wang, director of Clinical Quality and Compliance Management at AstraZeneca, who spoke on behalf of IFPMA The ICH brings regulatory authorities and the pharmaceutical industry together to discuss scientific and technical aspects of pharmaceuticals. The ICH resolved to include pregnant and breastfeeding women in clinical trials in 2023, said Theresa Wang, director of Clinical Quality and Compliance Management at AstraZeneca, speaking on behalf of IFPMA. This was the second of a four-part virtual Africa Regulatory Conference webinar series hosted by the IFPMA that is open to all who are interested. The third webinar, ‘Innovative clinical trial designs and digital technologies, is on Tuesday, 21 October. Image Credits: Medicines for Malaria Venture. Global Health Leaders Urge Fewer Agencies Amid Funding Crisis 16/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Global health chiefs used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for cutting and consolidating agencies as US cuts expose a “confusing” and “fragmented” aid bureaucracy. BERLIN — Leaders of the world’s major global health institutions called for a fundamental restructuring of an aid system they described as too fragmented, duplicative and confusing, with several stating that the number of agencies must be reduced as cuts from the US and other donors force a reckoning with the labyrinthine architecture of global health funding. At the World Health Summit in Berlin this week, executives from the Global Fund, Gavi, the World Health Organization and other institutions addressed the financial crisis facing global health as the abrupt withdrawal of US aid under Donald Trump exposed structural problems that officials acknowledged had existed for years. “I do think we’re actually going to have to reduce the number of entities,” Peter Sands, executive director of the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, told participants. “The system is too fragmented. There are too many underfunded institutions. There’s too much duplication. It’s too complex. That diagnosis, I think, is pretty straightforward.” Global development assistance for health fell 21% between 2024 and 2025, driven almost entirely by a 67% drop in US financing, more than $9 billion, according to data from the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation. Tens of millions of lives, particularly among children under five and people in the world’s poorest countries, are threatened by the cuts. Germany announces $1 billion pledge to the Global Fund on the opening night of WHS 2025. The collapse in global health funding extends beyond the United States. Germany, despite pledging €1 billion to the Global Fund and emerging as WHO’s largest donor, has cut its overall development assistance. France and the UK, also major funders, have joined rich countries across the board in reducing aid budgets. EU member states face competing pressures from the war in Ukraine and heightened security concerns following recent Russian provocations inside and near NATO borders. “On a global scale, development assistance for health was almost universally accepted as a good thing—it wasn’t politically controversial,” Joseph Dieleman, who leads IHME’s health aid tracking team, told the Council on Foreign Relations of the research. “All of a sudden, it’s very squarely political and on the chopping block.” “That’s not just a US phenomenon,” Dieleman said. “That’s global.” Global health chiefs used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for cutting and consolidating agencies as US cuts expose a “confusing” and “fragmented” aid bureaucracy. The loss of billions in health funding has put millions at risk, but officials say the crisis has also exposed deeper, long-standing flaws in the aid architecture. Health programs rely heavily on a handful of major donors — about 15 philanthropies and national governments dominate the field — so the loss of even one can trigger an immediate emergency. “In the area of HIV, when the US paused their development assistance in February, in the whole global response on the HIV/AIDS, the US was shouldering 73% of the total burden of development assistance, just one country,” said Winnie Byanyima, executive director of UNAIDS. “The rest of the world was shouldering the 27%. That wasn’t right,” she added. “That overdependence on one country, in a few countries, and overdependence of the developing countries, we have to solve it.” Officials also pointed to “mandate creep,” where multiple organizations take on overlapping roles, competing for the same funds while duplicating work, resulting in confusion and inefficient use of aid. “At the moment, if you’re somebody from outside the world of global health, it’s pretty confusing, right?” Sands said. “And there are so many cross-currents and so many acronyms, and trying to explain where you should place your bets as a new donor is not a trivial thing to do.” Axel Pries, president of the World Health Summit, said the abrupt US withdrawal “will cost lives” with “estimations that this is a double digit million figure of lives which are lost due to this very abrupt change.” “The best answer for the Global Fund is you don’t need the Global Fund,” he added. “Ultimately, if we’ve done our job on HIV, TB and Malaria well, there’s no need for it. That’s not true for the normative convening, regulatory roles of WHO which will continue, ultimately indefinitely, because that’s playing a kind of global public good role for the world.” The majority of global health institutions are funded through sequential “replenishment” fundraising campaigns, often concurrent, creating competition for finite resources that now extends across the broader humanitarian world. As funds dwindle, streamlining and coordination in aid efforts become crucial to maximise what funds remain. “Is the current model of replenishment sustainable? I don’t think it’s sustainable going forward,” said Sania Nishtar, chief executive of Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance. “Whatever all of us have been able to achieve, it is because of the generosity of the donors … We do not have a divine right to funding.” In 2024, the UN and partner organizations appealed for $46.4 billion to assist 180.5 million people across 72 countries—funding that health agencies must now compete for and convince policymakers to support. “It is cliché, but a crisis is a chance,” Nishtar said. “Now is the time for us to come together and align behind a movement to draw new parameters.” “We are radically recalibrating our programs. We understand that these changes are irreversible,” the Gavi chief concluded. “There’s got to be far less agencies in the ecosystem. This fragmentation and duplication really needs to come to an end.” Without warning Elon Musk, who was named a “special government employee” by the Trump administration, secured the president’s backing to eliminate USAID, the country’s foreign aid agency, sending shockwaves through global humanitarian efforts. The abrupt termination of US foreign aid, which has hit health programmes particularly hard, cast a long shadow over the chandeliers and canapés adorning World Health Summit proceedings at the Berlin InterContinental hotel, though participants largely avoided direct criticism of Washington. Multiple panels on restructuring global health finance over the three-day conference avoided mentioning the US or President Donald Trump by name, instead speaking obliquely of the need for “innovative finance” and addressing funding gaps that now total tens of billions of dollars across major institutions including the WHO, Gavi and the Global Fund. “The US has every right to use its money the way it wants. I don’t think anyone can criticize the US for withdrawing its funds or withdrawing its support,” WHO chief Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told participants via video-link from Sri-Lanka. “But one thing that could have been done is there could have been a transition or an exit strategy, for instance, about six to 12 months,” Tedros added. “Then, countries who have been benefiting from the US generous support could have prepared themselves.” Research published in The Lancet estimates USAID programs have saved over 90 million lives over the past two decades, including 30.4 million children under the age of five. As many as 14 million additional preventable deaths could take place by 2030 if gaps created by US programme cuts are not closed. Later in the exchange, while acknowledging US sovereignty over its funding decisions, the WHO acknowledged that reality head-on. “People have died,” Tedros said. “If there was some exit strategy, we wouldn’t have people dying because of the withdrawal of the US funding.” “The abrupt US withdrawal will cost lives,” Axel Pries, president of the World Health Summit, said. “Estimations are that this is a double-digit million figure of lives which are lost due to this very abrupt change. On the other hand, it also exposed that our system had some kind of crackability already. It was not only this last push, it was already a system which needed a renewal.” Already falling short “Funding Drops Across Most Health Organizations From 2024 to 2025: Development banks and the Gates Foundation maintained their funds for health development assistance, but agencies such as the World Health Organization experienced large losses,” according to Think Global Health statistics. Even before the cuts, global health institutions were falling short of their targets, a pattern mirrored across humanitarian, refugee and climate financing. The global fight against HIV, tuberculosis and malaria faces a $29.4 billion gap for 2027-2029 across domestic financing, external donors and the Global Fund combined. The Global Fund contributes roughly 13% of total global funding for these three diseases and has already warned countries that current grants for 2025-2026 might face an average 11% cut due to an estimated $1.4 billion gap from donors not meeting pledges. “Global health has been very much anchored in global solidarity — countries agreeing to work together to deliver on health, and it’s been driven very much by aid for the developing countries,” Byanyima said. “But now we’re seeing that aid tumbling very fast — that suddenness, that rapid decline, is costing lives. Let’s be clear about that: people are dying.” Gavi secured more than $9 billion at its June replenishment summit but remains $2.9 billion short of its $11.9 billion target. Officials warned this shortfall could result in 75 million children missing routine vaccinations over the next five years and 1.2 million child deaths. Overall resource needs and projected available resources for HIV, TB and malaria in countries where the Global Fund invests. The Pandemic Fund—a multilateral mechanism established in 2022 by the G20—requires an estimated $2 billion in additional resources for 2025-2027. A further $15 billion in annual global spending on pandemic preparedness — or 0.1-0.2% of GDP and 0.5-1% of security and defence budgets — was recommended by a report from the WHO-hosted Global Pandemic Monitoring Board released in Berlin. WHO faces the largest proportional crisis: it is short nearly $1.9 billion from a planned $4.2 billion budget for 2026-27, meaning it lacks nearly 45% of the needed funding. Amid the funding drought, forcing many UN agencies from headquarters, to the UN Refugee Programme, to UNICEF and more to cut staff and operations by up to 55%, Sands warned that a simple restructuring will not solve the crisis alone. “Rearranging the boxes of the global health ecosystem is a useful thing to do and a necessary thing to do,” he said. “But it isn’t going to fill the fundamental gaps in financing. So we should do it, but we shouldn’t use it as a sort of displacement activity for actually mobilizing the money we need.” “The worst outcome here is that we invest a lot of our energies having long conversations and lots of meetings about all of this and then do nothing,” Sands concluded. “And two years from now, we’re not where you said we would be with a radically changed system. That would be a waste of time.” Death and defence German Health Minister Nina Warken addresses the World Health Summit in Berlin. Yet while aid budgets shrink, defense spending has been easier to find on government balance sheets, seeing a global surge last year from major aid donor nations as geopolitical tensions rattle capitals. EU member states’ defense expenditure reached €343 billion in 2024, and is expected to rise to €381 billion in 2025—a 19% increase from the previous year and 37% higher than 2021. The US defense budget was approximately $874 billion in 2024. “We face a world of national reflexes and shrinking budgets, of leading headlines and contested facts,” Nina Warken, Germany’s health minister, told the summit. “Global health politics is pressed to justify itself.” “Health is no place for the lone wolf, because national health topics are often linked to the global level,” Warken added. “It is in our very own interest to strengthen these topics at an international level.” The increases come as millions of preventable deaths occur worldwide from diseases that cost relatively little to treat or prevent. The $9 billion pricetag cost to fill the US-sized gap in global health funding, in perspective, is about 2.4 % of EU defence spending and about 0.66 % of the combined EU-US defence outlays. “While we know we’re at a particular moment in time with financing for global solidarity now, the truth is funding pressures have long been there,” Helen Clark, former New Zealand prime minister and UN Development Programme administrator, said. “There is a competition for resources between the different sets of actors.” Preliminary estimates of relative reduction in total health spending due to reduceddevelopment assistance for health, 2024–2025. The resources to allay the funding crisis are not confined to traditional Western aid budgets. Around 200 individuals with net worths exceeding $10 billion collectively hold approximately $5 trillion—enough to fund the current shortfall for over 500 years with money to spare. China’s annual government expenditure, estimated at $6-7 trillion, would absorb the $9 billion gap as roughly 0.13% of its budget. Saudi Arabia’s Public Investment Fund, with assets estimated at $1 trillion, could sustain current global health funding levels for over a century. The kingdom’s recent investments in sports properties—including an estimated $10 billion across ventures such as LIV Golf, Newcastle United, and various international tournaments—exceed the immediate global health financing need. Yet mobilising such resources remains a complex diplomatic and political challenge, further complicated by questions of how aid should be spent. “In the final analysis, food, water, medicine to keep people alive is a compelling narrative,” Clark said. “That can absorb an overwhelming amount of resources that doesn’t really leave that much for putting in place the building blocks for more resilient health systems.” African push for sovereignty clouded by debt African leaders used the summit to accelerate demands for greater independence from donor systems. “Africa is ready. We don’t want to be invited,” Jean Kaseya, director-general of the Africa Centres for Disease Control and Prevention, told attendees. “We are the co-creators of this global architecture.” “The money that we are creating, that we are leveraging, must flow through the regional pool procurement mechanism, especially to regional manufacturers, because we need an incentive to them,” Kaseya said. “Someone was telling me, there is no market in Africa. No way we have 1.4 billion people. This is the biggest market.” In September, African health ministers released the Accra Agenda—a comprehensive financing strategy emphasizing domestic resources, innovative mechanisms and local manufacturing. The initiative, led by Ghana’s President John Dramani Mahama, aims to declare an end to development-as-usual. Yet the push echoes the 2001 Abuja Declaration, in which African Union leaders pledged to allocate 15% of government budgets to health—a target only two countries of the AU’s 55 nations, South Africa and Cabo Verde, met in 2021. The average across the AU was 7.35% of national budgets, half the benchmark agreed in Nigeria 24 years ago. “In the end, national actors are the ones who are going to carry their countries forward,” Clark said. “We have to put the emphasis on how we support them to do their jobs.” WHO Chief Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus addressed the 2025 WHS. Pressed on how the WHO would support countries affected by the global aid cuts, Tedros insisted they possessed the capacity for self-reliance. “All developing countries, what they need is not charity. What they need is fair terms, fair terms in investment, fair terms in trade, and fair terms in taking loans from the market,” he said. Yet as the IMF and World Bank hold their annual meetings in Washington this week, the prospect of self-reliance appears increasingly remote for many developing nations. Low-income countries, on average, depend on foreign aid for one-third of their national health spending. Eight of the world’s poorest countries—South Sudan, Somalia, Democratic Republic of Congo, Liberia, Afghanistan, Sudan, Uganda and Ethiopia—rely on USAID for over 20% of their total foreign assistance. Facing their highest debt burdens in decades, many of the world’s poorest nations are unlikely to be able to compensate for the budget hole blown open by USAID’s withdrawal. The 121 low- and middle-income governments for which there are figures spent an average of 10.7% of government revenue on public health systems, compared to 12.2% on external debt payments in 2019. Research by Debt Justice, released ahead of the meetings, found that 11 lower-income countries denied debt relief by the IMF have been forced to enact “drastic” cuts to health spending by 18% and education by 16% while maintaining debt payments to wealthy creditors. In these countries—including Argentina, Egypt, Kenya, Mozambique and Pakistan—real public spending per person has been cut by 10% on average, while GDP growth per person averaged just 1.2%, less than half the average for countries in the global South. “The countries most dependent on development assistance are also the least capable of filling the gap,” Dieleman said. “The shift has been felt most acutely in low-income countries where disease burdens are high, particularly those in sub-Saharan Africa.” The call for developing countries to increase domestic health spending confronts a debt crisis that makes such investments nearly impossible for many governments. More than 60 countries worldwide now spend more on debt service than on their health systems. “The first thing we need to do is to organize a planned, a responsible transition from a model of aid,” Byanyima said. “We’ve seen the vulnerabilities of aid, and now we want to go away from that. But we must do it in an orderly way that’s not costing lives.” Image Credits: World Health Summit, White House , Thinking Global Health, IHME. ‘Breaking Down Silos’: Global Health Matters Podcast Marks Five Years of Cross-Cutting Conversations 15/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Dr Garry Aslanyan is the executive producer and host of the Global Health Matters podcast. At the World Health Summit in Berlin, the Global Health Matters podcast celebrated a milestone anniversary with a live recording exploring misinformation, the power of social media shaping information, and the future of health communication BERLIN — Five years ago, in a field not exactly known for its podcasting, Dr Garry Aslanyan spotted a gap. Global health, for all its conferences, scientific papers and panel discussions, lacked spaces for dialogue that could transcend disciplinary boundaries. So he started one. “A lot of the information in global health is quite siloized,” Aslanyan, the podcast’s founder, told Health Policy Watch in a recent interview at the World Health Summit, where the show recorded its fifth-anniversary episode. “We look at things that are more cross-cutting. People who are not working in an area could listen to the episode and get inspired by how they dealt with something in another context.” The approach has resonated. With over 130,000 downloads across more than 180 countries, Global Health Matters has become a platform bringing together voices ranging from former Médecins Sans Frontières president Joanne Liu to Wellcome CEO Jan-Arne Rottingen, alongside lesser-known innovators, scientists, authors, academics and public health officials whose work might otherwise go unheard by the broader scientific community. The long-form interview format, Aslanyan explained, allows listeners to understand not just what experts do, but their motivations and experiences: what their personal journey was, why they decided to pursue their work, and the contexts shaping their perspectives. “We don’t really have a chance to know who they are,” Aslanyan said. “Where they work, how their context is, what it means to them.” “We know the general public is probably not our main audience, but in terms of destroying silos between different parts of global health… we’re covering everything,” he added. “We’re doing it with different perspectives, so I think we’ve overcome [those divisions].” Kissing bugs Founded five years ago, the Global Health Matters podcast now has over 120,000 downloads across 180+ countries, making it a leading platform for conversations, diverse voices, and real-world insights in global health. One interview with essayist, memoirist and journalist Daisy Hernández stands out to Aslanyan as exemplifying what his podcast is after. Far from the corridors of the World Health Organization in Geneva, Hernández wrote a memoir about Chagas disease woven through her family’s story—a book most global health professionals could easily miss. “For many listeners, they would never pick up that book,” Aslanyan said. “But the way she presented the story really incorporated the disease, the system, the culture, the environment, and the lack of understanding of these kinds of diseases in developed countries.” Chagas disease, caused by a parasite transmitted mostly through the “kissing bug” Triatominae, which thrives inside the mud or concrete walls and floors of poor dwellings in Latin America, was barely recognized by physicians in the United States and Europe until recently. Doctors misdiagnosed it as simple heart problems. Hernández’s narrative approach made visible what technical papers couldn’t: how a neglected disease, medical system failures, and immigrant experiences collided to lead a family and community affected by the disease with little understanding of its true causes. The experience of Chagas disease, and Hernandez’s power to communicate it through story, also ties deeply with the work of TDR, the Special Programme for Research and Training in Tropical Diseases, where Aslanyan works. The conversation was a reminder to global health professionals to “go beyond our public health silos and to present our work in a way that motivates experts, policy-makers and lay audiences towards greater action,” the episode description wrote — a mission statement for what Aslanyan is trying to achieve, and a narrative vision to achieve TDR’s raison d’être: improving the health vulnerable of burdened by infectious diseases. To inform or to misinform The podcast’s five-year anniversary recording on the opening day of Berlin’s World Health Summit tackled one of global health’s most urgent challenges: ensuring accurate health information reaches those who need it. The live session on “Bridging the Knowledge Divide” featured Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance, and Monica Bharel, Google’s clinical lead for Public Health, in a discussion that laid bare both progress and persistent problems. “When I first started working, everything was written by hand,” Phumaphi recalled, describing her early career years in health systems decades earlier. “You only had one source of information—the World Health Organization. You didn’t have to search to find out which source is right and which one is wrong.” “There are so many sources of information, and it’s very, very confusing,” Phumaphi said of the current landscape. “We have rogue scientists and rogue medical practitioners who spread disinformation. And there’s misinformation, which is a little bit more innocent but can do as much damage.” Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance, speaks at the 5th anniversary event in Berlin. “Misinformation is always mixed with a little bit of truth, which is why it misleads,” she explained. “But what it does is that it kills people. Non-vaccinated people died during COVID. Children who don’t have measles vaccines die. Children who are not sleeping under mosquito nets die from malaria.” In Mozambique’s Zambezia province earlier this year, misinformation claiming that government-distributed mosquito nets spread cholera led to violent attacks on health centers, leaving one person dead. Communities blamed health workers for a cholera outbreak. Provincial officials had to conduct emergency visits urging residents to stop attacking the health workers attempting to help them. The misinformation challenge has grown particularly acute in an era when figures like Robert F. Kennedy Jr. now hold positions of global influence. Kennedy, who built his political profile as leader of Children’s Health Defense, the world’s largest anti-vaccine organization which led the crusade against COVID-19 vaccination in the pandemic, now installed atop the US health system. In recent months, Kennedy has overhauled US vaccine schedule requirements, claimed circumcision causes autism, and eliminated federal funding for COVID vaccines for uninsured children and pregnant women. Google health HQ Monica Bharel is the clinical lead for public sector health at Google, which fields 90% of global searches and owns Youtube. Against that landscape, the social media platforms operated by tech companies like Google, Meta and others, are playing an outsize role in health information – and thus facing an increasingly heavy burden of responsibility as well. “Two hundred billion health queries are made on YouTube annually,” Google’s Bharel noted during the panel. Across Google’s search engine—which handles approximately 90% of all search queries globally—over one billion health-related searches occur every day, translating to more than 365 billion annually, she said. Three out of four Americans, Bharel added, begin their “health journey” with an internet search. Google and YouTube have implemented systems to elevate “trusted voices,” requiring healthcare professionals to show proof of licensure to be featured in prominent health information sections. The companies rank content using what Bharel described as “expertise, experience, authority, and trust” metrics, and now employ AI-powered overviews to provide summarized answers alongside traditional search results. “We want to flood the system with high-quality information,” Bharel said, describing Google’s approach. Yet the architecture of these platforms, and the massive flow of exchange, means misinformation is always nearby, often driven by emotional testimonials or shocking statistics that draw users’ attention but lack the evidence base of peer-reviewed scientific studies and authoritative sources. A study published in the medical journal BMC Public Health breaks down how many people seek health advice from Google’s YouTube platform. “I think that approach is very good, but in order to make it more useful to our communities, I would like a [social media] system like [Google’s] that to be endorsed by WHO and national health authorities around the world,” Phumaphi said, voicing a concern shared by many public health professionals. The disconnect between information availability and actual reach from validated sources remains a major challenge for the health world. The World Health Organization, for instance, uploads multiple videos weekly that garner fewer than 20 views on YouTube. Just last month, a new United Nations report found that UN reports are not widely read, showing the challenge of communicating complex and accurate information continues to be a major sticking point beyond the health world. “Many people are not influenced by WHO, they are influenced by what they see,” Phumaphi observed. In Africa, she noted, traditional and religious leaders also continue to serve as “influencers” – and their views are often far more powerful than international health organizations. The problem extends beyond misinformation to what Bahrel termed being “misinformed”—people lacking complete information to make good decisions about their health. Information, the panelists agreed, has become a social determinant of health itself—as critical as access to food, clean water, or healthcare professionals. “There’s also a language barrier between scientists and health experts and normal people,” one audience member noted during the Q&A. “A fundamental communications problem.” Looking ahead Season 5 is coming 🎉What topics should we dive into next on the #GlobalHealthMatters podcast?📝 Fill out our listener survey 👉 https://t.co/acJOhPURnk💬 Or comment below with your ideas — we’re listening! pic.twitter.com/hNBug5xvaZ — TDR (@TDRnews) October 15, 2025 As the podcast enters its fifth season, Aslanyan is pushing toward what he describes as more “provocative” territory. He envisions creating space for global health opinion-makers to debate contentious issues the field typically avoids. Like a political talk show, but focused on policy questions that shape billions of lives, he said. He envisions seeing “more of a consistent sort of episodes and places where very neutral, experienced global health opinion makers can discuss global health issues together,” Aslanyan explained. The difficulty, he acknowledged, will be maintaining neutrality while hosting a platform that can provide space for the respectful exchange of different views. How the podcast can thread that needle remains to be seen. But in a field increasingly dominated by silos, polarization, and platform power, the journey of Global Health Matters will continue to add value to viewers in the global health domain. “We go through either sanitized kind of things to sometimes extreme, polarized stories,” Aslanyan said. “But we should have a neutral platform. I hope—well, it’s my dream.” Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
New World Bank-WHO ‘Leaders Coalition’ Aims to Power Investments in Health 20/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan The World Bank, Japan, and the WHO launched the Health Works Leaders Coalition. to promote investments in health systems as a strategy for economic growth, job creation, and improved resilience. How to find more money has dominated discussions at global health gatherings this year as the precipitous 21% fall in development assistance over the past year threatens to unravel years of hard-won gains. There is near-universal agreement that aid-dependent countries need to pay more for their citizens’ health, and that the donors need to become more collaborative and efficient. Many also posit the idea that the financial crisis presents an opportunity to rearrange the global health “architecture” to ensure that low and middle-income countries (LMICs) drive their own destinies rather than their donors. But exactly how to achieve all of this is less clear. One new vehicle is the Health Works Leaders Coalition, launched last Friday by the World Bank, Japan, and the World Health Organization (WHO). It brings together health and finance ministers, donors, business, global health agencies and civil society to promote “investments in health systems as a strategy for economic growth, job creation, and improved resilience”, according to a media release. The coalition stresses that it is “not a funding mechanism, but rather a coordinated effort to drive bold, high-impact action on health reform globally”. It is part of the World Bank’s Health Works initiative launched earlier this year, which aims to help countries transform their health systems to provide quality, affordable health services by 2030. “Our goal is ambitious: to help countries deliver quality, affordable health services to 1.5 billion people by 2030. No single institution, government, or philanthropist can achieve that alone,” said Ajay Banga, World Bank president. “But with aligned purpose and shared effort, it is possible. If we get this right, we can make real impact – improving health, transforming lives, strengthening economies – and creating jobs. This effort is as much an ingredient of our jobs agenda as it is a health initiative.” The countries that make up the coalition are Egypt, Ethiopia, Indonesia, Kenya, Nigeria, Philippines, Sierra Leone, Saint Lucia and the United Kingdom. Health Works is linked to three World Bank backed funds: the Health System Transformation & Resilience Fund (HSTRF), the Global Financing Facility, which focuses on strengthening primary health care to reduce deaths of women, children, and adolescents, and The Pandemic Fund, which provides financing for pandemic prevention, preparedness, and response. However, at last week’s World Health Summit in Berlin several global health actors acknowledged that there needed to be fewer agencies and funds. “I do think we’re actually going to have to reduce the number of entities,” Peter Sands, executive director of the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, told participants. “The system is too fragmented. There are too many underfunded institutions. There’s too much duplication. It’s too complex. That diagnosis, I think, is pretty straightforward.” Expanding tax revenue World Bank vice-president Mamta Murthi According to World Bank vice-president Mamta Murthi, countries need to spend $50 to $60 per person per year for a basic health package, but low-income countries (LIC) spend about $20, and for many, around half of this comes from donors. Countries need to expand tax revenues and engage in domestic resource mobilisation, “including through better tax policy and better tax administration, and that includes health taxes”, Murthi told a discussion hosted by the Center for Global Development (CGD) at which key development leaders discussed sustainable solutions to the health financing crisis. “The second thing that they can do is make health more of a priority in their budgets,” she said, adding that around a third of low and low-middle-income countries could allocate more to health with the fiscal conditions that they have. “And I don’t think they should just look at health taxes. There are lots of other things that they spend on, which don’t deliver a bang for the buck, and some of them are harmful to health. Let’s think of fossil fuel subsidies.” In addition, it is also “shocking that, on average, about 10 to 15% of resources that are allocated for health spending don’t get spent,” she added. However, she said the Bank is encouraged by countries presenting “compacts”– country vision statements with “asks” to the donor community, setting out what they need from development agencies to reach their goals and targets. “I feel very encouraged by the leadership that the countries are showing… they have goals and targets in terms of accessibility, affordability, job creation that ensue from the full implementation of these compacts.” The end of ODA? Gavi CEO Sania Nishtar. Sania Nishtar, CEO of the vaccine alliance, Gavi, declared: “We are seeing the beginning of the end of overseas development aid (ODA).” Gavi Leap, the platform’s reform plan, is “preparing for this future” by ensuring that countries have greater ownership and agency, and are more effective in this resource-constrained environment, said Nishtar. Gavi is accommodating countries’ requests for more decision-making agency, quicker turnaround, less administration and vaccine sovereignty, she added. “End-to-end digitising” will simplify and speed up the grant process, while Gavi’s support for , the African Vaccine Manufacturing Accelerator aims to “catalyse sustainable vaccine manufacturing on the continent”. “We are speaking to our colleagues at the World Bank and other international multilateral development banks, and we have put in place what is called the MDB [multilateral development bank] Multiplier” to “unlock concessional lending for countries”. Catalysing investment Hitoshi Hirata, vice-president of the Japan International Cooperation Agency. Hitoshi Hirata, vice-president of the Japan International Cooperation Agency, said that at the Financing for Development (FfD4) meeting in Sevilla in July, partner countries had committed to expanding domestic revenue for health, particularly through health taxes. “We would like to support health financing, and also link with existing public finance management efforts and tap domestic and private resources,” said Hirata. The resulting Sevilla Commitment proposes concrete steps to catalyse investment in sustainable development, address the debt crisis affecting the world’s poorest countries (three billion people live in countries that spend more on interest payments than on health), and give developing countries a stronger voice in the international financing architecture. The Japanese government is hosting a Universal Health Coverage (UHC) High-Level Forum in Tokyo in December, at which various countries will launch their National Health Compacts. These are “government-led agreements that will lay out bold reforms, investment priorities, shared accountability and unlock resources for expanding access to quality, affordable health care”, according to a media release. Strong country leadership Wellcome Trust CEO John-Arne Røttingen. Wellcome Trust CEO John-Arne Røttingen warned that the “abrupt changes to the international financing environment” will result in many lives lost and worsen the global burden of disease. But he is “optimistic” that the loss in financing will result in “stronger country leadership, supported by multilateral development banks and major bilateral donors”. “Countries are demanding that they need to be in charge – with a one country, one plan, one budget, one monitoring approach,” said Røttingen. “And I’m hearing commitment now from almost all big external financing agencies – the dedicated GHIs, the Global Fund, the World Bank, and the other multilateral development banks and the major bilateral donors – that signals a global moving towards empowering and also making countries responsible for delivering.” Wellcome Trust is also supporting global and regional discussions on “reimagining the global health architecture”, which kicked off with papers on the subject written by five thought leaders. Its motivation is to find long-term solutions to the crisis in global health that involve “more regional and national accountability and less dependence on the priorities of donors from high-income countries”. But Røttingen cautioned that devolving too much to country governments might reinforce the priorities and norms of undemocratic governments that could be contrary to human rights. “There needs to be very strong transparency and the voice from civil society and different groups”, he noted, adding that positive lessons from different regions where things are working With Future of UNAIDS in Question, Top Official Says ‘Very Difficult’ to Envision 2026 Shutdown 17/10/2025 Stefan Anderson A senior UNAIDS deputy framed the UN Secretary-General’s proposal to close the programme next year as a rushed timeline, as governments and civil society demand answers. BERLIN — A top UNAIDS official told delegates at the World Health Summit this week that it would be “very difficult” to envision shutting down the agency by the end of 2026, pushing back against a controversial proposal from UN Secretary-General António Guterres that has triggered an outcry from civil society groups and member states. “I know the [Secretary-General’s] proposal is formulated in a way that strikes people as if it’s already a decision, but it is a proposal,” Christine Stegling, deputy executive director of UNAIDS, said at the summit. “There’s pressure on all of us to rethink ourselves and to think how we can maybe accelerate the timeline, but I personally find it very difficult to think about how we could do that by the end of 2026.” Her comments come weeks after Guterres released his UN80 reform plan in September, a sweeping 45-page blueprint for restructuring the UN system that included a single sentence stating: “We plan to sunset UNAIDS by the end of 2026.” The proposal caught the agency’s own governing board off guard, as well as donor governments and the civil society organizations that hold a unique seat at the table in UNAIDS governance. UNAIDS was already implementing its own board-approved transformation plan, which includes a 54% reduction in secretariat staffing and consolidation of country offices from 85 to 54. That plan, informed by a high-level panel that worked from October 2024 to March 2025, envisions a gradual two-phase process that would propose to the board in mid-2027 to “further transform, consolidate, integrate, with a view to eventually closing down the UNAIDS Secretariat in its current form”—a timeline measured in years, not the 14 months the UN80 plan allows. “We heard very powerful voices in our board meeting in June from communities telling us, look, sunsetting can be good if you stand in a beautiful sunset,” Stegling said. “And it can be terrifying if you’re standing by yourself, and it just all of a sudden gets dark.” ‘I’m seeing death’ "I am seeing death. Real people are dying." – Winnie Byanyima, Executive Director, Joint United Nations Programme on HIV/AIDS (UNAIDS)#WHS2025 speaker Byanyima emphasizes that global solidarity is fundamental to advancing global health. She highlights that wealthier countries… pic.twitter.com/tDRriJ6CuL — World Health Summit (@WorldHealthSmt) October 13, 2025 The fight over the programme’s future unfolds as the global HIV response faces what UNAIDS has called a “historic funding crisis.” There were 1.3 million new HIV infections in 2024, virtually unchanged from the previous year and far short of targets needed to end AIDS as a public health threat by 2030, according to the agency’s 2025 Global AIDS Update released in July. The sudden withdrawal of US funding in early 2025, which had previously accounted for 73% of international HIV/AIDS financing, has disrupted treatment and prevention programmes worldwide. UNAIDS modelling suggests the funding collapse could lead to an additional 6.6 million new HIV infections and 4.2 million AIDS-related deaths by 2029. “This is not just a funding gap – it’s a ticking time bomb,” Byanyima said when the annual report was released. “We have seen services vanish overnight. Health workers have been sent home. And people – especially children and key populations – are being pushed out of care.” In Mozambique alone, over 30,000 health personnel lost their jobs, while Nigeria has seen monthly initiations of pre-exposure prophylaxis to prevent HIV transmission have plummeted from 40,000 to 6,000. Since 2010, new HIV infections have fallen 40% and AIDS-related deaths by 56%. By the end of 2024, 31.6 million people—77% of all people living with HIV—were accessing antiretroviral therapy. “I’m seeing death, real people dying because clinics are shutting, because services for the most vulnerable people are closing,” Winnie Byanyima, UNAIDS executive director, told the summit. “That suddenness, that rapid decline, is costing lives. Let’s be clear about that. People are dying.” Speaking about the abrupt US funding cuts, Stegling drew a parallel to the UN80 proposal: “It was the shock and it was the abruptness, and it was the unpreparedness that hit hardest, with little time to react.” At an extraordinary UNAIDS board meeting last week, member states expressed strong opposition to the accelerated timeline. “Member states on our board, and in particular those who are most affected, all speak about a similar issue,” Stegling said, specifically citing the Africa group. “They’re basically saying, look, the ecosystem is collapsing around us. The funding is collapsing around us, and at this particular time, you’re taking away a structure that we have at a country level that helps us to navigate these new realities, and so therefore we can’t support that.” Donors demand answers World Health Summit panel, “Shaping the Future of UNAIDS in the Context of UN80.” Germany and the Netherlands, the two largest contributors to HIV financing aside from the US, said their delegations would use the next meeting of the UNAIDS Programme Coordinating Board to question UN80’s abrupt departure from the agency’s existing reform trajectory. “The Secretary-General’s proposal that sunsets UNAIDS already by the end of 2026 came to all of us as a surprise,” said Paul Zubeil of Germany’s Ministry of Health, adding that the proposals outlined in the UNAIDS-led reforms were “very balanced.” “It’s an easy pitch to close a very small, not even UN agency, but a small joint programme, to integrate it,” Zubeil continued. “This would probably show the world ‘we’re doing something, we’re integrating UN agencies into each other,’ but it’s not really what does the trick. We don’t talk about WFP or about FAO or any others, the big ships.” “I don’t know what’s on [Guterres’] mind, but again, I think we should monitor this. We should take it very seriously. But there’s no reason for panic upfront when the storm has not hit us yet.” Peter Derrek Hof of the Netherlands Ministry of Foreign Affairs said his government had prepared questions about “why not follow the transition plan that was well thought out, was well prepared.” While supporting the broader UN reform process, he added: “It doesn’t mean that on specific issues we won’t raise issues, and we will ask questions – this will be one of them.” Civil society outcry “I don’t think he was thinking at all,” Erika Castellanos (right) told the World Health Summit of UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres proposal to close USAID by 2026. The UN proposal has generated fierce resistance from civil society organizations who sit on the UNAIDS Programme Coordinating Board – the only governance structure in the UN with direct civil society representation. More than 1,000 civil society organisations have signed a letter expressing “deepest alarm” at the sunsetting proposal, noting their seat at the table had been effectively stepped over by the Secretary-General, who did not consult UNAIDS or its board before publishing the UN80 agenda. “UNAIDS must remain until new HIV infections are halted, until lifesaving HIV treatment reaches all who need it, and until the human rights of all people living with and affected by HIV are fully safeguarded,” the letter states. “Preserving UNAIDS is about saving lives, and to propose sunsetting it now is profoundly dangerous and a betrayal of the global goal to end AIDS by 2030,” the groups said. “Any restructuring must strengthen – not weaken – the HIV response, human rights, community leadership, and accountability.” The exclusion of civil society from the UN80 process carries particular sting, given the history of the AIDS crisis. When governments worldwide ignored the epidemic in the 1980s as it killed millions, dismissing it as a “gay plague”, it was grassroots activists who forced the issue onto the political agenda, staged “die-ins” at pharmaceutical companies to demand treatment access, and ultimately shaped the unprecedented global response that created institutions like UNAIDS and the Global Fund. 🚨 The HIV response is in crisis. Funding cuts, rising infections & deaths—and now the UN SG plans to sunset @UNAIDS in 2026.We say NO. This is a betrayal of the 2030 goal to #EndAIDS.✍️ Sign on: https://t.co/zrk1I2SRiXRead our statement: https://t.co/gKIxvo7CRl#SaveUNAIDS pic.twitter.com/QAnjQpi12v — NGO DELEGATION TO THE UNAIDS PCB (@ngopcb) September 19, 2025 “I come from that time where we took to the streets, where we threw red paint on politicians, where we went into parliament with coffins,” said Erika Castellanos, a civil society representative. “And because of that action with the global community, the international community ended up with institutions like the Global Fund and UNAIDS.” “We need to have an institution at the highest level, at the UN level, where the participation and engagement of community is preserved to the level it is now,” Castellanos said. “Whatever we create or redesign needs to keep communities in decision-making seats with equal power. Otherwise, representation goes back to tokenistic.” The move also reflects a broader trend across the UN system, where civil society access has been shrinking in both Geneva and New York. The recent plastics treaty negotiations saw civil society representatives largely stonewalled, while Brazil’s COP30 climate summit is expected to draw record-low civil society participation – a retreat from the open multilateralism that defined earlier UN processes. Calling out the euphemistic language of the proposal, Clemens Gros, another civil society representative, compared “sunsetting” to SpaceX’s description of a rocket explosion as “rapid unscheduled disassembly.” “Sun setting the organization would effectively mean it will not be there anymore once it’s beyond the horizon,” he said. UN80: Response to ‘severe pressure’ The UN80 Initiative is a blueprint for streamlining the United Nations amid a deep funding crisis led by Secretary-General António Guterres. The UNAIDS proposal sits within a wider UN80 reform initiative launched by Guterres in March as the body marks its 80th anniversary. The “Shifting Paradigms: United to Deliver” report, released on 18 September at the General Assembly in New York, proposes numerous mergers and consolidations across the UN system. Among the proposals: merging the UN Population Fund and UN Women “to create a unified voice and platform on gender equality and women’s rights.” The reforms are widely seen as a response to severe funding pressures—particularly US aid cuts under the Trump administration—though Guterres has denied this. Informal discussions have also circulated about potentially merging the two largest non-UN health agencies, Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance and the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, though the agencies themselves have emphasized closer collaboration over outright merger. For now, member states and agency leadership are left navigating between two competing visions: the gradual, community-informed transformation UNAIDS had charted for itself, and the abrupt 2026 closure proposed in the UN80 plan. “We went from street rioters to policy makers because we were forced to take that role,” Castellanos said. “We finally arrive at a place where we have a seat at the table, and often the privilege and honor to lead that table.” “This hasn’t come easily. It’s with a lot of pain and suffering, and a lot of people who have done a lot of amazing work before us. So I find it a little bit irresponsible and a little bit too naive, perhaps, to think that we can shift gears suddenly without a planned process.” Image Credits: https://www.flickr.com/photos/22539273@N00/50637583117, Patrick Gruban. Drive to Include Pregnant and Breastfeeding Women and Children in Clinical Trials 17/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan The first woman with malaria in her first trimester of pregnancy was enrolled in a clinical trial to compare three different malaria treatment regimens in Mali on 6 October 2025. The first pregnant woman with malaria was enrolled in a clinical trial in Mali to compare three different malaria treatment regimens earlier this month – a historic event as pregnant and breastfeeding women and babies are seldom included in clinical trials despite being more vulnerable to several illnesses. But there is growing momentum for including “under-represented groups” in clinical trials to ensure that medicines developed are suitable for all those who need them most. Malaria in pregnancy is responsible for around 20% of stillbirths and 11% of all newborn deaths in sub‑Saharan Africa, as well as some 10,000 maternal deaths globally each year. It can also cause severe maternal anaemia, miscarriage, stillbirth, preterm delivery and low birthweight. Back in 1998, the World Health Organization (WHO) recommended artemisinin-based combination therapy (ACT) as the standard of care for malaria – but it only updated its guidelines for malaria to include pregnant women in their first trimester in 2022, according to Dr Myriam El Gaaloul, head of clinical and regulatory sciences at Medicines for Malaria Venture. “With the threat of emerging resistance to malaria drugs, alternatives are needed, and I think we all agree that we cannot afford to wait for another quarter of century [for treatment for pregnant women],” El Gaaloul told a webinar on under-represented populations in clinical trials, hosted by the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations (IFPMA) as part of its African Regulatory Conference. The trial, which will also run in Kenya and Burkina Faso, is an initiative of the Safety of Anti-malarials in the First Trimester (SAFIRE) Consortium, with El Ghaloul as its principal investigator. Preparation for the trial started in 2023 and involved getting ethical clearance in all three countries and holding meetings with regulators, said El Ghaloul. Ethical considerations Dr Jacqueline Kitulu, incoming president of the World Medical Association. Dr Jacqueline Kitulu, the incoming president of the World Medical Association (WMA), told the webinar that excluding under-represented groups “generates several ethical harms”, including the risk that “clinical decisions are built on non-generalisable data”. She defined these groups as “women, including the pregnant ones, older adults, children, people with disabilities, indigenous and marginalised populations and those in conflict settings”. “Exclusion can cause harm when interventions are later rolled out without safety or dosage data for larger segments of the population who are really excluded or under-represented groups,” Kitulu explained. The WMA developed the Helsinki Declaration 61 years ago to guide research on human subjects, and this remains the cornerstone for researchers. Mercury Shitindo, executive director of the Africa Bioethics Network, said there needs to be a shift in thinking: “We are not protecting people from research, but we are working on ways to protect people through research.” “This particular shift requires not only including under-represented populations in trials, but also ensuring that our regulatory systems and community policies are at the centre of how research is designed, conducted and shared.” Mercury Shitindo, executive director of the Africa Bioethics Network. Runcie Chidebe, founder of Project PINK BLUE, a Nigerian cancer awareness and patient advocacy organisation, said that Africa only hosts 4% of global clinical trials, although it makes up almost 19% of the world’s population. He knew of only one oncology clinical trial in Africa at present, and said that clinical trials for treatments for metastatic cerebral and cervical cancer mental had involved “95% white people”. Evolving international policy On 7 October, the WHO launched the Global Clinical Trial Forum (GCTF) to strengthen the clinical trial ecosystem, Martina Penazzato, WHO lead of Global Accelerator for Paediatric Formulations (GAP-f), told the webinar. The forum is in response to a resolution from the World Health Assembly (WHA75.8), which called on WHO member states to improve the quality and coordination of clinical trials to generate high-quality evidence for health decision-making. “The WHO has also released a global action plan, with action three [of nine actions] emphasising the inclusion of under-represented populations,” said Penazzato, adding Research is underway to better define under-represented populations and the policy landscape. “The WHO has identified key barriers to paediatric clinical trial inclusion, such as ethical and regulatory frameworks, and has advocated for a more coordinated, transparent process to prioritise research in this area,” she added. Mariana Widmer, a WHO scientist in maternal and perinatal health, said that medicines need to be tested on pregnant women as “pregnancy introduces significant physiological changes”. “For example, the blood volume increases by about 40% and this affects how medicines are absorbed and processed,” said Widmer, “So medicines should be tested in pregnant women to ensure safe treatment, yet pregnant women are often excluded from trials. “Around 70% of pregnant women take prescription medicines, and most of them are off-label; therefore, excluding pregnant women poses greater risks than including them.” Meanwhile, the International Council for Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for Pharmaceuticals for Human Use (ICH) is considering guidelines to include pregnant and breastfeeding women in research, said Theresa Wang, director of Clinical Quality and Compliance Management at AstraZeneca, who spoke on behalf of IFPMA The ICH brings regulatory authorities and the pharmaceutical industry together to discuss scientific and technical aspects of pharmaceuticals. The ICH resolved to include pregnant and breastfeeding women in clinical trials in 2023, said Theresa Wang, director of Clinical Quality and Compliance Management at AstraZeneca, speaking on behalf of IFPMA. This was the second of a four-part virtual Africa Regulatory Conference webinar series hosted by the IFPMA that is open to all who are interested. The third webinar, ‘Innovative clinical trial designs and digital technologies, is on Tuesday, 21 October. Image Credits: Medicines for Malaria Venture. Global Health Leaders Urge Fewer Agencies Amid Funding Crisis 16/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Global health chiefs used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for cutting and consolidating agencies as US cuts expose a “confusing” and “fragmented” aid bureaucracy. BERLIN — Leaders of the world’s major global health institutions called for a fundamental restructuring of an aid system they described as too fragmented, duplicative and confusing, with several stating that the number of agencies must be reduced as cuts from the US and other donors force a reckoning with the labyrinthine architecture of global health funding. At the World Health Summit in Berlin this week, executives from the Global Fund, Gavi, the World Health Organization and other institutions addressed the financial crisis facing global health as the abrupt withdrawal of US aid under Donald Trump exposed structural problems that officials acknowledged had existed for years. “I do think we’re actually going to have to reduce the number of entities,” Peter Sands, executive director of the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, told participants. “The system is too fragmented. There are too many underfunded institutions. There’s too much duplication. It’s too complex. That diagnosis, I think, is pretty straightforward.” Global development assistance for health fell 21% between 2024 and 2025, driven almost entirely by a 67% drop in US financing, more than $9 billion, according to data from the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation. Tens of millions of lives, particularly among children under five and people in the world’s poorest countries, are threatened by the cuts. Germany announces $1 billion pledge to the Global Fund on the opening night of WHS 2025. The collapse in global health funding extends beyond the United States. Germany, despite pledging €1 billion to the Global Fund and emerging as WHO’s largest donor, has cut its overall development assistance. France and the UK, also major funders, have joined rich countries across the board in reducing aid budgets. EU member states face competing pressures from the war in Ukraine and heightened security concerns following recent Russian provocations inside and near NATO borders. “On a global scale, development assistance for health was almost universally accepted as a good thing—it wasn’t politically controversial,” Joseph Dieleman, who leads IHME’s health aid tracking team, told the Council on Foreign Relations of the research. “All of a sudden, it’s very squarely political and on the chopping block.” “That’s not just a US phenomenon,” Dieleman said. “That’s global.” Global health chiefs used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for cutting and consolidating agencies as US cuts expose a “confusing” and “fragmented” aid bureaucracy. The loss of billions in health funding has put millions at risk, but officials say the crisis has also exposed deeper, long-standing flaws in the aid architecture. Health programs rely heavily on a handful of major donors — about 15 philanthropies and national governments dominate the field — so the loss of even one can trigger an immediate emergency. “In the area of HIV, when the US paused their development assistance in February, in the whole global response on the HIV/AIDS, the US was shouldering 73% of the total burden of development assistance, just one country,” said Winnie Byanyima, executive director of UNAIDS. “The rest of the world was shouldering the 27%. That wasn’t right,” she added. “That overdependence on one country, in a few countries, and overdependence of the developing countries, we have to solve it.” Officials also pointed to “mandate creep,” where multiple organizations take on overlapping roles, competing for the same funds while duplicating work, resulting in confusion and inefficient use of aid. “At the moment, if you’re somebody from outside the world of global health, it’s pretty confusing, right?” Sands said. “And there are so many cross-currents and so many acronyms, and trying to explain where you should place your bets as a new donor is not a trivial thing to do.” Axel Pries, president of the World Health Summit, said the abrupt US withdrawal “will cost lives” with “estimations that this is a double digit million figure of lives which are lost due to this very abrupt change.” “The best answer for the Global Fund is you don’t need the Global Fund,” he added. “Ultimately, if we’ve done our job on HIV, TB and Malaria well, there’s no need for it. That’s not true for the normative convening, regulatory roles of WHO which will continue, ultimately indefinitely, because that’s playing a kind of global public good role for the world.” The majority of global health institutions are funded through sequential “replenishment” fundraising campaigns, often concurrent, creating competition for finite resources that now extends across the broader humanitarian world. As funds dwindle, streamlining and coordination in aid efforts become crucial to maximise what funds remain. “Is the current model of replenishment sustainable? I don’t think it’s sustainable going forward,” said Sania Nishtar, chief executive of Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance. “Whatever all of us have been able to achieve, it is because of the generosity of the donors … We do not have a divine right to funding.” In 2024, the UN and partner organizations appealed for $46.4 billion to assist 180.5 million people across 72 countries—funding that health agencies must now compete for and convince policymakers to support. “It is cliché, but a crisis is a chance,” Nishtar said. “Now is the time for us to come together and align behind a movement to draw new parameters.” “We are radically recalibrating our programs. We understand that these changes are irreversible,” the Gavi chief concluded. “There’s got to be far less agencies in the ecosystem. This fragmentation and duplication really needs to come to an end.” Without warning Elon Musk, who was named a “special government employee” by the Trump administration, secured the president’s backing to eliminate USAID, the country’s foreign aid agency, sending shockwaves through global humanitarian efforts. The abrupt termination of US foreign aid, which has hit health programmes particularly hard, cast a long shadow over the chandeliers and canapés adorning World Health Summit proceedings at the Berlin InterContinental hotel, though participants largely avoided direct criticism of Washington. Multiple panels on restructuring global health finance over the three-day conference avoided mentioning the US or President Donald Trump by name, instead speaking obliquely of the need for “innovative finance” and addressing funding gaps that now total tens of billions of dollars across major institutions including the WHO, Gavi and the Global Fund. “The US has every right to use its money the way it wants. I don’t think anyone can criticize the US for withdrawing its funds or withdrawing its support,” WHO chief Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told participants via video-link from Sri-Lanka. “But one thing that could have been done is there could have been a transition or an exit strategy, for instance, about six to 12 months,” Tedros added. “Then, countries who have been benefiting from the US generous support could have prepared themselves.” Research published in The Lancet estimates USAID programs have saved over 90 million lives over the past two decades, including 30.4 million children under the age of five. As many as 14 million additional preventable deaths could take place by 2030 if gaps created by US programme cuts are not closed. Later in the exchange, while acknowledging US sovereignty over its funding decisions, the WHO acknowledged that reality head-on. “People have died,” Tedros said. “If there was some exit strategy, we wouldn’t have people dying because of the withdrawal of the US funding.” “The abrupt US withdrawal will cost lives,” Axel Pries, president of the World Health Summit, said. “Estimations are that this is a double-digit million figure of lives which are lost due to this very abrupt change. On the other hand, it also exposed that our system had some kind of crackability already. It was not only this last push, it was already a system which needed a renewal.” Already falling short “Funding Drops Across Most Health Organizations From 2024 to 2025: Development banks and the Gates Foundation maintained their funds for health development assistance, but agencies such as the World Health Organization experienced large losses,” according to Think Global Health statistics. Even before the cuts, global health institutions were falling short of their targets, a pattern mirrored across humanitarian, refugee and climate financing. The global fight against HIV, tuberculosis and malaria faces a $29.4 billion gap for 2027-2029 across domestic financing, external donors and the Global Fund combined. The Global Fund contributes roughly 13% of total global funding for these three diseases and has already warned countries that current grants for 2025-2026 might face an average 11% cut due to an estimated $1.4 billion gap from donors not meeting pledges. “Global health has been very much anchored in global solidarity — countries agreeing to work together to deliver on health, and it’s been driven very much by aid for the developing countries,” Byanyima said. “But now we’re seeing that aid tumbling very fast — that suddenness, that rapid decline, is costing lives. Let’s be clear about that: people are dying.” Gavi secured more than $9 billion at its June replenishment summit but remains $2.9 billion short of its $11.9 billion target. Officials warned this shortfall could result in 75 million children missing routine vaccinations over the next five years and 1.2 million child deaths. Overall resource needs and projected available resources for HIV, TB and malaria in countries where the Global Fund invests. The Pandemic Fund—a multilateral mechanism established in 2022 by the G20—requires an estimated $2 billion in additional resources for 2025-2027. A further $15 billion in annual global spending on pandemic preparedness — or 0.1-0.2% of GDP and 0.5-1% of security and defence budgets — was recommended by a report from the WHO-hosted Global Pandemic Monitoring Board released in Berlin. WHO faces the largest proportional crisis: it is short nearly $1.9 billion from a planned $4.2 billion budget for 2026-27, meaning it lacks nearly 45% of the needed funding. Amid the funding drought, forcing many UN agencies from headquarters, to the UN Refugee Programme, to UNICEF and more to cut staff and operations by up to 55%, Sands warned that a simple restructuring will not solve the crisis alone. “Rearranging the boxes of the global health ecosystem is a useful thing to do and a necessary thing to do,” he said. “But it isn’t going to fill the fundamental gaps in financing. So we should do it, but we shouldn’t use it as a sort of displacement activity for actually mobilizing the money we need.” “The worst outcome here is that we invest a lot of our energies having long conversations and lots of meetings about all of this and then do nothing,” Sands concluded. “And two years from now, we’re not where you said we would be with a radically changed system. That would be a waste of time.” Death and defence German Health Minister Nina Warken addresses the World Health Summit in Berlin. Yet while aid budgets shrink, defense spending has been easier to find on government balance sheets, seeing a global surge last year from major aid donor nations as geopolitical tensions rattle capitals. EU member states’ defense expenditure reached €343 billion in 2024, and is expected to rise to €381 billion in 2025—a 19% increase from the previous year and 37% higher than 2021. The US defense budget was approximately $874 billion in 2024. “We face a world of national reflexes and shrinking budgets, of leading headlines and contested facts,” Nina Warken, Germany’s health minister, told the summit. “Global health politics is pressed to justify itself.” “Health is no place for the lone wolf, because national health topics are often linked to the global level,” Warken added. “It is in our very own interest to strengthen these topics at an international level.” The increases come as millions of preventable deaths occur worldwide from diseases that cost relatively little to treat or prevent. The $9 billion pricetag cost to fill the US-sized gap in global health funding, in perspective, is about 2.4 % of EU defence spending and about 0.66 % of the combined EU-US defence outlays. “While we know we’re at a particular moment in time with financing for global solidarity now, the truth is funding pressures have long been there,” Helen Clark, former New Zealand prime minister and UN Development Programme administrator, said. “There is a competition for resources between the different sets of actors.” Preliminary estimates of relative reduction in total health spending due to reduceddevelopment assistance for health, 2024–2025. The resources to allay the funding crisis are not confined to traditional Western aid budgets. Around 200 individuals with net worths exceeding $10 billion collectively hold approximately $5 trillion—enough to fund the current shortfall for over 500 years with money to spare. China’s annual government expenditure, estimated at $6-7 trillion, would absorb the $9 billion gap as roughly 0.13% of its budget. Saudi Arabia’s Public Investment Fund, with assets estimated at $1 trillion, could sustain current global health funding levels for over a century. The kingdom’s recent investments in sports properties—including an estimated $10 billion across ventures such as LIV Golf, Newcastle United, and various international tournaments—exceed the immediate global health financing need. Yet mobilising such resources remains a complex diplomatic and political challenge, further complicated by questions of how aid should be spent. “In the final analysis, food, water, medicine to keep people alive is a compelling narrative,” Clark said. “That can absorb an overwhelming amount of resources that doesn’t really leave that much for putting in place the building blocks for more resilient health systems.” African push for sovereignty clouded by debt African leaders used the summit to accelerate demands for greater independence from donor systems. “Africa is ready. We don’t want to be invited,” Jean Kaseya, director-general of the Africa Centres for Disease Control and Prevention, told attendees. “We are the co-creators of this global architecture.” “The money that we are creating, that we are leveraging, must flow through the regional pool procurement mechanism, especially to regional manufacturers, because we need an incentive to them,” Kaseya said. “Someone was telling me, there is no market in Africa. No way we have 1.4 billion people. This is the biggest market.” In September, African health ministers released the Accra Agenda—a comprehensive financing strategy emphasizing domestic resources, innovative mechanisms and local manufacturing. The initiative, led by Ghana’s President John Dramani Mahama, aims to declare an end to development-as-usual. Yet the push echoes the 2001 Abuja Declaration, in which African Union leaders pledged to allocate 15% of government budgets to health—a target only two countries of the AU’s 55 nations, South Africa and Cabo Verde, met in 2021. The average across the AU was 7.35% of national budgets, half the benchmark agreed in Nigeria 24 years ago. “In the end, national actors are the ones who are going to carry their countries forward,” Clark said. “We have to put the emphasis on how we support them to do their jobs.” WHO Chief Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus addressed the 2025 WHS. Pressed on how the WHO would support countries affected by the global aid cuts, Tedros insisted they possessed the capacity for self-reliance. “All developing countries, what they need is not charity. What they need is fair terms, fair terms in investment, fair terms in trade, and fair terms in taking loans from the market,” he said. Yet as the IMF and World Bank hold their annual meetings in Washington this week, the prospect of self-reliance appears increasingly remote for many developing nations. Low-income countries, on average, depend on foreign aid for one-third of their national health spending. Eight of the world’s poorest countries—South Sudan, Somalia, Democratic Republic of Congo, Liberia, Afghanistan, Sudan, Uganda and Ethiopia—rely on USAID for over 20% of their total foreign assistance. Facing their highest debt burdens in decades, many of the world’s poorest nations are unlikely to be able to compensate for the budget hole blown open by USAID’s withdrawal. The 121 low- and middle-income governments for which there are figures spent an average of 10.7% of government revenue on public health systems, compared to 12.2% on external debt payments in 2019. Research by Debt Justice, released ahead of the meetings, found that 11 lower-income countries denied debt relief by the IMF have been forced to enact “drastic” cuts to health spending by 18% and education by 16% while maintaining debt payments to wealthy creditors. In these countries—including Argentina, Egypt, Kenya, Mozambique and Pakistan—real public spending per person has been cut by 10% on average, while GDP growth per person averaged just 1.2%, less than half the average for countries in the global South. “The countries most dependent on development assistance are also the least capable of filling the gap,” Dieleman said. “The shift has been felt most acutely in low-income countries where disease burdens are high, particularly those in sub-Saharan Africa.” The call for developing countries to increase domestic health spending confronts a debt crisis that makes such investments nearly impossible for many governments. More than 60 countries worldwide now spend more on debt service than on their health systems. “The first thing we need to do is to organize a planned, a responsible transition from a model of aid,” Byanyima said. “We’ve seen the vulnerabilities of aid, and now we want to go away from that. But we must do it in an orderly way that’s not costing lives.” Image Credits: World Health Summit, White House , Thinking Global Health, IHME. ‘Breaking Down Silos’: Global Health Matters Podcast Marks Five Years of Cross-Cutting Conversations 15/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Dr Garry Aslanyan is the executive producer and host of the Global Health Matters podcast. At the World Health Summit in Berlin, the Global Health Matters podcast celebrated a milestone anniversary with a live recording exploring misinformation, the power of social media shaping information, and the future of health communication BERLIN — Five years ago, in a field not exactly known for its podcasting, Dr Garry Aslanyan spotted a gap. Global health, for all its conferences, scientific papers and panel discussions, lacked spaces for dialogue that could transcend disciplinary boundaries. So he started one. “A lot of the information in global health is quite siloized,” Aslanyan, the podcast’s founder, told Health Policy Watch in a recent interview at the World Health Summit, where the show recorded its fifth-anniversary episode. “We look at things that are more cross-cutting. People who are not working in an area could listen to the episode and get inspired by how they dealt with something in another context.” The approach has resonated. With over 130,000 downloads across more than 180 countries, Global Health Matters has become a platform bringing together voices ranging from former Médecins Sans Frontières president Joanne Liu to Wellcome CEO Jan-Arne Rottingen, alongside lesser-known innovators, scientists, authors, academics and public health officials whose work might otherwise go unheard by the broader scientific community. The long-form interview format, Aslanyan explained, allows listeners to understand not just what experts do, but their motivations and experiences: what their personal journey was, why they decided to pursue their work, and the contexts shaping their perspectives. “We don’t really have a chance to know who they are,” Aslanyan said. “Where they work, how their context is, what it means to them.” “We know the general public is probably not our main audience, but in terms of destroying silos between different parts of global health… we’re covering everything,” he added. “We’re doing it with different perspectives, so I think we’ve overcome [those divisions].” Kissing bugs Founded five years ago, the Global Health Matters podcast now has over 120,000 downloads across 180+ countries, making it a leading platform for conversations, diverse voices, and real-world insights in global health. One interview with essayist, memoirist and journalist Daisy Hernández stands out to Aslanyan as exemplifying what his podcast is after. Far from the corridors of the World Health Organization in Geneva, Hernández wrote a memoir about Chagas disease woven through her family’s story—a book most global health professionals could easily miss. “For many listeners, they would never pick up that book,” Aslanyan said. “But the way she presented the story really incorporated the disease, the system, the culture, the environment, and the lack of understanding of these kinds of diseases in developed countries.” Chagas disease, caused by a parasite transmitted mostly through the “kissing bug” Triatominae, which thrives inside the mud or concrete walls and floors of poor dwellings in Latin America, was barely recognized by physicians in the United States and Europe until recently. Doctors misdiagnosed it as simple heart problems. Hernández’s narrative approach made visible what technical papers couldn’t: how a neglected disease, medical system failures, and immigrant experiences collided to lead a family and community affected by the disease with little understanding of its true causes. The experience of Chagas disease, and Hernandez’s power to communicate it through story, also ties deeply with the work of TDR, the Special Programme for Research and Training in Tropical Diseases, where Aslanyan works. The conversation was a reminder to global health professionals to “go beyond our public health silos and to present our work in a way that motivates experts, policy-makers and lay audiences towards greater action,” the episode description wrote — a mission statement for what Aslanyan is trying to achieve, and a narrative vision to achieve TDR’s raison d’être: improving the health vulnerable of burdened by infectious diseases. To inform or to misinform The podcast’s five-year anniversary recording on the opening day of Berlin’s World Health Summit tackled one of global health’s most urgent challenges: ensuring accurate health information reaches those who need it. The live session on “Bridging the Knowledge Divide” featured Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance, and Monica Bharel, Google’s clinical lead for Public Health, in a discussion that laid bare both progress and persistent problems. “When I first started working, everything was written by hand,” Phumaphi recalled, describing her early career years in health systems decades earlier. “You only had one source of information—the World Health Organization. You didn’t have to search to find out which source is right and which one is wrong.” “There are so many sources of information, and it’s very, very confusing,” Phumaphi said of the current landscape. “We have rogue scientists and rogue medical practitioners who spread disinformation. And there’s misinformation, which is a little bit more innocent but can do as much damage.” Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance, speaks at the 5th anniversary event in Berlin. “Misinformation is always mixed with a little bit of truth, which is why it misleads,” she explained. “But what it does is that it kills people. Non-vaccinated people died during COVID. Children who don’t have measles vaccines die. Children who are not sleeping under mosquito nets die from malaria.” In Mozambique’s Zambezia province earlier this year, misinformation claiming that government-distributed mosquito nets spread cholera led to violent attacks on health centers, leaving one person dead. Communities blamed health workers for a cholera outbreak. Provincial officials had to conduct emergency visits urging residents to stop attacking the health workers attempting to help them. The misinformation challenge has grown particularly acute in an era when figures like Robert F. Kennedy Jr. now hold positions of global influence. Kennedy, who built his political profile as leader of Children’s Health Defense, the world’s largest anti-vaccine organization which led the crusade against COVID-19 vaccination in the pandemic, now installed atop the US health system. In recent months, Kennedy has overhauled US vaccine schedule requirements, claimed circumcision causes autism, and eliminated federal funding for COVID vaccines for uninsured children and pregnant women. Google health HQ Monica Bharel is the clinical lead for public sector health at Google, which fields 90% of global searches and owns Youtube. Against that landscape, the social media platforms operated by tech companies like Google, Meta and others, are playing an outsize role in health information – and thus facing an increasingly heavy burden of responsibility as well. “Two hundred billion health queries are made on YouTube annually,” Google’s Bharel noted during the panel. Across Google’s search engine—which handles approximately 90% of all search queries globally—over one billion health-related searches occur every day, translating to more than 365 billion annually, she said. Three out of four Americans, Bharel added, begin their “health journey” with an internet search. Google and YouTube have implemented systems to elevate “trusted voices,” requiring healthcare professionals to show proof of licensure to be featured in prominent health information sections. The companies rank content using what Bharel described as “expertise, experience, authority, and trust” metrics, and now employ AI-powered overviews to provide summarized answers alongside traditional search results. “We want to flood the system with high-quality information,” Bharel said, describing Google’s approach. Yet the architecture of these platforms, and the massive flow of exchange, means misinformation is always nearby, often driven by emotional testimonials or shocking statistics that draw users’ attention but lack the evidence base of peer-reviewed scientific studies and authoritative sources. A study published in the medical journal BMC Public Health breaks down how many people seek health advice from Google’s YouTube platform. “I think that approach is very good, but in order to make it more useful to our communities, I would like a [social media] system like [Google’s] that to be endorsed by WHO and national health authorities around the world,” Phumaphi said, voicing a concern shared by many public health professionals. The disconnect between information availability and actual reach from validated sources remains a major challenge for the health world. The World Health Organization, for instance, uploads multiple videos weekly that garner fewer than 20 views on YouTube. Just last month, a new United Nations report found that UN reports are not widely read, showing the challenge of communicating complex and accurate information continues to be a major sticking point beyond the health world. “Many people are not influenced by WHO, they are influenced by what they see,” Phumaphi observed. In Africa, she noted, traditional and religious leaders also continue to serve as “influencers” – and their views are often far more powerful than international health organizations. The problem extends beyond misinformation to what Bahrel termed being “misinformed”—people lacking complete information to make good decisions about their health. Information, the panelists agreed, has become a social determinant of health itself—as critical as access to food, clean water, or healthcare professionals. “There’s also a language barrier between scientists and health experts and normal people,” one audience member noted during the Q&A. “A fundamental communications problem.” Looking ahead Season 5 is coming 🎉What topics should we dive into next on the #GlobalHealthMatters podcast?📝 Fill out our listener survey 👉 https://t.co/acJOhPURnk💬 Or comment below with your ideas — we’re listening! pic.twitter.com/hNBug5xvaZ — TDR (@TDRnews) October 15, 2025 As the podcast enters its fifth season, Aslanyan is pushing toward what he describes as more “provocative” territory. He envisions creating space for global health opinion-makers to debate contentious issues the field typically avoids. Like a political talk show, but focused on policy questions that shape billions of lives, he said. He envisions seeing “more of a consistent sort of episodes and places where very neutral, experienced global health opinion makers can discuss global health issues together,” Aslanyan explained. The difficulty, he acknowledged, will be maintaining neutrality while hosting a platform that can provide space for the respectful exchange of different views. How the podcast can thread that needle remains to be seen. But in a field increasingly dominated by silos, polarization, and platform power, the journey of Global Health Matters will continue to add value to viewers in the global health domain. “We go through either sanitized kind of things to sometimes extreme, polarized stories,” Aslanyan said. “But we should have a neutral platform. I hope—well, it’s my dream.” Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
With Future of UNAIDS in Question, Top Official Says ‘Very Difficult’ to Envision 2026 Shutdown 17/10/2025 Stefan Anderson A senior UNAIDS deputy framed the UN Secretary-General’s proposal to close the programme next year as a rushed timeline, as governments and civil society demand answers. BERLIN — A top UNAIDS official told delegates at the World Health Summit this week that it would be “very difficult” to envision shutting down the agency by the end of 2026, pushing back against a controversial proposal from UN Secretary-General António Guterres that has triggered an outcry from civil society groups and member states. “I know the [Secretary-General’s] proposal is formulated in a way that strikes people as if it’s already a decision, but it is a proposal,” Christine Stegling, deputy executive director of UNAIDS, said at the summit. “There’s pressure on all of us to rethink ourselves and to think how we can maybe accelerate the timeline, but I personally find it very difficult to think about how we could do that by the end of 2026.” Her comments come weeks after Guterres released his UN80 reform plan in September, a sweeping 45-page blueprint for restructuring the UN system that included a single sentence stating: “We plan to sunset UNAIDS by the end of 2026.” The proposal caught the agency’s own governing board off guard, as well as donor governments and the civil society organizations that hold a unique seat at the table in UNAIDS governance. UNAIDS was already implementing its own board-approved transformation plan, which includes a 54% reduction in secretariat staffing and consolidation of country offices from 85 to 54. That plan, informed by a high-level panel that worked from October 2024 to March 2025, envisions a gradual two-phase process that would propose to the board in mid-2027 to “further transform, consolidate, integrate, with a view to eventually closing down the UNAIDS Secretariat in its current form”—a timeline measured in years, not the 14 months the UN80 plan allows. “We heard very powerful voices in our board meeting in June from communities telling us, look, sunsetting can be good if you stand in a beautiful sunset,” Stegling said. “And it can be terrifying if you’re standing by yourself, and it just all of a sudden gets dark.” ‘I’m seeing death’ "I am seeing death. Real people are dying." – Winnie Byanyima, Executive Director, Joint United Nations Programme on HIV/AIDS (UNAIDS)#WHS2025 speaker Byanyima emphasizes that global solidarity is fundamental to advancing global health. She highlights that wealthier countries… pic.twitter.com/tDRriJ6CuL — World Health Summit (@WorldHealthSmt) October 13, 2025 The fight over the programme’s future unfolds as the global HIV response faces what UNAIDS has called a “historic funding crisis.” There were 1.3 million new HIV infections in 2024, virtually unchanged from the previous year and far short of targets needed to end AIDS as a public health threat by 2030, according to the agency’s 2025 Global AIDS Update released in July. The sudden withdrawal of US funding in early 2025, which had previously accounted for 73% of international HIV/AIDS financing, has disrupted treatment and prevention programmes worldwide. UNAIDS modelling suggests the funding collapse could lead to an additional 6.6 million new HIV infections and 4.2 million AIDS-related deaths by 2029. “This is not just a funding gap – it’s a ticking time bomb,” Byanyima said when the annual report was released. “We have seen services vanish overnight. Health workers have been sent home. And people – especially children and key populations – are being pushed out of care.” In Mozambique alone, over 30,000 health personnel lost their jobs, while Nigeria has seen monthly initiations of pre-exposure prophylaxis to prevent HIV transmission have plummeted from 40,000 to 6,000. Since 2010, new HIV infections have fallen 40% and AIDS-related deaths by 56%. By the end of 2024, 31.6 million people—77% of all people living with HIV—were accessing antiretroviral therapy. “I’m seeing death, real people dying because clinics are shutting, because services for the most vulnerable people are closing,” Winnie Byanyima, UNAIDS executive director, told the summit. “That suddenness, that rapid decline, is costing lives. Let’s be clear about that. People are dying.” Speaking about the abrupt US funding cuts, Stegling drew a parallel to the UN80 proposal: “It was the shock and it was the abruptness, and it was the unpreparedness that hit hardest, with little time to react.” At an extraordinary UNAIDS board meeting last week, member states expressed strong opposition to the accelerated timeline. “Member states on our board, and in particular those who are most affected, all speak about a similar issue,” Stegling said, specifically citing the Africa group. “They’re basically saying, look, the ecosystem is collapsing around us. The funding is collapsing around us, and at this particular time, you’re taking away a structure that we have at a country level that helps us to navigate these new realities, and so therefore we can’t support that.” Donors demand answers World Health Summit panel, “Shaping the Future of UNAIDS in the Context of UN80.” Germany and the Netherlands, the two largest contributors to HIV financing aside from the US, said their delegations would use the next meeting of the UNAIDS Programme Coordinating Board to question UN80’s abrupt departure from the agency’s existing reform trajectory. “The Secretary-General’s proposal that sunsets UNAIDS already by the end of 2026 came to all of us as a surprise,” said Paul Zubeil of Germany’s Ministry of Health, adding that the proposals outlined in the UNAIDS-led reforms were “very balanced.” “It’s an easy pitch to close a very small, not even UN agency, but a small joint programme, to integrate it,” Zubeil continued. “This would probably show the world ‘we’re doing something, we’re integrating UN agencies into each other,’ but it’s not really what does the trick. We don’t talk about WFP or about FAO or any others, the big ships.” “I don’t know what’s on [Guterres’] mind, but again, I think we should monitor this. We should take it very seriously. But there’s no reason for panic upfront when the storm has not hit us yet.” Peter Derrek Hof of the Netherlands Ministry of Foreign Affairs said his government had prepared questions about “why not follow the transition plan that was well thought out, was well prepared.” While supporting the broader UN reform process, he added: “It doesn’t mean that on specific issues we won’t raise issues, and we will ask questions – this will be one of them.” Civil society outcry “I don’t think he was thinking at all,” Erika Castellanos (right) told the World Health Summit of UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres proposal to close USAID by 2026. The UN proposal has generated fierce resistance from civil society organizations who sit on the UNAIDS Programme Coordinating Board – the only governance structure in the UN with direct civil society representation. More than 1,000 civil society organisations have signed a letter expressing “deepest alarm” at the sunsetting proposal, noting their seat at the table had been effectively stepped over by the Secretary-General, who did not consult UNAIDS or its board before publishing the UN80 agenda. “UNAIDS must remain until new HIV infections are halted, until lifesaving HIV treatment reaches all who need it, and until the human rights of all people living with and affected by HIV are fully safeguarded,” the letter states. “Preserving UNAIDS is about saving lives, and to propose sunsetting it now is profoundly dangerous and a betrayal of the global goal to end AIDS by 2030,” the groups said. “Any restructuring must strengthen – not weaken – the HIV response, human rights, community leadership, and accountability.” The exclusion of civil society from the UN80 process carries particular sting, given the history of the AIDS crisis. When governments worldwide ignored the epidemic in the 1980s as it killed millions, dismissing it as a “gay plague”, it was grassroots activists who forced the issue onto the political agenda, staged “die-ins” at pharmaceutical companies to demand treatment access, and ultimately shaped the unprecedented global response that created institutions like UNAIDS and the Global Fund. 🚨 The HIV response is in crisis. Funding cuts, rising infections & deaths—and now the UN SG plans to sunset @UNAIDS in 2026.We say NO. This is a betrayal of the 2030 goal to #EndAIDS.✍️ Sign on: https://t.co/zrk1I2SRiXRead our statement: https://t.co/gKIxvo7CRl#SaveUNAIDS pic.twitter.com/QAnjQpi12v — NGO DELEGATION TO THE UNAIDS PCB (@ngopcb) September 19, 2025 “I come from that time where we took to the streets, where we threw red paint on politicians, where we went into parliament with coffins,” said Erika Castellanos, a civil society representative. “And because of that action with the global community, the international community ended up with institutions like the Global Fund and UNAIDS.” “We need to have an institution at the highest level, at the UN level, where the participation and engagement of community is preserved to the level it is now,” Castellanos said. “Whatever we create or redesign needs to keep communities in decision-making seats with equal power. Otherwise, representation goes back to tokenistic.” The move also reflects a broader trend across the UN system, where civil society access has been shrinking in both Geneva and New York. The recent plastics treaty negotiations saw civil society representatives largely stonewalled, while Brazil’s COP30 climate summit is expected to draw record-low civil society participation – a retreat from the open multilateralism that defined earlier UN processes. Calling out the euphemistic language of the proposal, Clemens Gros, another civil society representative, compared “sunsetting” to SpaceX’s description of a rocket explosion as “rapid unscheduled disassembly.” “Sun setting the organization would effectively mean it will not be there anymore once it’s beyond the horizon,” he said. UN80: Response to ‘severe pressure’ The UN80 Initiative is a blueprint for streamlining the United Nations amid a deep funding crisis led by Secretary-General António Guterres. The UNAIDS proposal sits within a wider UN80 reform initiative launched by Guterres in March as the body marks its 80th anniversary. The “Shifting Paradigms: United to Deliver” report, released on 18 September at the General Assembly in New York, proposes numerous mergers and consolidations across the UN system. Among the proposals: merging the UN Population Fund and UN Women “to create a unified voice and platform on gender equality and women’s rights.” The reforms are widely seen as a response to severe funding pressures—particularly US aid cuts under the Trump administration—though Guterres has denied this. Informal discussions have also circulated about potentially merging the two largest non-UN health agencies, Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance and the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, though the agencies themselves have emphasized closer collaboration over outright merger. For now, member states and agency leadership are left navigating between two competing visions: the gradual, community-informed transformation UNAIDS had charted for itself, and the abrupt 2026 closure proposed in the UN80 plan. “We went from street rioters to policy makers because we were forced to take that role,” Castellanos said. “We finally arrive at a place where we have a seat at the table, and often the privilege and honor to lead that table.” “This hasn’t come easily. It’s with a lot of pain and suffering, and a lot of people who have done a lot of amazing work before us. So I find it a little bit irresponsible and a little bit too naive, perhaps, to think that we can shift gears suddenly without a planned process.” Image Credits: https://www.flickr.com/photos/22539273@N00/50637583117, Patrick Gruban. Drive to Include Pregnant and Breastfeeding Women and Children in Clinical Trials 17/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan The first woman with malaria in her first trimester of pregnancy was enrolled in a clinical trial to compare three different malaria treatment regimens in Mali on 6 October 2025. The first pregnant woman with malaria was enrolled in a clinical trial in Mali to compare three different malaria treatment regimens earlier this month – a historic event as pregnant and breastfeeding women and babies are seldom included in clinical trials despite being more vulnerable to several illnesses. But there is growing momentum for including “under-represented groups” in clinical trials to ensure that medicines developed are suitable for all those who need them most. Malaria in pregnancy is responsible for around 20% of stillbirths and 11% of all newborn deaths in sub‑Saharan Africa, as well as some 10,000 maternal deaths globally each year. It can also cause severe maternal anaemia, miscarriage, stillbirth, preterm delivery and low birthweight. Back in 1998, the World Health Organization (WHO) recommended artemisinin-based combination therapy (ACT) as the standard of care for malaria – but it only updated its guidelines for malaria to include pregnant women in their first trimester in 2022, according to Dr Myriam El Gaaloul, head of clinical and regulatory sciences at Medicines for Malaria Venture. “With the threat of emerging resistance to malaria drugs, alternatives are needed, and I think we all agree that we cannot afford to wait for another quarter of century [for treatment for pregnant women],” El Gaaloul told a webinar on under-represented populations in clinical trials, hosted by the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations (IFPMA) as part of its African Regulatory Conference. The trial, which will also run in Kenya and Burkina Faso, is an initiative of the Safety of Anti-malarials in the First Trimester (SAFIRE) Consortium, with El Ghaloul as its principal investigator. Preparation for the trial started in 2023 and involved getting ethical clearance in all three countries and holding meetings with regulators, said El Ghaloul. Ethical considerations Dr Jacqueline Kitulu, incoming president of the World Medical Association. Dr Jacqueline Kitulu, the incoming president of the World Medical Association (WMA), told the webinar that excluding under-represented groups “generates several ethical harms”, including the risk that “clinical decisions are built on non-generalisable data”. She defined these groups as “women, including the pregnant ones, older adults, children, people with disabilities, indigenous and marginalised populations and those in conflict settings”. “Exclusion can cause harm when interventions are later rolled out without safety or dosage data for larger segments of the population who are really excluded or under-represented groups,” Kitulu explained. The WMA developed the Helsinki Declaration 61 years ago to guide research on human subjects, and this remains the cornerstone for researchers. Mercury Shitindo, executive director of the Africa Bioethics Network, said there needs to be a shift in thinking: “We are not protecting people from research, but we are working on ways to protect people through research.” “This particular shift requires not only including under-represented populations in trials, but also ensuring that our regulatory systems and community policies are at the centre of how research is designed, conducted and shared.” Mercury Shitindo, executive director of the Africa Bioethics Network. Runcie Chidebe, founder of Project PINK BLUE, a Nigerian cancer awareness and patient advocacy organisation, said that Africa only hosts 4% of global clinical trials, although it makes up almost 19% of the world’s population. He knew of only one oncology clinical trial in Africa at present, and said that clinical trials for treatments for metastatic cerebral and cervical cancer mental had involved “95% white people”. Evolving international policy On 7 October, the WHO launched the Global Clinical Trial Forum (GCTF) to strengthen the clinical trial ecosystem, Martina Penazzato, WHO lead of Global Accelerator for Paediatric Formulations (GAP-f), told the webinar. The forum is in response to a resolution from the World Health Assembly (WHA75.8), which called on WHO member states to improve the quality and coordination of clinical trials to generate high-quality evidence for health decision-making. “The WHO has also released a global action plan, with action three [of nine actions] emphasising the inclusion of under-represented populations,” said Penazzato, adding Research is underway to better define under-represented populations and the policy landscape. “The WHO has identified key barriers to paediatric clinical trial inclusion, such as ethical and regulatory frameworks, and has advocated for a more coordinated, transparent process to prioritise research in this area,” she added. Mariana Widmer, a WHO scientist in maternal and perinatal health, said that medicines need to be tested on pregnant women as “pregnancy introduces significant physiological changes”. “For example, the blood volume increases by about 40% and this affects how medicines are absorbed and processed,” said Widmer, “So medicines should be tested in pregnant women to ensure safe treatment, yet pregnant women are often excluded from trials. “Around 70% of pregnant women take prescription medicines, and most of them are off-label; therefore, excluding pregnant women poses greater risks than including them.” Meanwhile, the International Council for Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for Pharmaceuticals for Human Use (ICH) is considering guidelines to include pregnant and breastfeeding women in research, said Theresa Wang, director of Clinical Quality and Compliance Management at AstraZeneca, who spoke on behalf of IFPMA The ICH brings regulatory authorities and the pharmaceutical industry together to discuss scientific and technical aspects of pharmaceuticals. The ICH resolved to include pregnant and breastfeeding women in clinical trials in 2023, said Theresa Wang, director of Clinical Quality and Compliance Management at AstraZeneca, speaking on behalf of IFPMA. This was the second of a four-part virtual Africa Regulatory Conference webinar series hosted by the IFPMA that is open to all who are interested. The third webinar, ‘Innovative clinical trial designs and digital technologies, is on Tuesday, 21 October. Image Credits: Medicines for Malaria Venture. Global Health Leaders Urge Fewer Agencies Amid Funding Crisis 16/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Global health chiefs used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for cutting and consolidating agencies as US cuts expose a “confusing” and “fragmented” aid bureaucracy. BERLIN — Leaders of the world’s major global health institutions called for a fundamental restructuring of an aid system they described as too fragmented, duplicative and confusing, with several stating that the number of agencies must be reduced as cuts from the US and other donors force a reckoning with the labyrinthine architecture of global health funding. At the World Health Summit in Berlin this week, executives from the Global Fund, Gavi, the World Health Organization and other institutions addressed the financial crisis facing global health as the abrupt withdrawal of US aid under Donald Trump exposed structural problems that officials acknowledged had existed for years. “I do think we’re actually going to have to reduce the number of entities,” Peter Sands, executive director of the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, told participants. “The system is too fragmented. There are too many underfunded institutions. There’s too much duplication. It’s too complex. That diagnosis, I think, is pretty straightforward.” Global development assistance for health fell 21% between 2024 and 2025, driven almost entirely by a 67% drop in US financing, more than $9 billion, according to data from the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation. Tens of millions of lives, particularly among children under five and people in the world’s poorest countries, are threatened by the cuts. Germany announces $1 billion pledge to the Global Fund on the opening night of WHS 2025. The collapse in global health funding extends beyond the United States. Germany, despite pledging €1 billion to the Global Fund and emerging as WHO’s largest donor, has cut its overall development assistance. France and the UK, also major funders, have joined rich countries across the board in reducing aid budgets. EU member states face competing pressures from the war in Ukraine and heightened security concerns following recent Russian provocations inside and near NATO borders. “On a global scale, development assistance for health was almost universally accepted as a good thing—it wasn’t politically controversial,” Joseph Dieleman, who leads IHME’s health aid tracking team, told the Council on Foreign Relations of the research. “All of a sudden, it’s very squarely political and on the chopping block.” “That’s not just a US phenomenon,” Dieleman said. “That’s global.” Global health chiefs used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for cutting and consolidating agencies as US cuts expose a “confusing” and “fragmented” aid bureaucracy. The loss of billions in health funding has put millions at risk, but officials say the crisis has also exposed deeper, long-standing flaws in the aid architecture. Health programs rely heavily on a handful of major donors — about 15 philanthropies and national governments dominate the field — so the loss of even one can trigger an immediate emergency. “In the area of HIV, when the US paused their development assistance in February, in the whole global response on the HIV/AIDS, the US was shouldering 73% of the total burden of development assistance, just one country,” said Winnie Byanyima, executive director of UNAIDS. “The rest of the world was shouldering the 27%. That wasn’t right,” she added. “That overdependence on one country, in a few countries, and overdependence of the developing countries, we have to solve it.” Officials also pointed to “mandate creep,” where multiple organizations take on overlapping roles, competing for the same funds while duplicating work, resulting in confusion and inefficient use of aid. “At the moment, if you’re somebody from outside the world of global health, it’s pretty confusing, right?” Sands said. “And there are so many cross-currents and so many acronyms, and trying to explain where you should place your bets as a new donor is not a trivial thing to do.” Axel Pries, president of the World Health Summit, said the abrupt US withdrawal “will cost lives” with “estimations that this is a double digit million figure of lives which are lost due to this very abrupt change.” “The best answer for the Global Fund is you don’t need the Global Fund,” he added. “Ultimately, if we’ve done our job on HIV, TB and Malaria well, there’s no need for it. That’s not true for the normative convening, regulatory roles of WHO which will continue, ultimately indefinitely, because that’s playing a kind of global public good role for the world.” The majority of global health institutions are funded through sequential “replenishment” fundraising campaigns, often concurrent, creating competition for finite resources that now extends across the broader humanitarian world. As funds dwindle, streamlining and coordination in aid efforts become crucial to maximise what funds remain. “Is the current model of replenishment sustainable? I don’t think it’s sustainable going forward,” said Sania Nishtar, chief executive of Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance. “Whatever all of us have been able to achieve, it is because of the generosity of the donors … We do not have a divine right to funding.” In 2024, the UN and partner organizations appealed for $46.4 billion to assist 180.5 million people across 72 countries—funding that health agencies must now compete for and convince policymakers to support. “It is cliché, but a crisis is a chance,” Nishtar said. “Now is the time for us to come together and align behind a movement to draw new parameters.” “We are radically recalibrating our programs. We understand that these changes are irreversible,” the Gavi chief concluded. “There’s got to be far less agencies in the ecosystem. This fragmentation and duplication really needs to come to an end.” Without warning Elon Musk, who was named a “special government employee” by the Trump administration, secured the president’s backing to eliminate USAID, the country’s foreign aid agency, sending shockwaves through global humanitarian efforts. The abrupt termination of US foreign aid, which has hit health programmes particularly hard, cast a long shadow over the chandeliers and canapés adorning World Health Summit proceedings at the Berlin InterContinental hotel, though participants largely avoided direct criticism of Washington. Multiple panels on restructuring global health finance over the three-day conference avoided mentioning the US or President Donald Trump by name, instead speaking obliquely of the need for “innovative finance” and addressing funding gaps that now total tens of billions of dollars across major institutions including the WHO, Gavi and the Global Fund. “The US has every right to use its money the way it wants. I don’t think anyone can criticize the US for withdrawing its funds or withdrawing its support,” WHO chief Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told participants via video-link from Sri-Lanka. “But one thing that could have been done is there could have been a transition or an exit strategy, for instance, about six to 12 months,” Tedros added. “Then, countries who have been benefiting from the US generous support could have prepared themselves.” Research published in The Lancet estimates USAID programs have saved over 90 million lives over the past two decades, including 30.4 million children under the age of five. As many as 14 million additional preventable deaths could take place by 2030 if gaps created by US programme cuts are not closed. Later in the exchange, while acknowledging US sovereignty over its funding decisions, the WHO acknowledged that reality head-on. “People have died,” Tedros said. “If there was some exit strategy, we wouldn’t have people dying because of the withdrawal of the US funding.” “The abrupt US withdrawal will cost lives,” Axel Pries, president of the World Health Summit, said. “Estimations are that this is a double-digit million figure of lives which are lost due to this very abrupt change. On the other hand, it also exposed that our system had some kind of crackability already. It was not only this last push, it was already a system which needed a renewal.” Already falling short “Funding Drops Across Most Health Organizations From 2024 to 2025: Development banks and the Gates Foundation maintained their funds for health development assistance, but agencies such as the World Health Organization experienced large losses,” according to Think Global Health statistics. Even before the cuts, global health institutions were falling short of their targets, a pattern mirrored across humanitarian, refugee and climate financing. The global fight against HIV, tuberculosis and malaria faces a $29.4 billion gap for 2027-2029 across domestic financing, external donors and the Global Fund combined. The Global Fund contributes roughly 13% of total global funding for these three diseases and has already warned countries that current grants for 2025-2026 might face an average 11% cut due to an estimated $1.4 billion gap from donors not meeting pledges. “Global health has been very much anchored in global solidarity — countries agreeing to work together to deliver on health, and it’s been driven very much by aid for the developing countries,” Byanyima said. “But now we’re seeing that aid tumbling very fast — that suddenness, that rapid decline, is costing lives. Let’s be clear about that: people are dying.” Gavi secured more than $9 billion at its June replenishment summit but remains $2.9 billion short of its $11.9 billion target. Officials warned this shortfall could result in 75 million children missing routine vaccinations over the next five years and 1.2 million child deaths. Overall resource needs and projected available resources for HIV, TB and malaria in countries where the Global Fund invests. The Pandemic Fund—a multilateral mechanism established in 2022 by the G20—requires an estimated $2 billion in additional resources for 2025-2027. A further $15 billion in annual global spending on pandemic preparedness — or 0.1-0.2% of GDP and 0.5-1% of security and defence budgets — was recommended by a report from the WHO-hosted Global Pandemic Monitoring Board released in Berlin. WHO faces the largest proportional crisis: it is short nearly $1.9 billion from a planned $4.2 billion budget for 2026-27, meaning it lacks nearly 45% of the needed funding. Amid the funding drought, forcing many UN agencies from headquarters, to the UN Refugee Programme, to UNICEF and more to cut staff and operations by up to 55%, Sands warned that a simple restructuring will not solve the crisis alone. “Rearranging the boxes of the global health ecosystem is a useful thing to do and a necessary thing to do,” he said. “But it isn’t going to fill the fundamental gaps in financing. So we should do it, but we shouldn’t use it as a sort of displacement activity for actually mobilizing the money we need.” “The worst outcome here is that we invest a lot of our energies having long conversations and lots of meetings about all of this and then do nothing,” Sands concluded. “And two years from now, we’re not where you said we would be with a radically changed system. That would be a waste of time.” Death and defence German Health Minister Nina Warken addresses the World Health Summit in Berlin. Yet while aid budgets shrink, defense spending has been easier to find on government balance sheets, seeing a global surge last year from major aid donor nations as geopolitical tensions rattle capitals. EU member states’ defense expenditure reached €343 billion in 2024, and is expected to rise to €381 billion in 2025—a 19% increase from the previous year and 37% higher than 2021. The US defense budget was approximately $874 billion in 2024. “We face a world of national reflexes and shrinking budgets, of leading headlines and contested facts,” Nina Warken, Germany’s health minister, told the summit. “Global health politics is pressed to justify itself.” “Health is no place for the lone wolf, because national health topics are often linked to the global level,” Warken added. “It is in our very own interest to strengthen these topics at an international level.” The increases come as millions of preventable deaths occur worldwide from diseases that cost relatively little to treat or prevent. The $9 billion pricetag cost to fill the US-sized gap in global health funding, in perspective, is about 2.4 % of EU defence spending and about 0.66 % of the combined EU-US defence outlays. “While we know we’re at a particular moment in time with financing for global solidarity now, the truth is funding pressures have long been there,” Helen Clark, former New Zealand prime minister and UN Development Programme administrator, said. “There is a competition for resources between the different sets of actors.” Preliminary estimates of relative reduction in total health spending due to reduceddevelopment assistance for health, 2024–2025. The resources to allay the funding crisis are not confined to traditional Western aid budgets. Around 200 individuals with net worths exceeding $10 billion collectively hold approximately $5 trillion—enough to fund the current shortfall for over 500 years with money to spare. China’s annual government expenditure, estimated at $6-7 trillion, would absorb the $9 billion gap as roughly 0.13% of its budget. Saudi Arabia’s Public Investment Fund, with assets estimated at $1 trillion, could sustain current global health funding levels for over a century. The kingdom’s recent investments in sports properties—including an estimated $10 billion across ventures such as LIV Golf, Newcastle United, and various international tournaments—exceed the immediate global health financing need. Yet mobilising such resources remains a complex diplomatic and political challenge, further complicated by questions of how aid should be spent. “In the final analysis, food, water, medicine to keep people alive is a compelling narrative,” Clark said. “That can absorb an overwhelming amount of resources that doesn’t really leave that much for putting in place the building blocks for more resilient health systems.” African push for sovereignty clouded by debt African leaders used the summit to accelerate demands for greater independence from donor systems. “Africa is ready. We don’t want to be invited,” Jean Kaseya, director-general of the Africa Centres for Disease Control and Prevention, told attendees. “We are the co-creators of this global architecture.” “The money that we are creating, that we are leveraging, must flow through the regional pool procurement mechanism, especially to regional manufacturers, because we need an incentive to them,” Kaseya said. “Someone was telling me, there is no market in Africa. No way we have 1.4 billion people. This is the biggest market.” In September, African health ministers released the Accra Agenda—a comprehensive financing strategy emphasizing domestic resources, innovative mechanisms and local manufacturing. The initiative, led by Ghana’s President John Dramani Mahama, aims to declare an end to development-as-usual. Yet the push echoes the 2001 Abuja Declaration, in which African Union leaders pledged to allocate 15% of government budgets to health—a target only two countries of the AU’s 55 nations, South Africa and Cabo Verde, met in 2021. The average across the AU was 7.35% of national budgets, half the benchmark agreed in Nigeria 24 years ago. “In the end, national actors are the ones who are going to carry their countries forward,” Clark said. “We have to put the emphasis on how we support them to do their jobs.” WHO Chief Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus addressed the 2025 WHS. Pressed on how the WHO would support countries affected by the global aid cuts, Tedros insisted they possessed the capacity for self-reliance. “All developing countries, what they need is not charity. What they need is fair terms, fair terms in investment, fair terms in trade, and fair terms in taking loans from the market,” he said. Yet as the IMF and World Bank hold their annual meetings in Washington this week, the prospect of self-reliance appears increasingly remote for many developing nations. Low-income countries, on average, depend on foreign aid for one-third of their national health spending. Eight of the world’s poorest countries—South Sudan, Somalia, Democratic Republic of Congo, Liberia, Afghanistan, Sudan, Uganda and Ethiopia—rely on USAID for over 20% of their total foreign assistance. Facing their highest debt burdens in decades, many of the world’s poorest nations are unlikely to be able to compensate for the budget hole blown open by USAID’s withdrawal. The 121 low- and middle-income governments for which there are figures spent an average of 10.7% of government revenue on public health systems, compared to 12.2% on external debt payments in 2019. Research by Debt Justice, released ahead of the meetings, found that 11 lower-income countries denied debt relief by the IMF have been forced to enact “drastic” cuts to health spending by 18% and education by 16% while maintaining debt payments to wealthy creditors. In these countries—including Argentina, Egypt, Kenya, Mozambique and Pakistan—real public spending per person has been cut by 10% on average, while GDP growth per person averaged just 1.2%, less than half the average for countries in the global South. “The countries most dependent on development assistance are also the least capable of filling the gap,” Dieleman said. “The shift has been felt most acutely in low-income countries where disease burdens are high, particularly those in sub-Saharan Africa.” The call for developing countries to increase domestic health spending confronts a debt crisis that makes such investments nearly impossible for many governments. More than 60 countries worldwide now spend more on debt service than on their health systems. “The first thing we need to do is to organize a planned, a responsible transition from a model of aid,” Byanyima said. “We’ve seen the vulnerabilities of aid, and now we want to go away from that. But we must do it in an orderly way that’s not costing lives.” Image Credits: World Health Summit, White House , Thinking Global Health, IHME. ‘Breaking Down Silos’: Global Health Matters Podcast Marks Five Years of Cross-Cutting Conversations 15/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Dr Garry Aslanyan is the executive producer and host of the Global Health Matters podcast. At the World Health Summit in Berlin, the Global Health Matters podcast celebrated a milestone anniversary with a live recording exploring misinformation, the power of social media shaping information, and the future of health communication BERLIN — Five years ago, in a field not exactly known for its podcasting, Dr Garry Aslanyan spotted a gap. Global health, for all its conferences, scientific papers and panel discussions, lacked spaces for dialogue that could transcend disciplinary boundaries. So he started one. “A lot of the information in global health is quite siloized,” Aslanyan, the podcast’s founder, told Health Policy Watch in a recent interview at the World Health Summit, where the show recorded its fifth-anniversary episode. “We look at things that are more cross-cutting. People who are not working in an area could listen to the episode and get inspired by how they dealt with something in another context.” The approach has resonated. With over 130,000 downloads across more than 180 countries, Global Health Matters has become a platform bringing together voices ranging from former Médecins Sans Frontières president Joanne Liu to Wellcome CEO Jan-Arne Rottingen, alongside lesser-known innovators, scientists, authors, academics and public health officials whose work might otherwise go unheard by the broader scientific community. The long-form interview format, Aslanyan explained, allows listeners to understand not just what experts do, but their motivations and experiences: what their personal journey was, why they decided to pursue their work, and the contexts shaping their perspectives. “We don’t really have a chance to know who they are,” Aslanyan said. “Where they work, how their context is, what it means to them.” “We know the general public is probably not our main audience, but in terms of destroying silos between different parts of global health… we’re covering everything,” he added. “We’re doing it with different perspectives, so I think we’ve overcome [those divisions].” Kissing bugs Founded five years ago, the Global Health Matters podcast now has over 120,000 downloads across 180+ countries, making it a leading platform for conversations, diverse voices, and real-world insights in global health. One interview with essayist, memoirist and journalist Daisy Hernández stands out to Aslanyan as exemplifying what his podcast is after. Far from the corridors of the World Health Organization in Geneva, Hernández wrote a memoir about Chagas disease woven through her family’s story—a book most global health professionals could easily miss. “For many listeners, they would never pick up that book,” Aslanyan said. “But the way she presented the story really incorporated the disease, the system, the culture, the environment, and the lack of understanding of these kinds of diseases in developed countries.” Chagas disease, caused by a parasite transmitted mostly through the “kissing bug” Triatominae, which thrives inside the mud or concrete walls and floors of poor dwellings in Latin America, was barely recognized by physicians in the United States and Europe until recently. Doctors misdiagnosed it as simple heart problems. Hernández’s narrative approach made visible what technical papers couldn’t: how a neglected disease, medical system failures, and immigrant experiences collided to lead a family and community affected by the disease with little understanding of its true causes. The experience of Chagas disease, and Hernandez’s power to communicate it through story, also ties deeply with the work of TDR, the Special Programme for Research and Training in Tropical Diseases, where Aslanyan works. The conversation was a reminder to global health professionals to “go beyond our public health silos and to present our work in a way that motivates experts, policy-makers and lay audiences towards greater action,” the episode description wrote — a mission statement for what Aslanyan is trying to achieve, and a narrative vision to achieve TDR’s raison d’être: improving the health vulnerable of burdened by infectious diseases. To inform or to misinform The podcast’s five-year anniversary recording on the opening day of Berlin’s World Health Summit tackled one of global health’s most urgent challenges: ensuring accurate health information reaches those who need it. The live session on “Bridging the Knowledge Divide” featured Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance, and Monica Bharel, Google’s clinical lead for Public Health, in a discussion that laid bare both progress and persistent problems. “When I first started working, everything was written by hand,” Phumaphi recalled, describing her early career years in health systems decades earlier. “You only had one source of information—the World Health Organization. You didn’t have to search to find out which source is right and which one is wrong.” “There are so many sources of information, and it’s very, very confusing,” Phumaphi said of the current landscape. “We have rogue scientists and rogue medical practitioners who spread disinformation. And there’s misinformation, which is a little bit more innocent but can do as much damage.” Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance, speaks at the 5th anniversary event in Berlin. “Misinformation is always mixed with a little bit of truth, which is why it misleads,” she explained. “But what it does is that it kills people. Non-vaccinated people died during COVID. Children who don’t have measles vaccines die. Children who are not sleeping under mosquito nets die from malaria.” In Mozambique’s Zambezia province earlier this year, misinformation claiming that government-distributed mosquito nets spread cholera led to violent attacks on health centers, leaving one person dead. Communities blamed health workers for a cholera outbreak. Provincial officials had to conduct emergency visits urging residents to stop attacking the health workers attempting to help them. The misinformation challenge has grown particularly acute in an era when figures like Robert F. Kennedy Jr. now hold positions of global influence. Kennedy, who built his political profile as leader of Children’s Health Defense, the world’s largest anti-vaccine organization which led the crusade against COVID-19 vaccination in the pandemic, now installed atop the US health system. In recent months, Kennedy has overhauled US vaccine schedule requirements, claimed circumcision causes autism, and eliminated federal funding for COVID vaccines for uninsured children and pregnant women. Google health HQ Monica Bharel is the clinical lead for public sector health at Google, which fields 90% of global searches and owns Youtube. Against that landscape, the social media platforms operated by tech companies like Google, Meta and others, are playing an outsize role in health information – and thus facing an increasingly heavy burden of responsibility as well. “Two hundred billion health queries are made on YouTube annually,” Google’s Bharel noted during the panel. Across Google’s search engine—which handles approximately 90% of all search queries globally—over one billion health-related searches occur every day, translating to more than 365 billion annually, she said. Three out of four Americans, Bharel added, begin their “health journey” with an internet search. Google and YouTube have implemented systems to elevate “trusted voices,” requiring healthcare professionals to show proof of licensure to be featured in prominent health information sections. The companies rank content using what Bharel described as “expertise, experience, authority, and trust” metrics, and now employ AI-powered overviews to provide summarized answers alongside traditional search results. “We want to flood the system with high-quality information,” Bharel said, describing Google’s approach. Yet the architecture of these platforms, and the massive flow of exchange, means misinformation is always nearby, often driven by emotional testimonials or shocking statistics that draw users’ attention but lack the evidence base of peer-reviewed scientific studies and authoritative sources. A study published in the medical journal BMC Public Health breaks down how many people seek health advice from Google’s YouTube platform. “I think that approach is very good, but in order to make it more useful to our communities, I would like a [social media] system like [Google’s] that to be endorsed by WHO and national health authorities around the world,” Phumaphi said, voicing a concern shared by many public health professionals. The disconnect between information availability and actual reach from validated sources remains a major challenge for the health world. The World Health Organization, for instance, uploads multiple videos weekly that garner fewer than 20 views on YouTube. Just last month, a new United Nations report found that UN reports are not widely read, showing the challenge of communicating complex and accurate information continues to be a major sticking point beyond the health world. “Many people are not influenced by WHO, they are influenced by what they see,” Phumaphi observed. In Africa, she noted, traditional and religious leaders also continue to serve as “influencers” – and their views are often far more powerful than international health organizations. The problem extends beyond misinformation to what Bahrel termed being “misinformed”—people lacking complete information to make good decisions about their health. Information, the panelists agreed, has become a social determinant of health itself—as critical as access to food, clean water, or healthcare professionals. “There’s also a language barrier between scientists and health experts and normal people,” one audience member noted during the Q&A. “A fundamental communications problem.” Looking ahead Season 5 is coming 🎉What topics should we dive into next on the #GlobalHealthMatters podcast?📝 Fill out our listener survey 👉 https://t.co/acJOhPURnk💬 Or comment below with your ideas — we’re listening! pic.twitter.com/hNBug5xvaZ — TDR (@TDRnews) October 15, 2025 As the podcast enters its fifth season, Aslanyan is pushing toward what he describes as more “provocative” territory. He envisions creating space for global health opinion-makers to debate contentious issues the field typically avoids. Like a political talk show, but focused on policy questions that shape billions of lives, he said. He envisions seeing “more of a consistent sort of episodes and places where very neutral, experienced global health opinion makers can discuss global health issues together,” Aslanyan explained. The difficulty, he acknowledged, will be maintaining neutrality while hosting a platform that can provide space for the respectful exchange of different views. How the podcast can thread that needle remains to be seen. But in a field increasingly dominated by silos, polarization, and platform power, the journey of Global Health Matters will continue to add value to viewers in the global health domain. “We go through either sanitized kind of things to sometimes extreme, polarized stories,” Aslanyan said. “But we should have a neutral platform. I hope—well, it’s my dream.” Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Drive to Include Pregnant and Breastfeeding Women and Children in Clinical Trials 17/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan The first woman with malaria in her first trimester of pregnancy was enrolled in a clinical trial to compare three different malaria treatment regimens in Mali on 6 October 2025. The first pregnant woman with malaria was enrolled in a clinical trial in Mali to compare three different malaria treatment regimens earlier this month – a historic event as pregnant and breastfeeding women and babies are seldom included in clinical trials despite being more vulnerable to several illnesses. But there is growing momentum for including “under-represented groups” in clinical trials to ensure that medicines developed are suitable for all those who need them most. Malaria in pregnancy is responsible for around 20% of stillbirths and 11% of all newborn deaths in sub‑Saharan Africa, as well as some 10,000 maternal deaths globally each year. It can also cause severe maternal anaemia, miscarriage, stillbirth, preterm delivery and low birthweight. Back in 1998, the World Health Organization (WHO) recommended artemisinin-based combination therapy (ACT) as the standard of care for malaria – but it only updated its guidelines for malaria to include pregnant women in their first trimester in 2022, according to Dr Myriam El Gaaloul, head of clinical and regulatory sciences at Medicines for Malaria Venture. “With the threat of emerging resistance to malaria drugs, alternatives are needed, and I think we all agree that we cannot afford to wait for another quarter of century [for treatment for pregnant women],” El Gaaloul told a webinar on under-represented populations in clinical trials, hosted by the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations (IFPMA) as part of its African Regulatory Conference. The trial, which will also run in Kenya and Burkina Faso, is an initiative of the Safety of Anti-malarials in the First Trimester (SAFIRE) Consortium, with El Ghaloul as its principal investigator. Preparation for the trial started in 2023 and involved getting ethical clearance in all three countries and holding meetings with regulators, said El Ghaloul. Ethical considerations Dr Jacqueline Kitulu, incoming president of the World Medical Association. Dr Jacqueline Kitulu, the incoming president of the World Medical Association (WMA), told the webinar that excluding under-represented groups “generates several ethical harms”, including the risk that “clinical decisions are built on non-generalisable data”. She defined these groups as “women, including the pregnant ones, older adults, children, people with disabilities, indigenous and marginalised populations and those in conflict settings”. “Exclusion can cause harm when interventions are later rolled out without safety or dosage data for larger segments of the population who are really excluded or under-represented groups,” Kitulu explained. The WMA developed the Helsinki Declaration 61 years ago to guide research on human subjects, and this remains the cornerstone for researchers. Mercury Shitindo, executive director of the Africa Bioethics Network, said there needs to be a shift in thinking: “We are not protecting people from research, but we are working on ways to protect people through research.” “This particular shift requires not only including under-represented populations in trials, but also ensuring that our regulatory systems and community policies are at the centre of how research is designed, conducted and shared.” Mercury Shitindo, executive director of the Africa Bioethics Network. Runcie Chidebe, founder of Project PINK BLUE, a Nigerian cancer awareness and patient advocacy organisation, said that Africa only hosts 4% of global clinical trials, although it makes up almost 19% of the world’s population. He knew of only one oncology clinical trial in Africa at present, and said that clinical trials for treatments for metastatic cerebral and cervical cancer mental had involved “95% white people”. Evolving international policy On 7 October, the WHO launched the Global Clinical Trial Forum (GCTF) to strengthen the clinical trial ecosystem, Martina Penazzato, WHO lead of Global Accelerator for Paediatric Formulations (GAP-f), told the webinar. The forum is in response to a resolution from the World Health Assembly (WHA75.8), which called on WHO member states to improve the quality and coordination of clinical trials to generate high-quality evidence for health decision-making. “The WHO has also released a global action plan, with action three [of nine actions] emphasising the inclusion of under-represented populations,” said Penazzato, adding Research is underway to better define under-represented populations and the policy landscape. “The WHO has identified key barriers to paediatric clinical trial inclusion, such as ethical and regulatory frameworks, and has advocated for a more coordinated, transparent process to prioritise research in this area,” she added. Mariana Widmer, a WHO scientist in maternal and perinatal health, said that medicines need to be tested on pregnant women as “pregnancy introduces significant physiological changes”. “For example, the blood volume increases by about 40% and this affects how medicines are absorbed and processed,” said Widmer, “So medicines should be tested in pregnant women to ensure safe treatment, yet pregnant women are often excluded from trials. “Around 70% of pregnant women take prescription medicines, and most of them are off-label; therefore, excluding pregnant women poses greater risks than including them.” Meanwhile, the International Council for Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for Pharmaceuticals for Human Use (ICH) is considering guidelines to include pregnant and breastfeeding women in research, said Theresa Wang, director of Clinical Quality and Compliance Management at AstraZeneca, who spoke on behalf of IFPMA The ICH brings regulatory authorities and the pharmaceutical industry together to discuss scientific and technical aspects of pharmaceuticals. The ICH resolved to include pregnant and breastfeeding women in clinical trials in 2023, said Theresa Wang, director of Clinical Quality and Compliance Management at AstraZeneca, speaking on behalf of IFPMA. This was the second of a four-part virtual Africa Regulatory Conference webinar series hosted by the IFPMA that is open to all who are interested. The third webinar, ‘Innovative clinical trial designs and digital technologies, is on Tuesday, 21 October. Image Credits: Medicines for Malaria Venture. Global Health Leaders Urge Fewer Agencies Amid Funding Crisis 16/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Global health chiefs used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for cutting and consolidating agencies as US cuts expose a “confusing” and “fragmented” aid bureaucracy. BERLIN — Leaders of the world’s major global health institutions called for a fundamental restructuring of an aid system they described as too fragmented, duplicative and confusing, with several stating that the number of agencies must be reduced as cuts from the US and other donors force a reckoning with the labyrinthine architecture of global health funding. At the World Health Summit in Berlin this week, executives from the Global Fund, Gavi, the World Health Organization and other institutions addressed the financial crisis facing global health as the abrupt withdrawal of US aid under Donald Trump exposed structural problems that officials acknowledged had existed for years. “I do think we’re actually going to have to reduce the number of entities,” Peter Sands, executive director of the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, told participants. “The system is too fragmented. There are too many underfunded institutions. There’s too much duplication. It’s too complex. That diagnosis, I think, is pretty straightforward.” Global development assistance for health fell 21% between 2024 and 2025, driven almost entirely by a 67% drop in US financing, more than $9 billion, according to data from the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation. Tens of millions of lives, particularly among children under five and people in the world’s poorest countries, are threatened by the cuts. Germany announces $1 billion pledge to the Global Fund on the opening night of WHS 2025. The collapse in global health funding extends beyond the United States. Germany, despite pledging €1 billion to the Global Fund and emerging as WHO’s largest donor, has cut its overall development assistance. France and the UK, also major funders, have joined rich countries across the board in reducing aid budgets. EU member states face competing pressures from the war in Ukraine and heightened security concerns following recent Russian provocations inside and near NATO borders. “On a global scale, development assistance for health was almost universally accepted as a good thing—it wasn’t politically controversial,” Joseph Dieleman, who leads IHME’s health aid tracking team, told the Council on Foreign Relations of the research. “All of a sudden, it’s very squarely political and on the chopping block.” “That’s not just a US phenomenon,” Dieleman said. “That’s global.” Global health chiefs used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for cutting and consolidating agencies as US cuts expose a “confusing” and “fragmented” aid bureaucracy. The loss of billions in health funding has put millions at risk, but officials say the crisis has also exposed deeper, long-standing flaws in the aid architecture. Health programs rely heavily on a handful of major donors — about 15 philanthropies and national governments dominate the field — so the loss of even one can trigger an immediate emergency. “In the area of HIV, when the US paused their development assistance in February, in the whole global response on the HIV/AIDS, the US was shouldering 73% of the total burden of development assistance, just one country,” said Winnie Byanyima, executive director of UNAIDS. “The rest of the world was shouldering the 27%. That wasn’t right,” she added. “That overdependence on one country, in a few countries, and overdependence of the developing countries, we have to solve it.” Officials also pointed to “mandate creep,” where multiple organizations take on overlapping roles, competing for the same funds while duplicating work, resulting in confusion and inefficient use of aid. “At the moment, if you’re somebody from outside the world of global health, it’s pretty confusing, right?” Sands said. “And there are so many cross-currents and so many acronyms, and trying to explain where you should place your bets as a new donor is not a trivial thing to do.” Axel Pries, president of the World Health Summit, said the abrupt US withdrawal “will cost lives” with “estimations that this is a double digit million figure of lives which are lost due to this very abrupt change.” “The best answer for the Global Fund is you don’t need the Global Fund,” he added. “Ultimately, if we’ve done our job on HIV, TB and Malaria well, there’s no need for it. That’s not true for the normative convening, regulatory roles of WHO which will continue, ultimately indefinitely, because that’s playing a kind of global public good role for the world.” The majority of global health institutions are funded through sequential “replenishment” fundraising campaigns, often concurrent, creating competition for finite resources that now extends across the broader humanitarian world. As funds dwindle, streamlining and coordination in aid efforts become crucial to maximise what funds remain. “Is the current model of replenishment sustainable? I don’t think it’s sustainable going forward,” said Sania Nishtar, chief executive of Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance. “Whatever all of us have been able to achieve, it is because of the generosity of the donors … We do not have a divine right to funding.” In 2024, the UN and partner organizations appealed for $46.4 billion to assist 180.5 million people across 72 countries—funding that health agencies must now compete for and convince policymakers to support. “It is cliché, but a crisis is a chance,” Nishtar said. “Now is the time for us to come together and align behind a movement to draw new parameters.” “We are radically recalibrating our programs. We understand that these changes are irreversible,” the Gavi chief concluded. “There’s got to be far less agencies in the ecosystem. This fragmentation and duplication really needs to come to an end.” Without warning Elon Musk, who was named a “special government employee” by the Trump administration, secured the president’s backing to eliminate USAID, the country’s foreign aid agency, sending shockwaves through global humanitarian efforts. The abrupt termination of US foreign aid, which has hit health programmes particularly hard, cast a long shadow over the chandeliers and canapés adorning World Health Summit proceedings at the Berlin InterContinental hotel, though participants largely avoided direct criticism of Washington. Multiple panels on restructuring global health finance over the three-day conference avoided mentioning the US or President Donald Trump by name, instead speaking obliquely of the need for “innovative finance” and addressing funding gaps that now total tens of billions of dollars across major institutions including the WHO, Gavi and the Global Fund. “The US has every right to use its money the way it wants. I don’t think anyone can criticize the US for withdrawing its funds or withdrawing its support,” WHO chief Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told participants via video-link from Sri-Lanka. “But one thing that could have been done is there could have been a transition or an exit strategy, for instance, about six to 12 months,” Tedros added. “Then, countries who have been benefiting from the US generous support could have prepared themselves.” Research published in The Lancet estimates USAID programs have saved over 90 million lives over the past two decades, including 30.4 million children under the age of five. As many as 14 million additional preventable deaths could take place by 2030 if gaps created by US programme cuts are not closed. Later in the exchange, while acknowledging US sovereignty over its funding decisions, the WHO acknowledged that reality head-on. “People have died,” Tedros said. “If there was some exit strategy, we wouldn’t have people dying because of the withdrawal of the US funding.” “The abrupt US withdrawal will cost lives,” Axel Pries, president of the World Health Summit, said. “Estimations are that this is a double-digit million figure of lives which are lost due to this very abrupt change. On the other hand, it also exposed that our system had some kind of crackability already. It was not only this last push, it was already a system which needed a renewal.” Already falling short “Funding Drops Across Most Health Organizations From 2024 to 2025: Development banks and the Gates Foundation maintained their funds for health development assistance, but agencies such as the World Health Organization experienced large losses,” according to Think Global Health statistics. Even before the cuts, global health institutions were falling short of their targets, a pattern mirrored across humanitarian, refugee and climate financing. The global fight against HIV, tuberculosis and malaria faces a $29.4 billion gap for 2027-2029 across domestic financing, external donors and the Global Fund combined. The Global Fund contributes roughly 13% of total global funding for these three diseases and has already warned countries that current grants for 2025-2026 might face an average 11% cut due to an estimated $1.4 billion gap from donors not meeting pledges. “Global health has been very much anchored in global solidarity — countries agreeing to work together to deliver on health, and it’s been driven very much by aid for the developing countries,” Byanyima said. “But now we’re seeing that aid tumbling very fast — that suddenness, that rapid decline, is costing lives. Let’s be clear about that: people are dying.” Gavi secured more than $9 billion at its June replenishment summit but remains $2.9 billion short of its $11.9 billion target. Officials warned this shortfall could result in 75 million children missing routine vaccinations over the next five years and 1.2 million child deaths. Overall resource needs and projected available resources for HIV, TB and malaria in countries where the Global Fund invests. The Pandemic Fund—a multilateral mechanism established in 2022 by the G20—requires an estimated $2 billion in additional resources for 2025-2027. A further $15 billion in annual global spending on pandemic preparedness — or 0.1-0.2% of GDP and 0.5-1% of security and defence budgets — was recommended by a report from the WHO-hosted Global Pandemic Monitoring Board released in Berlin. WHO faces the largest proportional crisis: it is short nearly $1.9 billion from a planned $4.2 billion budget for 2026-27, meaning it lacks nearly 45% of the needed funding. Amid the funding drought, forcing many UN agencies from headquarters, to the UN Refugee Programme, to UNICEF and more to cut staff and operations by up to 55%, Sands warned that a simple restructuring will not solve the crisis alone. “Rearranging the boxes of the global health ecosystem is a useful thing to do and a necessary thing to do,” he said. “But it isn’t going to fill the fundamental gaps in financing. So we should do it, but we shouldn’t use it as a sort of displacement activity for actually mobilizing the money we need.” “The worst outcome here is that we invest a lot of our energies having long conversations and lots of meetings about all of this and then do nothing,” Sands concluded. “And two years from now, we’re not where you said we would be with a radically changed system. That would be a waste of time.” Death and defence German Health Minister Nina Warken addresses the World Health Summit in Berlin. Yet while aid budgets shrink, defense spending has been easier to find on government balance sheets, seeing a global surge last year from major aid donor nations as geopolitical tensions rattle capitals. EU member states’ defense expenditure reached €343 billion in 2024, and is expected to rise to €381 billion in 2025—a 19% increase from the previous year and 37% higher than 2021. The US defense budget was approximately $874 billion in 2024. “We face a world of national reflexes and shrinking budgets, of leading headlines and contested facts,” Nina Warken, Germany’s health minister, told the summit. “Global health politics is pressed to justify itself.” “Health is no place for the lone wolf, because national health topics are often linked to the global level,” Warken added. “It is in our very own interest to strengthen these topics at an international level.” The increases come as millions of preventable deaths occur worldwide from diseases that cost relatively little to treat or prevent. The $9 billion pricetag cost to fill the US-sized gap in global health funding, in perspective, is about 2.4 % of EU defence spending and about 0.66 % of the combined EU-US defence outlays. “While we know we’re at a particular moment in time with financing for global solidarity now, the truth is funding pressures have long been there,” Helen Clark, former New Zealand prime minister and UN Development Programme administrator, said. “There is a competition for resources between the different sets of actors.” Preliminary estimates of relative reduction in total health spending due to reduceddevelopment assistance for health, 2024–2025. The resources to allay the funding crisis are not confined to traditional Western aid budgets. Around 200 individuals with net worths exceeding $10 billion collectively hold approximately $5 trillion—enough to fund the current shortfall for over 500 years with money to spare. China’s annual government expenditure, estimated at $6-7 trillion, would absorb the $9 billion gap as roughly 0.13% of its budget. Saudi Arabia’s Public Investment Fund, with assets estimated at $1 trillion, could sustain current global health funding levels for over a century. The kingdom’s recent investments in sports properties—including an estimated $10 billion across ventures such as LIV Golf, Newcastle United, and various international tournaments—exceed the immediate global health financing need. Yet mobilising such resources remains a complex diplomatic and political challenge, further complicated by questions of how aid should be spent. “In the final analysis, food, water, medicine to keep people alive is a compelling narrative,” Clark said. “That can absorb an overwhelming amount of resources that doesn’t really leave that much for putting in place the building blocks for more resilient health systems.” African push for sovereignty clouded by debt African leaders used the summit to accelerate demands for greater independence from donor systems. “Africa is ready. We don’t want to be invited,” Jean Kaseya, director-general of the Africa Centres for Disease Control and Prevention, told attendees. “We are the co-creators of this global architecture.” “The money that we are creating, that we are leveraging, must flow through the regional pool procurement mechanism, especially to regional manufacturers, because we need an incentive to them,” Kaseya said. “Someone was telling me, there is no market in Africa. No way we have 1.4 billion people. This is the biggest market.” In September, African health ministers released the Accra Agenda—a comprehensive financing strategy emphasizing domestic resources, innovative mechanisms and local manufacturing. The initiative, led by Ghana’s President John Dramani Mahama, aims to declare an end to development-as-usual. Yet the push echoes the 2001 Abuja Declaration, in which African Union leaders pledged to allocate 15% of government budgets to health—a target only two countries of the AU’s 55 nations, South Africa and Cabo Verde, met in 2021. The average across the AU was 7.35% of national budgets, half the benchmark agreed in Nigeria 24 years ago. “In the end, national actors are the ones who are going to carry their countries forward,” Clark said. “We have to put the emphasis on how we support them to do their jobs.” WHO Chief Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus addressed the 2025 WHS. Pressed on how the WHO would support countries affected by the global aid cuts, Tedros insisted they possessed the capacity for self-reliance. “All developing countries, what they need is not charity. What they need is fair terms, fair terms in investment, fair terms in trade, and fair terms in taking loans from the market,” he said. Yet as the IMF and World Bank hold their annual meetings in Washington this week, the prospect of self-reliance appears increasingly remote for many developing nations. Low-income countries, on average, depend on foreign aid for one-third of their national health spending. Eight of the world’s poorest countries—South Sudan, Somalia, Democratic Republic of Congo, Liberia, Afghanistan, Sudan, Uganda and Ethiopia—rely on USAID for over 20% of their total foreign assistance. Facing their highest debt burdens in decades, many of the world’s poorest nations are unlikely to be able to compensate for the budget hole blown open by USAID’s withdrawal. The 121 low- and middle-income governments for which there are figures spent an average of 10.7% of government revenue on public health systems, compared to 12.2% on external debt payments in 2019. Research by Debt Justice, released ahead of the meetings, found that 11 lower-income countries denied debt relief by the IMF have been forced to enact “drastic” cuts to health spending by 18% and education by 16% while maintaining debt payments to wealthy creditors. In these countries—including Argentina, Egypt, Kenya, Mozambique and Pakistan—real public spending per person has been cut by 10% on average, while GDP growth per person averaged just 1.2%, less than half the average for countries in the global South. “The countries most dependent on development assistance are also the least capable of filling the gap,” Dieleman said. “The shift has been felt most acutely in low-income countries where disease burdens are high, particularly those in sub-Saharan Africa.” The call for developing countries to increase domestic health spending confronts a debt crisis that makes such investments nearly impossible for many governments. More than 60 countries worldwide now spend more on debt service than on their health systems. “The first thing we need to do is to organize a planned, a responsible transition from a model of aid,” Byanyima said. “We’ve seen the vulnerabilities of aid, and now we want to go away from that. But we must do it in an orderly way that’s not costing lives.” Image Credits: World Health Summit, White House , Thinking Global Health, IHME. ‘Breaking Down Silos’: Global Health Matters Podcast Marks Five Years of Cross-Cutting Conversations 15/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Dr Garry Aslanyan is the executive producer and host of the Global Health Matters podcast. At the World Health Summit in Berlin, the Global Health Matters podcast celebrated a milestone anniversary with a live recording exploring misinformation, the power of social media shaping information, and the future of health communication BERLIN — Five years ago, in a field not exactly known for its podcasting, Dr Garry Aslanyan spotted a gap. Global health, for all its conferences, scientific papers and panel discussions, lacked spaces for dialogue that could transcend disciplinary boundaries. So he started one. “A lot of the information in global health is quite siloized,” Aslanyan, the podcast’s founder, told Health Policy Watch in a recent interview at the World Health Summit, where the show recorded its fifth-anniversary episode. “We look at things that are more cross-cutting. People who are not working in an area could listen to the episode and get inspired by how they dealt with something in another context.” The approach has resonated. With over 130,000 downloads across more than 180 countries, Global Health Matters has become a platform bringing together voices ranging from former Médecins Sans Frontières president Joanne Liu to Wellcome CEO Jan-Arne Rottingen, alongside lesser-known innovators, scientists, authors, academics and public health officials whose work might otherwise go unheard by the broader scientific community. The long-form interview format, Aslanyan explained, allows listeners to understand not just what experts do, but their motivations and experiences: what their personal journey was, why they decided to pursue their work, and the contexts shaping their perspectives. “We don’t really have a chance to know who they are,” Aslanyan said. “Where they work, how their context is, what it means to them.” “We know the general public is probably not our main audience, but in terms of destroying silos between different parts of global health… we’re covering everything,” he added. “We’re doing it with different perspectives, so I think we’ve overcome [those divisions].” Kissing bugs Founded five years ago, the Global Health Matters podcast now has over 120,000 downloads across 180+ countries, making it a leading platform for conversations, diverse voices, and real-world insights in global health. One interview with essayist, memoirist and journalist Daisy Hernández stands out to Aslanyan as exemplifying what his podcast is after. Far from the corridors of the World Health Organization in Geneva, Hernández wrote a memoir about Chagas disease woven through her family’s story—a book most global health professionals could easily miss. “For many listeners, they would never pick up that book,” Aslanyan said. “But the way she presented the story really incorporated the disease, the system, the culture, the environment, and the lack of understanding of these kinds of diseases in developed countries.” Chagas disease, caused by a parasite transmitted mostly through the “kissing bug” Triatominae, which thrives inside the mud or concrete walls and floors of poor dwellings in Latin America, was barely recognized by physicians in the United States and Europe until recently. Doctors misdiagnosed it as simple heart problems. Hernández’s narrative approach made visible what technical papers couldn’t: how a neglected disease, medical system failures, and immigrant experiences collided to lead a family and community affected by the disease with little understanding of its true causes. The experience of Chagas disease, and Hernandez’s power to communicate it through story, also ties deeply with the work of TDR, the Special Programme for Research and Training in Tropical Diseases, where Aslanyan works. The conversation was a reminder to global health professionals to “go beyond our public health silos and to present our work in a way that motivates experts, policy-makers and lay audiences towards greater action,” the episode description wrote — a mission statement for what Aslanyan is trying to achieve, and a narrative vision to achieve TDR’s raison d’être: improving the health vulnerable of burdened by infectious diseases. To inform or to misinform The podcast’s five-year anniversary recording on the opening day of Berlin’s World Health Summit tackled one of global health’s most urgent challenges: ensuring accurate health information reaches those who need it. The live session on “Bridging the Knowledge Divide” featured Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance, and Monica Bharel, Google’s clinical lead for Public Health, in a discussion that laid bare both progress and persistent problems. “When I first started working, everything was written by hand,” Phumaphi recalled, describing her early career years in health systems decades earlier. “You only had one source of information—the World Health Organization. You didn’t have to search to find out which source is right and which one is wrong.” “There are so many sources of information, and it’s very, very confusing,” Phumaphi said of the current landscape. “We have rogue scientists and rogue medical practitioners who spread disinformation. And there’s misinformation, which is a little bit more innocent but can do as much damage.” Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance, speaks at the 5th anniversary event in Berlin. “Misinformation is always mixed with a little bit of truth, which is why it misleads,” she explained. “But what it does is that it kills people. Non-vaccinated people died during COVID. Children who don’t have measles vaccines die. Children who are not sleeping under mosquito nets die from malaria.” In Mozambique’s Zambezia province earlier this year, misinformation claiming that government-distributed mosquito nets spread cholera led to violent attacks on health centers, leaving one person dead. Communities blamed health workers for a cholera outbreak. Provincial officials had to conduct emergency visits urging residents to stop attacking the health workers attempting to help them. The misinformation challenge has grown particularly acute in an era when figures like Robert F. Kennedy Jr. now hold positions of global influence. Kennedy, who built his political profile as leader of Children’s Health Defense, the world’s largest anti-vaccine organization which led the crusade against COVID-19 vaccination in the pandemic, now installed atop the US health system. In recent months, Kennedy has overhauled US vaccine schedule requirements, claimed circumcision causes autism, and eliminated federal funding for COVID vaccines for uninsured children and pregnant women. Google health HQ Monica Bharel is the clinical lead for public sector health at Google, which fields 90% of global searches and owns Youtube. Against that landscape, the social media platforms operated by tech companies like Google, Meta and others, are playing an outsize role in health information – and thus facing an increasingly heavy burden of responsibility as well. “Two hundred billion health queries are made on YouTube annually,” Google’s Bharel noted during the panel. Across Google’s search engine—which handles approximately 90% of all search queries globally—over one billion health-related searches occur every day, translating to more than 365 billion annually, she said. Three out of four Americans, Bharel added, begin their “health journey” with an internet search. Google and YouTube have implemented systems to elevate “trusted voices,” requiring healthcare professionals to show proof of licensure to be featured in prominent health information sections. The companies rank content using what Bharel described as “expertise, experience, authority, and trust” metrics, and now employ AI-powered overviews to provide summarized answers alongside traditional search results. “We want to flood the system with high-quality information,” Bharel said, describing Google’s approach. Yet the architecture of these platforms, and the massive flow of exchange, means misinformation is always nearby, often driven by emotional testimonials or shocking statistics that draw users’ attention but lack the evidence base of peer-reviewed scientific studies and authoritative sources. A study published in the medical journal BMC Public Health breaks down how many people seek health advice from Google’s YouTube platform. “I think that approach is very good, but in order to make it more useful to our communities, I would like a [social media] system like [Google’s] that to be endorsed by WHO and national health authorities around the world,” Phumaphi said, voicing a concern shared by many public health professionals. The disconnect between information availability and actual reach from validated sources remains a major challenge for the health world. The World Health Organization, for instance, uploads multiple videos weekly that garner fewer than 20 views on YouTube. Just last month, a new United Nations report found that UN reports are not widely read, showing the challenge of communicating complex and accurate information continues to be a major sticking point beyond the health world. “Many people are not influenced by WHO, they are influenced by what they see,” Phumaphi observed. In Africa, she noted, traditional and religious leaders also continue to serve as “influencers” – and their views are often far more powerful than international health organizations. The problem extends beyond misinformation to what Bahrel termed being “misinformed”—people lacking complete information to make good decisions about their health. Information, the panelists agreed, has become a social determinant of health itself—as critical as access to food, clean water, or healthcare professionals. “There’s also a language barrier between scientists and health experts and normal people,” one audience member noted during the Q&A. “A fundamental communications problem.” Looking ahead Season 5 is coming 🎉What topics should we dive into next on the #GlobalHealthMatters podcast?📝 Fill out our listener survey 👉 https://t.co/acJOhPURnk💬 Or comment below with your ideas — we’re listening! pic.twitter.com/hNBug5xvaZ — TDR (@TDRnews) October 15, 2025 As the podcast enters its fifth season, Aslanyan is pushing toward what he describes as more “provocative” territory. He envisions creating space for global health opinion-makers to debate contentious issues the field typically avoids. Like a political talk show, but focused on policy questions that shape billions of lives, he said. He envisions seeing “more of a consistent sort of episodes and places where very neutral, experienced global health opinion makers can discuss global health issues together,” Aslanyan explained. The difficulty, he acknowledged, will be maintaining neutrality while hosting a platform that can provide space for the respectful exchange of different views. How the podcast can thread that needle remains to be seen. But in a field increasingly dominated by silos, polarization, and platform power, the journey of Global Health Matters will continue to add value to viewers in the global health domain. “We go through either sanitized kind of things to sometimes extreme, polarized stories,” Aslanyan said. “But we should have a neutral platform. I hope—well, it’s my dream.” Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Global Health Leaders Urge Fewer Agencies Amid Funding Crisis 16/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Global health chiefs used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for cutting and consolidating agencies as US cuts expose a “confusing” and “fragmented” aid bureaucracy. BERLIN — Leaders of the world’s major global health institutions called for a fundamental restructuring of an aid system they described as too fragmented, duplicative and confusing, with several stating that the number of agencies must be reduced as cuts from the US and other donors force a reckoning with the labyrinthine architecture of global health funding. At the World Health Summit in Berlin this week, executives from the Global Fund, Gavi, the World Health Organization and other institutions addressed the financial crisis facing global health as the abrupt withdrawal of US aid under Donald Trump exposed structural problems that officials acknowledged had existed for years. “I do think we’re actually going to have to reduce the number of entities,” Peter Sands, executive director of the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, told participants. “The system is too fragmented. There are too many underfunded institutions. There’s too much duplication. It’s too complex. That diagnosis, I think, is pretty straightforward.” Global development assistance for health fell 21% between 2024 and 2025, driven almost entirely by a 67% drop in US financing, more than $9 billion, according to data from the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation. Tens of millions of lives, particularly among children under five and people in the world’s poorest countries, are threatened by the cuts. Germany announces $1 billion pledge to the Global Fund on the opening night of WHS 2025. The collapse in global health funding extends beyond the United States. Germany, despite pledging €1 billion to the Global Fund and emerging as WHO’s largest donor, has cut its overall development assistance. France and the UK, also major funders, have joined rich countries across the board in reducing aid budgets. EU member states face competing pressures from the war in Ukraine and heightened security concerns following recent Russian provocations inside and near NATO borders. “On a global scale, development assistance for health was almost universally accepted as a good thing—it wasn’t politically controversial,” Joseph Dieleman, who leads IHME’s health aid tracking team, told the Council on Foreign Relations of the research. “All of a sudden, it’s very squarely political and on the chopping block.” “That’s not just a US phenomenon,” Dieleman said. “That’s global.” Global health chiefs used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for cutting and consolidating agencies as US cuts expose a “confusing” and “fragmented” aid bureaucracy. The loss of billions in health funding has put millions at risk, but officials say the crisis has also exposed deeper, long-standing flaws in the aid architecture. Health programs rely heavily on a handful of major donors — about 15 philanthropies and national governments dominate the field — so the loss of even one can trigger an immediate emergency. “In the area of HIV, when the US paused their development assistance in February, in the whole global response on the HIV/AIDS, the US was shouldering 73% of the total burden of development assistance, just one country,” said Winnie Byanyima, executive director of UNAIDS. “The rest of the world was shouldering the 27%. That wasn’t right,” she added. “That overdependence on one country, in a few countries, and overdependence of the developing countries, we have to solve it.” Officials also pointed to “mandate creep,” where multiple organizations take on overlapping roles, competing for the same funds while duplicating work, resulting in confusion and inefficient use of aid. “At the moment, if you’re somebody from outside the world of global health, it’s pretty confusing, right?” Sands said. “And there are so many cross-currents and so many acronyms, and trying to explain where you should place your bets as a new donor is not a trivial thing to do.” Axel Pries, president of the World Health Summit, said the abrupt US withdrawal “will cost lives” with “estimations that this is a double digit million figure of lives which are lost due to this very abrupt change.” “The best answer for the Global Fund is you don’t need the Global Fund,” he added. “Ultimately, if we’ve done our job on HIV, TB and Malaria well, there’s no need for it. That’s not true for the normative convening, regulatory roles of WHO which will continue, ultimately indefinitely, because that’s playing a kind of global public good role for the world.” The majority of global health institutions are funded through sequential “replenishment” fundraising campaigns, often concurrent, creating competition for finite resources that now extends across the broader humanitarian world. As funds dwindle, streamlining and coordination in aid efforts become crucial to maximise what funds remain. “Is the current model of replenishment sustainable? I don’t think it’s sustainable going forward,” said Sania Nishtar, chief executive of Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance. “Whatever all of us have been able to achieve, it is because of the generosity of the donors … We do not have a divine right to funding.” In 2024, the UN and partner organizations appealed for $46.4 billion to assist 180.5 million people across 72 countries—funding that health agencies must now compete for and convince policymakers to support. “It is cliché, but a crisis is a chance,” Nishtar said. “Now is the time for us to come together and align behind a movement to draw new parameters.” “We are radically recalibrating our programs. We understand that these changes are irreversible,” the Gavi chief concluded. “There’s got to be far less agencies in the ecosystem. This fragmentation and duplication really needs to come to an end.” Without warning Elon Musk, who was named a “special government employee” by the Trump administration, secured the president’s backing to eliminate USAID, the country’s foreign aid agency, sending shockwaves through global humanitarian efforts. The abrupt termination of US foreign aid, which has hit health programmes particularly hard, cast a long shadow over the chandeliers and canapés adorning World Health Summit proceedings at the Berlin InterContinental hotel, though participants largely avoided direct criticism of Washington. Multiple panels on restructuring global health finance over the three-day conference avoided mentioning the US or President Donald Trump by name, instead speaking obliquely of the need for “innovative finance” and addressing funding gaps that now total tens of billions of dollars across major institutions including the WHO, Gavi and the Global Fund. “The US has every right to use its money the way it wants. I don’t think anyone can criticize the US for withdrawing its funds or withdrawing its support,” WHO chief Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told participants via video-link from Sri-Lanka. “But one thing that could have been done is there could have been a transition or an exit strategy, for instance, about six to 12 months,” Tedros added. “Then, countries who have been benefiting from the US generous support could have prepared themselves.” Research published in The Lancet estimates USAID programs have saved over 90 million lives over the past two decades, including 30.4 million children under the age of five. As many as 14 million additional preventable deaths could take place by 2030 if gaps created by US programme cuts are not closed. Later in the exchange, while acknowledging US sovereignty over its funding decisions, the WHO acknowledged that reality head-on. “People have died,” Tedros said. “If there was some exit strategy, we wouldn’t have people dying because of the withdrawal of the US funding.” “The abrupt US withdrawal will cost lives,” Axel Pries, president of the World Health Summit, said. “Estimations are that this is a double-digit million figure of lives which are lost due to this very abrupt change. On the other hand, it also exposed that our system had some kind of crackability already. It was not only this last push, it was already a system which needed a renewal.” Already falling short “Funding Drops Across Most Health Organizations From 2024 to 2025: Development banks and the Gates Foundation maintained their funds for health development assistance, but agencies such as the World Health Organization experienced large losses,” according to Think Global Health statistics. Even before the cuts, global health institutions were falling short of their targets, a pattern mirrored across humanitarian, refugee and climate financing. The global fight against HIV, tuberculosis and malaria faces a $29.4 billion gap for 2027-2029 across domestic financing, external donors and the Global Fund combined. The Global Fund contributes roughly 13% of total global funding for these three diseases and has already warned countries that current grants for 2025-2026 might face an average 11% cut due to an estimated $1.4 billion gap from donors not meeting pledges. “Global health has been very much anchored in global solidarity — countries agreeing to work together to deliver on health, and it’s been driven very much by aid for the developing countries,” Byanyima said. “But now we’re seeing that aid tumbling very fast — that suddenness, that rapid decline, is costing lives. Let’s be clear about that: people are dying.” Gavi secured more than $9 billion at its June replenishment summit but remains $2.9 billion short of its $11.9 billion target. Officials warned this shortfall could result in 75 million children missing routine vaccinations over the next five years and 1.2 million child deaths. Overall resource needs and projected available resources for HIV, TB and malaria in countries where the Global Fund invests. The Pandemic Fund—a multilateral mechanism established in 2022 by the G20—requires an estimated $2 billion in additional resources for 2025-2027. A further $15 billion in annual global spending on pandemic preparedness — or 0.1-0.2% of GDP and 0.5-1% of security and defence budgets — was recommended by a report from the WHO-hosted Global Pandemic Monitoring Board released in Berlin. WHO faces the largest proportional crisis: it is short nearly $1.9 billion from a planned $4.2 billion budget for 2026-27, meaning it lacks nearly 45% of the needed funding. Amid the funding drought, forcing many UN agencies from headquarters, to the UN Refugee Programme, to UNICEF and more to cut staff and operations by up to 55%, Sands warned that a simple restructuring will not solve the crisis alone. “Rearranging the boxes of the global health ecosystem is a useful thing to do and a necessary thing to do,” he said. “But it isn’t going to fill the fundamental gaps in financing. So we should do it, but we shouldn’t use it as a sort of displacement activity for actually mobilizing the money we need.” “The worst outcome here is that we invest a lot of our energies having long conversations and lots of meetings about all of this and then do nothing,” Sands concluded. “And two years from now, we’re not where you said we would be with a radically changed system. That would be a waste of time.” Death and defence German Health Minister Nina Warken addresses the World Health Summit in Berlin. Yet while aid budgets shrink, defense spending has been easier to find on government balance sheets, seeing a global surge last year from major aid donor nations as geopolitical tensions rattle capitals. EU member states’ defense expenditure reached €343 billion in 2024, and is expected to rise to €381 billion in 2025—a 19% increase from the previous year and 37% higher than 2021. The US defense budget was approximately $874 billion in 2024. “We face a world of national reflexes and shrinking budgets, of leading headlines and contested facts,” Nina Warken, Germany’s health minister, told the summit. “Global health politics is pressed to justify itself.” “Health is no place for the lone wolf, because national health topics are often linked to the global level,” Warken added. “It is in our very own interest to strengthen these topics at an international level.” The increases come as millions of preventable deaths occur worldwide from diseases that cost relatively little to treat or prevent. The $9 billion pricetag cost to fill the US-sized gap in global health funding, in perspective, is about 2.4 % of EU defence spending and about 0.66 % of the combined EU-US defence outlays. “While we know we’re at a particular moment in time with financing for global solidarity now, the truth is funding pressures have long been there,” Helen Clark, former New Zealand prime minister and UN Development Programme administrator, said. “There is a competition for resources between the different sets of actors.” Preliminary estimates of relative reduction in total health spending due to reduceddevelopment assistance for health, 2024–2025. The resources to allay the funding crisis are not confined to traditional Western aid budgets. Around 200 individuals with net worths exceeding $10 billion collectively hold approximately $5 trillion—enough to fund the current shortfall for over 500 years with money to spare. China’s annual government expenditure, estimated at $6-7 trillion, would absorb the $9 billion gap as roughly 0.13% of its budget. Saudi Arabia’s Public Investment Fund, with assets estimated at $1 trillion, could sustain current global health funding levels for over a century. The kingdom’s recent investments in sports properties—including an estimated $10 billion across ventures such as LIV Golf, Newcastle United, and various international tournaments—exceed the immediate global health financing need. Yet mobilising such resources remains a complex diplomatic and political challenge, further complicated by questions of how aid should be spent. “In the final analysis, food, water, medicine to keep people alive is a compelling narrative,” Clark said. “That can absorb an overwhelming amount of resources that doesn’t really leave that much for putting in place the building blocks for more resilient health systems.” African push for sovereignty clouded by debt African leaders used the summit to accelerate demands for greater independence from donor systems. “Africa is ready. We don’t want to be invited,” Jean Kaseya, director-general of the Africa Centres for Disease Control and Prevention, told attendees. “We are the co-creators of this global architecture.” “The money that we are creating, that we are leveraging, must flow through the regional pool procurement mechanism, especially to regional manufacturers, because we need an incentive to them,” Kaseya said. “Someone was telling me, there is no market in Africa. No way we have 1.4 billion people. This is the biggest market.” In September, African health ministers released the Accra Agenda—a comprehensive financing strategy emphasizing domestic resources, innovative mechanisms and local manufacturing. The initiative, led by Ghana’s President John Dramani Mahama, aims to declare an end to development-as-usual. Yet the push echoes the 2001 Abuja Declaration, in which African Union leaders pledged to allocate 15% of government budgets to health—a target only two countries of the AU’s 55 nations, South Africa and Cabo Verde, met in 2021. The average across the AU was 7.35% of national budgets, half the benchmark agreed in Nigeria 24 years ago. “In the end, national actors are the ones who are going to carry their countries forward,” Clark said. “We have to put the emphasis on how we support them to do their jobs.” WHO Chief Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus addressed the 2025 WHS. Pressed on how the WHO would support countries affected by the global aid cuts, Tedros insisted they possessed the capacity for self-reliance. “All developing countries, what they need is not charity. What they need is fair terms, fair terms in investment, fair terms in trade, and fair terms in taking loans from the market,” he said. Yet as the IMF and World Bank hold their annual meetings in Washington this week, the prospect of self-reliance appears increasingly remote for many developing nations. Low-income countries, on average, depend on foreign aid for one-third of their national health spending. Eight of the world’s poorest countries—South Sudan, Somalia, Democratic Republic of Congo, Liberia, Afghanistan, Sudan, Uganda and Ethiopia—rely on USAID for over 20% of their total foreign assistance. Facing their highest debt burdens in decades, many of the world’s poorest nations are unlikely to be able to compensate for the budget hole blown open by USAID’s withdrawal. The 121 low- and middle-income governments for which there are figures spent an average of 10.7% of government revenue on public health systems, compared to 12.2% on external debt payments in 2019. Research by Debt Justice, released ahead of the meetings, found that 11 lower-income countries denied debt relief by the IMF have been forced to enact “drastic” cuts to health spending by 18% and education by 16% while maintaining debt payments to wealthy creditors. In these countries—including Argentina, Egypt, Kenya, Mozambique and Pakistan—real public spending per person has been cut by 10% on average, while GDP growth per person averaged just 1.2%, less than half the average for countries in the global South. “The countries most dependent on development assistance are also the least capable of filling the gap,” Dieleman said. “The shift has been felt most acutely in low-income countries where disease burdens are high, particularly those in sub-Saharan Africa.” The call for developing countries to increase domestic health spending confronts a debt crisis that makes such investments nearly impossible for many governments. More than 60 countries worldwide now spend more on debt service than on their health systems. “The first thing we need to do is to organize a planned, a responsible transition from a model of aid,” Byanyima said. “We’ve seen the vulnerabilities of aid, and now we want to go away from that. But we must do it in an orderly way that’s not costing lives.” Image Credits: World Health Summit, White House , Thinking Global Health, IHME. ‘Breaking Down Silos’: Global Health Matters Podcast Marks Five Years of Cross-Cutting Conversations 15/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Dr Garry Aslanyan is the executive producer and host of the Global Health Matters podcast. At the World Health Summit in Berlin, the Global Health Matters podcast celebrated a milestone anniversary with a live recording exploring misinformation, the power of social media shaping information, and the future of health communication BERLIN — Five years ago, in a field not exactly known for its podcasting, Dr Garry Aslanyan spotted a gap. Global health, for all its conferences, scientific papers and panel discussions, lacked spaces for dialogue that could transcend disciplinary boundaries. So he started one. “A lot of the information in global health is quite siloized,” Aslanyan, the podcast’s founder, told Health Policy Watch in a recent interview at the World Health Summit, where the show recorded its fifth-anniversary episode. “We look at things that are more cross-cutting. People who are not working in an area could listen to the episode and get inspired by how they dealt with something in another context.” The approach has resonated. With over 130,000 downloads across more than 180 countries, Global Health Matters has become a platform bringing together voices ranging from former Médecins Sans Frontières president Joanne Liu to Wellcome CEO Jan-Arne Rottingen, alongside lesser-known innovators, scientists, authors, academics and public health officials whose work might otherwise go unheard by the broader scientific community. The long-form interview format, Aslanyan explained, allows listeners to understand not just what experts do, but their motivations and experiences: what their personal journey was, why they decided to pursue their work, and the contexts shaping their perspectives. “We don’t really have a chance to know who they are,” Aslanyan said. “Where they work, how their context is, what it means to them.” “We know the general public is probably not our main audience, but in terms of destroying silos between different parts of global health… we’re covering everything,” he added. “We’re doing it with different perspectives, so I think we’ve overcome [those divisions].” Kissing bugs Founded five years ago, the Global Health Matters podcast now has over 120,000 downloads across 180+ countries, making it a leading platform for conversations, diverse voices, and real-world insights in global health. One interview with essayist, memoirist and journalist Daisy Hernández stands out to Aslanyan as exemplifying what his podcast is after. Far from the corridors of the World Health Organization in Geneva, Hernández wrote a memoir about Chagas disease woven through her family’s story—a book most global health professionals could easily miss. “For many listeners, they would never pick up that book,” Aslanyan said. “But the way she presented the story really incorporated the disease, the system, the culture, the environment, and the lack of understanding of these kinds of diseases in developed countries.” Chagas disease, caused by a parasite transmitted mostly through the “kissing bug” Triatominae, which thrives inside the mud or concrete walls and floors of poor dwellings in Latin America, was barely recognized by physicians in the United States and Europe until recently. Doctors misdiagnosed it as simple heart problems. Hernández’s narrative approach made visible what technical papers couldn’t: how a neglected disease, medical system failures, and immigrant experiences collided to lead a family and community affected by the disease with little understanding of its true causes. The experience of Chagas disease, and Hernandez’s power to communicate it through story, also ties deeply with the work of TDR, the Special Programme for Research and Training in Tropical Diseases, where Aslanyan works. The conversation was a reminder to global health professionals to “go beyond our public health silos and to present our work in a way that motivates experts, policy-makers and lay audiences towards greater action,” the episode description wrote — a mission statement for what Aslanyan is trying to achieve, and a narrative vision to achieve TDR’s raison d’être: improving the health vulnerable of burdened by infectious diseases. To inform or to misinform The podcast’s five-year anniversary recording on the opening day of Berlin’s World Health Summit tackled one of global health’s most urgent challenges: ensuring accurate health information reaches those who need it. The live session on “Bridging the Knowledge Divide” featured Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance, and Monica Bharel, Google’s clinical lead for Public Health, in a discussion that laid bare both progress and persistent problems. “When I first started working, everything was written by hand,” Phumaphi recalled, describing her early career years in health systems decades earlier. “You only had one source of information—the World Health Organization. You didn’t have to search to find out which source is right and which one is wrong.” “There are so many sources of information, and it’s very, very confusing,” Phumaphi said of the current landscape. “We have rogue scientists and rogue medical practitioners who spread disinformation. And there’s misinformation, which is a little bit more innocent but can do as much damage.” Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance, speaks at the 5th anniversary event in Berlin. “Misinformation is always mixed with a little bit of truth, which is why it misleads,” she explained. “But what it does is that it kills people. Non-vaccinated people died during COVID. Children who don’t have measles vaccines die. Children who are not sleeping under mosquito nets die from malaria.” In Mozambique’s Zambezia province earlier this year, misinformation claiming that government-distributed mosquito nets spread cholera led to violent attacks on health centers, leaving one person dead. Communities blamed health workers for a cholera outbreak. Provincial officials had to conduct emergency visits urging residents to stop attacking the health workers attempting to help them. The misinformation challenge has grown particularly acute in an era when figures like Robert F. Kennedy Jr. now hold positions of global influence. Kennedy, who built his political profile as leader of Children’s Health Defense, the world’s largest anti-vaccine organization which led the crusade against COVID-19 vaccination in the pandemic, now installed atop the US health system. In recent months, Kennedy has overhauled US vaccine schedule requirements, claimed circumcision causes autism, and eliminated federal funding for COVID vaccines for uninsured children and pregnant women. Google health HQ Monica Bharel is the clinical lead for public sector health at Google, which fields 90% of global searches and owns Youtube. Against that landscape, the social media platforms operated by tech companies like Google, Meta and others, are playing an outsize role in health information – and thus facing an increasingly heavy burden of responsibility as well. “Two hundred billion health queries are made on YouTube annually,” Google’s Bharel noted during the panel. Across Google’s search engine—which handles approximately 90% of all search queries globally—over one billion health-related searches occur every day, translating to more than 365 billion annually, she said. Three out of four Americans, Bharel added, begin their “health journey” with an internet search. Google and YouTube have implemented systems to elevate “trusted voices,” requiring healthcare professionals to show proof of licensure to be featured in prominent health information sections. The companies rank content using what Bharel described as “expertise, experience, authority, and trust” metrics, and now employ AI-powered overviews to provide summarized answers alongside traditional search results. “We want to flood the system with high-quality information,” Bharel said, describing Google’s approach. Yet the architecture of these platforms, and the massive flow of exchange, means misinformation is always nearby, often driven by emotional testimonials or shocking statistics that draw users’ attention but lack the evidence base of peer-reviewed scientific studies and authoritative sources. A study published in the medical journal BMC Public Health breaks down how many people seek health advice from Google’s YouTube platform. “I think that approach is very good, but in order to make it more useful to our communities, I would like a [social media] system like [Google’s] that to be endorsed by WHO and national health authorities around the world,” Phumaphi said, voicing a concern shared by many public health professionals. The disconnect between information availability and actual reach from validated sources remains a major challenge for the health world. The World Health Organization, for instance, uploads multiple videos weekly that garner fewer than 20 views on YouTube. Just last month, a new United Nations report found that UN reports are not widely read, showing the challenge of communicating complex and accurate information continues to be a major sticking point beyond the health world. “Many people are not influenced by WHO, they are influenced by what they see,” Phumaphi observed. In Africa, she noted, traditional and religious leaders also continue to serve as “influencers” – and their views are often far more powerful than international health organizations. The problem extends beyond misinformation to what Bahrel termed being “misinformed”—people lacking complete information to make good decisions about their health. Information, the panelists agreed, has become a social determinant of health itself—as critical as access to food, clean water, or healthcare professionals. “There’s also a language barrier between scientists and health experts and normal people,” one audience member noted during the Q&A. “A fundamental communications problem.” Looking ahead Season 5 is coming 🎉What topics should we dive into next on the #GlobalHealthMatters podcast?📝 Fill out our listener survey 👉 https://t.co/acJOhPURnk💬 Or comment below with your ideas — we’re listening! pic.twitter.com/hNBug5xvaZ — TDR (@TDRnews) October 15, 2025 As the podcast enters its fifth season, Aslanyan is pushing toward what he describes as more “provocative” territory. He envisions creating space for global health opinion-makers to debate contentious issues the field typically avoids. Like a political talk show, but focused on policy questions that shape billions of lives, he said. He envisions seeing “more of a consistent sort of episodes and places where very neutral, experienced global health opinion makers can discuss global health issues together,” Aslanyan explained. The difficulty, he acknowledged, will be maintaining neutrality while hosting a platform that can provide space for the respectful exchange of different views. How the podcast can thread that needle remains to be seen. But in a field increasingly dominated by silos, polarization, and platform power, the journey of Global Health Matters will continue to add value to viewers in the global health domain. “We go through either sanitized kind of things to sometimes extreme, polarized stories,” Aslanyan said. “But we should have a neutral platform. I hope—well, it’s my dream.” Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy
‘Breaking Down Silos’: Global Health Matters Podcast Marks Five Years of Cross-Cutting Conversations 15/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Dr Garry Aslanyan is the executive producer and host of the Global Health Matters podcast. At the World Health Summit in Berlin, the Global Health Matters podcast celebrated a milestone anniversary with a live recording exploring misinformation, the power of social media shaping information, and the future of health communication BERLIN — Five years ago, in a field not exactly known for its podcasting, Dr Garry Aslanyan spotted a gap. Global health, for all its conferences, scientific papers and panel discussions, lacked spaces for dialogue that could transcend disciplinary boundaries. So he started one. “A lot of the information in global health is quite siloized,” Aslanyan, the podcast’s founder, told Health Policy Watch in a recent interview at the World Health Summit, where the show recorded its fifth-anniversary episode. “We look at things that are more cross-cutting. People who are not working in an area could listen to the episode and get inspired by how they dealt with something in another context.” The approach has resonated. With over 130,000 downloads across more than 180 countries, Global Health Matters has become a platform bringing together voices ranging from former Médecins Sans Frontières president Joanne Liu to Wellcome CEO Jan-Arne Rottingen, alongside lesser-known innovators, scientists, authors, academics and public health officials whose work might otherwise go unheard by the broader scientific community. The long-form interview format, Aslanyan explained, allows listeners to understand not just what experts do, but their motivations and experiences: what their personal journey was, why they decided to pursue their work, and the contexts shaping their perspectives. “We don’t really have a chance to know who they are,” Aslanyan said. “Where they work, how their context is, what it means to them.” “We know the general public is probably not our main audience, but in terms of destroying silos between different parts of global health… we’re covering everything,” he added. “We’re doing it with different perspectives, so I think we’ve overcome [those divisions].” Kissing bugs Founded five years ago, the Global Health Matters podcast now has over 120,000 downloads across 180+ countries, making it a leading platform for conversations, diverse voices, and real-world insights in global health. One interview with essayist, memoirist and journalist Daisy Hernández stands out to Aslanyan as exemplifying what his podcast is after. Far from the corridors of the World Health Organization in Geneva, Hernández wrote a memoir about Chagas disease woven through her family’s story—a book most global health professionals could easily miss. “For many listeners, they would never pick up that book,” Aslanyan said. “But the way she presented the story really incorporated the disease, the system, the culture, the environment, and the lack of understanding of these kinds of diseases in developed countries.” Chagas disease, caused by a parasite transmitted mostly through the “kissing bug” Triatominae, which thrives inside the mud or concrete walls and floors of poor dwellings in Latin America, was barely recognized by physicians in the United States and Europe until recently. Doctors misdiagnosed it as simple heart problems. Hernández’s narrative approach made visible what technical papers couldn’t: how a neglected disease, medical system failures, and immigrant experiences collided to lead a family and community affected by the disease with little understanding of its true causes. The experience of Chagas disease, and Hernandez’s power to communicate it through story, also ties deeply with the work of TDR, the Special Programme for Research and Training in Tropical Diseases, where Aslanyan works. The conversation was a reminder to global health professionals to “go beyond our public health silos and to present our work in a way that motivates experts, policy-makers and lay audiences towards greater action,” the episode description wrote — a mission statement for what Aslanyan is trying to achieve, and a narrative vision to achieve TDR’s raison d’être: improving the health vulnerable of burdened by infectious diseases. To inform or to misinform The podcast’s five-year anniversary recording on the opening day of Berlin’s World Health Summit tackled one of global health’s most urgent challenges: ensuring accurate health information reaches those who need it. The live session on “Bridging the Knowledge Divide” featured Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance, and Monica Bharel, Google’s clinical lead for Public Health, in a discussion that laid bare both progress and persistent problems. “When I first started working, everything was written by hand,” Phumaphi recalled, describing her early career years in health systems decades earlier. “You only had one source of information—the World Health Organization. You didn’t have to search to find out which source is right and which one is wrong.” “There are so many sources of information, and it’s very, very confusing,” Phumaphi said of the current landscape. “We have rogue scientists and rogue medical practitioners who spread disinformation. And there’s misinformation, which is a little bit more innocent but can do as much damage.” Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance, speaks at the 5th anniversary event in Berlin. “Misinformation is always mixed with a little bit of truth, which is why it misleads,” she explained. “But what it does is that it kills people. Non-vaccinated people died during COVID. Children who don’t have measles vaccines die. Children who are not sleeping under mosquito nets die from malaria.” In Mozambique’s Zambezia province earlier this year, misinformation claiming that government-distributed mosquito nets spread cholera led to violent attacks on health centers, leaving one person dead. Communities blamed health workers for a cholera outbreak. Provincial officials had to conduct emergency visits urging residents to stop attacking the health workers attempting to help them. The misinformation challenge has grown particularly acute in an era when figures like Robert F. Kennedy Jr. now hold positions of global influence. Kennedy, who built his political profile as leader of Children’s Health Defense, the world’s largest anti-vaccine organization which led the crusade against COVID-19 vaccination in the pandemic, now installed atop the US health system. In recent months, Kennedy has overhauled US vaccine schedule requirements, claimed circumcision causes autism, and eliminated federal funding for COVID vaccines for uninsured children and pregnant women. Google health HQ Monica Bharel is the clinical lead for public sector health at Google, which fields 90% of global searches and owns Youtube. Against that landscape, the social media platforms operated by tech companies like Google, Meta and others, are playing an outsize role in health information – and thus facing an increasingly heavy burden of responsibility as well. “Two hundred billion health queries are made on YouTube annually,” Google’s Bharel noted during the panel. Across Google’s search engine—which handles approximately 90% of all search queries globally—over one billion health-related searches occur every day, translating to more than 365 billion annually, she said. Three out of four Americans, Bharel added, begin their “health journey” with an internet search. Google and YouTube have implemented systems to elevate “trusted voices,” requiring healthcare professionals to show proof of licensure to be featured in prominent health information sections. The companies rank content using what Bharel described as “expertise, experience, authority, and trust” metrics, and now employ AI-powered overviews to provide summarized answers alongside traditional search results. “We want to flood the system with high-quality information,” Bharel said, describing Google’s approach. Yet the architecture of these platforms, and the massive flow of exchange, means misinformation is always nearby, often driven by emotional testimonials or shocking statistics that draw users’ attention but lack the evidence base of peer-reviewed scientific studies and authoritative sources. A study published in the medical journal BMC Public Health breaks down how many people seek health advice from Google’s YouTube platform. “I think that approach is very good, but in order to make it more useful to our communities, I would like a [social media] system like [Google’s] that to be endorsed by WHO and national health authorities around the world,” Phumaphi said, voicing a concern shared by many public health professionals. The disconnect between information availability and actual reach from validated sources remains a major challenge for the health world. The World Health Organization, for instance, uploads multiple videos weekly that garner fewer than 20 views on YouTube. Just last month, a new United Nations report found that UN reports are not widely read, showing the challenge of communicating complex and accurate information continues to be a major sticking point beyond the health world. “Many people are not influenced by WHO, they are influenced by what they see,” Phumaphi observed. In Africa, she noted, traditional and religious leaders also continue to serve as “influencers” – and their views are often far more powerful than international health organizations. The problem extends beyond misinformation to what Bahrel termed being “misinformed”—people lacking complete information to make good decisions about their health. Information, the panelists agreed, has become a social determinant of health itself—as critical as access to food, clean water, or healthcare professionals. “There’s also a language barrier between scientists and health experts and normal people,” one audience member noted during the Q&A. “A fundamental communications problem.” Looking ahead Season 5 is coming 🎉What topics should we dive into next on the #GlobalHealthMatters podcast?📝 Fill out our listener survey 👉 https://t.co/acJOhPURnk💬 Or comment below with your ideas — we’re listening! pic.twitter.com/hNBug5xvaZ — TDR (@TDRnews) October 15, 2025 As the podcast enters its fifth season, Aslanyan is pushing toward what he describes as more “provocative” territory. He envisions creating space for global health opinion-makers to debate contentious issues the field typically avoids. Like a political talk show, but focused on policy questions that shape billions of lives, he said. He envisions seeing “more of a consistent sort of episodes and places where very neutral, experienced global health opinion makers can discuss global health issues together,” Aslanyan explained. The difficulty, he acknowledged, will be maintaining neutrality while hosting a platform that can provide space for the respectful exchange of different views. How the podcast can thread that needle remains to be seen. But in a field increasingly dominated by silos, polarization, and platform power, the journey of Global Health Matters will continue to add value to viewers in the global health domain. “We go through either sanitized kind of things to sometimes extreme, polarized stories,” Aslanyan said. “But we should have a neutral platform. I hope—well, it’s my dream.” Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts